United States     Office of Air Quality      EPA-450/5-83-001b
          Environmental Protection  Planning and Standards     August 1982
          Agency        Research Triangle Park NC 27711

          Air
>EPA     Benefit Analysis
          of Alternative
          Secondary
          National Ambient
          Air Quality
          Standards
          for Sulfur Dioxide
          and Total
          Suspended
          Particulates

          Volume II

-------
                 FINAL ANALYSIS
   BENEFITS ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SECONDARY

   NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS FOR

SULFUR DIOXIDE AND TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATES



                   VOLUME II
           BENEFITS ANALYSIS PROGRAM
            ECONOMIC ANALYSIS BRANCH
     STRATEGIES AND AIR STANDARDS DIVISION
  OFFICE OF AIR QUALITY PLANNING AND STANDARDS

      U«S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
             RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK
             NORTH CAROLINA  27711
                                      r „,•„,,._,.... .1 p;0tGCt!on Agency]
                                                               ' .s
                  AUGUST 1982

-------

-------
                    FINAL ANALYSIS
      BENEFITS ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SECONDARY
      NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS FOR
   SULFUR DIOXIDE AND TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICULATES
                         By:
Ernest H. Manuel, Jr.
Robert L. Horst, Jr.
Kathleen M. Brennan
William N. Lanen
Marcus C. Duff
Judith K. Tapiero
               With the Assistance of:
Richard M. Adams
David S. Brookshire
Thomas D. Crocker
Ralph C. d'Arge
A. Myrick Freeman, III
Shelby D. Gerking
Edwin S. Mills
William D. Schulze
                    MATHTECH, Inc.
                    P.O. Box 2392
             Princeton, New Jersey  08540
            EPA Contract Number 68-02-3392
                   Project Officer:
                   Allen C. Basala
               Economic Analysis Branch
        Strategies and Air Standards Division
     Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
    Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27711
                     August 1982

-------
                               PREFACE
     This report was prepared for the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency by MATHTECH, Inc.  The report  is  organized into  six volumes
containing a total  of 14 sections as  follows:
          Volume I
               Section  1:
               Section  2:
               Section  3:
          Volume II
               Section  4:
               Section  5:
               Section  6:

          Volume III

               Section  7:
               Section  8:

          Volume IV

               Section  9:

          Volume V

               Section 10:
               Section 11:

          Volume VI

               Section 12:
               Section 13:
               Section 14:
Executive Summary
Theory, Methods and Organization
Air Quality and Meteorological Data
Household Sector
Residential Property Market
Labor Services Market
Manufacturing Sector
Electric Utility Sector
Agricultural Sector
Extrapolations
Bibliography
Summary of the Public Meeting
Analysis of Pollutant Correlations
Summary of Manufacturing Sector Review
     The analysis and conclusions presented  in  this report are  those
of the authors and should not be interpreted  as  necessarily reflecting
the official policies of the U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.
                                   11

-------
                          ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     This report and the underlying analyses profited  considerably
from the efforts of Allen Basala,  who served as EPA Project Officer,
and V.  Kerry Smith,  who  served as a reviewer for EPA.  Allen provided
the initiative and  on-going  support to conduct an applied benefits
analysis.  Kerry's technical insights and suggestions are reflected in
nearly every section of  the report.

     James Bain  and Tom  Walton of  EPA,  and  Jan Laarman and Ray
Palmquist,  who served  as reviewers  for EPA,  also  contributed
substantially  to  individual report  sections  through their advice and
comments during  the course of the  project.  Also  providing helpful
comments and assistance  were  Don Gillette,  Fred Haynie, Neil Frank and
Larry Zaragosa, all with EPA.

     Several other members of the Mathtech staff contributed to the
project during various  stages of the work.  They included Robert J.
Anderson, Jr., Neil Swan, John Keith,  Donald Wise, Yaw  Ansu,  Gary
Labovich, and  Janet  Stotsky.

     The production  of  the report was ably managed  by Carol Rossell,
whose patience remained  intact through countless drafts and deadlines.
Carol was assisted by Sally Webb, Gail Gay, and Deborah Piantoni.

     Finally,   we extend  our appreciation  to the  many dozens  of
individuals,  too numerous to list here,  who provided advice,
suggestions, and data during  the  course of the project.
                                 111

-------
                               CONTENTS


4.    HOUSEHOLD SECTOR

          Introduction 	   4-1

               Overview	   4-1
               Objectives of the Study 	   4-5
               Scope of Analysis	   4-7
               Summary of Benefits Estimates  	   4-17
               Section Overview 	   4-19

          Summary of Previous Benefits Studies  	   4-20

               Physical Damage Function Studies  	   4-20
               Indirect-Market Studies 	   4-26
               Other Benefits Approaches 	   4-28
               Overall Summary of Previous Air  Quality
                    Benefits Studies 	   4-29

          Model Development 	   4-30

               Utility Maximization 	   4-34
               Demand Functions 	   4-38
               Overview of Service Flow Indices  	   4-43
               Two-Stage Consumer Budgeting 	   4-46
               Alternative Functional Forms 	   4-60
               Inclusion of Environmental/Demographic (E/D)
                    Variables 	   4-61
               Deviations From Assumptions of the Standard
                    Utility Maximization Model  	   4-65
               Tests of Hypotheses 	   4-67
               Summary of the Technical Model 	   4-68

          Description of Data 	   4-69

               Scope of Economic Data 	   4-69
               Aggregation 	   4-77

          Empirical Results 	   4-93

               Framework for Empirical Analysis  	   4-94
               Linear Expenditure System	   4-99
               Linear Logarithmic Expenditure System 	   4-134
                                  IV

-------
                         CONTENTS (continued)


4.    HOUSEHOLD SECTOR (continued)

               Derivation of Aggregate Price Index  	   4-147
               Estimation of Aggregate Stage Systems  	   4-154

          Calculation of Benefits 	   4-157

               Scenario for Benefits Calculation  	   4-157
               Measures of Benefits 	   4-162
               Economic Benefits of Air Quality Improvements  ..   4-166

          Summary of Household Sector 	   4-177

          References 	,	   4-180
5.   RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY MARKET

          Introduction 	   5-1

               General Background 	   5-4
               Methodology 	   5-7
               Literature Review	   5-20

          Limitations of the Hedonic Technique  	   5-25

          Benefit Estimates 	   5-32

          Conclusion 	   5-50

          References	   5-52

          Appendix 5-A:  Calculation of Benefits  	   5-55

          Appendix 5-B:  SMSA Benefits 	   5-60


6.   LABOR SERVICES MARKET

          Summary 	   6-1

          Methodology 	   6-3

          Data 	   6-5

          Specification 	   6-13

          Empirical Results 	   6-14

-------
                         CONTENTS (continued)






6.    LABOR SERVICES MARKET (continued)



          Benefit Calculations 	  6-24



          References 	  6-32
                                  VI

-------
                               FIGURES


Number                                                            Page

 4-1.     Household decision process 	   4-31

 4-2.     The consumer's optimum 	   4-37

 4-3.     Demand curve 	   4-39

 4-4.     Welfare change from air quality improvement  	   4-45

 4-5.     Schematic of a "utility branch" 	   4-55

 4-6.     Schematic of data development  	   4-82

 4-7.     Consumers' surplus 	   4-162

 4-8.     Compensating variation 	   4-164


 5-1.     Implicit price schedule and bid functions  	   5-17

 5-2.     Marginal implicit price schedule and demand
          price functions 	   5-19

 5-3.     Alternative benefit estimates  for a given
          change in air quality 	   5-38


 6-1.     Alternative benefits estimates for a given change
          in air quality 	   6-25
                                  VII

-------
                                TABLES
Number                                                            Page

 4-1.     SMSAs Included in the Analysis  	   4-16

 4-2.     Household Soiling and Materials Damage Benefit
          Estimates 	   4-18

 4-3.     Household Materials Subject to Corrosion/Erosion  ....   4-21

 4-4.     Household Soiling — Cleaning and Maintenance Tasks  .   4-22

 4-5.     Standard Metropolitan Statistical Areas in
          Bulletin 1992 	   4-71

 4-6.     Expenditure Categories in BLS Bulletin 1992  	   4-72

 4-7.     Hypothetical Expenditures on Good XX in Region  1  ....   4-86

 4-8.     Goods Used in Second Stage of Optimization Model  ....   4-88

 4-9.     Statistical Profile of Expenditure Data — Annual
          Household Expenditure by Good 	   4-89

 4-10.    Statistical Profile of Price Data 	   4-91

 4-11.    Commodities in Demand Systems of the Second  Stage
          of the Optimization Model 	   4-104
                                N
 4-12.    Glossary of Variable Names 	   4-105

 4-13.    LES Food Demand System 	   4-109

 4-14.    Own-Price Elasticities of Demand for Food Demand
          Category 	   4-110

 4-15.    Elasticities of Environmental Variables in the
          Shelter Demand System 	   4-114

 4-16.    LES Shelter Demand System 	   4-118

 4-17.    LES Home Operations Demand System 	   4-121

 4-18.    LES Furnishings Demand System 	   4-124
                                  vui

-------
                          TABLES  (continued)


Number                                                            Page
 4-19.    LES Clothing Demand System  	   4-126

 4-20.    LES Transportation Demand System	   4-130

 4-21.    LES Personal Care Demand System 	   4-132

 4-22.    HTL Food Demand System  	   4-138

 4-23.    HTL Shelter Demand System 	   4-139

 4-24.    HTL Home Operations Demand  System  	   4-140

 4-25.    HTL Furnishings Demand  System  	   4-141

 4-26.    HTL Clothing Demand System  	   4-142

 4-27.    HTL Transportation Demand System  	   4-143

 4-28.    HTL Personal Care Demand System 	   4-144

 4-29.    Own-Price Elasticities  of Demand  	   4-145

 4-30.    Elasticities Between Demand and the  Pollution
          Variables 	   4-146

 4-31.    LES Aggregate Demand System 	   4-155

 4-32.    Own-Price Elasticities  of Demand  for Aggregate
          LES System  	   4-156

 4-33.    National Ambient Air Quality Standards  	   4-160

 4-34.    Household Soiling and Materials Damage  Benefit
          Estimates 	   4-167

 4-35.    Comparison of the Benefits  in  the  Household
          Expenditure Model and the Property Value  Model  in
          24 SMSAs 	   4-171

 4-36.    Comparison of the Per-Household Benefits  of
          Attaining the Secondary Standard  for TSP  	   4-172

 4-37.    Comparison Between SRI  Benefit Numbers  and the
          Present Study 	   4-175

 4-38.    Range of Household Sector Benefits for  S09 	   4-178

-------
                          TABLES  (continued)


Number                                                            Page

 4-39.    Range of Household Sector Benefits  for  TSP 	   4-178


 5-1.     Comparison of the Benefits from  Attaining
          Alternative Secondary Standards  in  24 SMSAs 	   5-3

 5-2.     Review of Property Value Studies 	   5-26

 5-3.     SMSAs Included in Property Value Study  	   5-44

 5-4.     Estimated Benefits of the Reduction  in  Total
          Suspended Particulate Matter to  Alternative
          Secondary Standards  	   5-47

 5-5.     Estimated Benefits of the Reduction  in  Sulfur
          Dioxide to Alternative  Secondary Standards 	   5-47

 5-6.     Estimated Benefits of the Reduction  in  Total
          Suspended Particulate Matter to  Alternative
          Secondary Standards  	   5-48

 5-7.     Estimated Benefits of the Reduction  in  Sulfur
          Dioxide to Alternative  Secondary Standards 	   5-48


 6-1.     Comparison of the Per-Household  Benefits of
          Attaining the Current Secondary  Standard for TSP ....   6-3

 6-2.     Pecuniary Variables  	   6-7

 6-3.     Personal Characteristic Variables  	   6-8

 6-4.     Work Environment Variables 	   6-9

 6-5.     Auxiliary Variables  	   6-10

 6-6.     Hedonic Wage Equations  	   6-16

 6-7.     Hedonic Wage Equations  Estimated for Partitioned
          Data Sets 	   6-22

 6-8.     Alternative Air Pollution Standards  	   6-30

 6-9.     1978 Pollution Concentrations in Denver and
          Cleveland SMSAs 	   6-30
                                  x

-------
   SECTION 4




HOUSEHOLD SECTOR

-------
                             SECTION 4

                          HOUSEHOLD SECTOR


INTRODUCTION

Overview

     In one of the first comprehensive  assessments  of  the benefits of

air quality improvement, Waddell (1) noted:
     In urban areas  some families spend very  little  as  a  result
     of air pollution, but many spend hundreds of dollars more
     each year than  they would need to if the  air were clean.
The message is clear,  air pollution can  be  costly  to  households.  The

purpose of this  section  is to estimate some of those costs and thereby

estimate the benefits of  improved air quality.



     In the  household sector,  there are  several ways  in  which an

improvement in air quality  can lead to a realization  of  economic

benefits.  First,  the improvement may  affect  individuals directly.

For example, there is evidence  that reductions in ambient concentra-

tions of TSP and SOo may  have a  beneficial effect on the health status

of individuals  [Lave and Seskin (2)].   Second,  there may be certain

aesthetic benefits attached  to  living  in an environment with cleaner

air  (e.g., visibility  improvements)  [Blank e_t  al.  (3)].   Finally,

reduced  soiling  and  materials damage to the  goods  and  services
                                  4-1

-------
consumed  by households may  result from  air quality  improvement



[Freeman (4)].








     This analysis of  the household sector focuses on  the  benefits



associated  with reductions in soiling  and materials  damage.   In



particular, the objective  is  to provide  an assessment of the likely



magnitude of the benefits from  attainment  of  the Secondary National



Ambient Air Quality Standards  (SNAAQS) for TSP  and S02.  The secondary



standards  have  been established to protect the public welfare and are



companion to the primary standards for protection of  public  health.








     To date, much of  the  work on household  soiling and materials



damage has been devoted to the identification of  materials potentially



damaged by  air pollution   [Criteria Document for TSP and SC>2  (5)].



For example, from these studies,  it  is  known that metal surfaces may



be subject  to  corrosion, painted  surfaces may need more  frequent



painting,  fibers may deteriorate more rapidly, and various cleaning



and maintenance activities may have to  be undertaken with  greater



frequency in order  to maintain some desired level of  cleanliness.








     In this analysis  of household  soiling  and materials damage, the



knowledge that  particular goods and services may be adversely affected



by air pollution is used as  a  basis  for developing an  economic model



which describes how individuals are likely to adjust  to changes in air



quality.  Specifically, a  series  of household demand  functions are



analyzed and statistical methods are used  to  assess  whether ambient
                                  4-2

-------
concentrations  of  S02  or  TSP contribute  to  the  explanation  of
          •
variation  in  quantity demanded.  For  example, an increase  in  TSP

concentrations may lead to an increase in household  demand  for laundry

and cleaning products.  The assumption is that such a  relationship

would reflect  an attempt  by  the household to  mitigate adverse effects

of TSP through defensive actions.  That is, additional laundry  and

cleaning  products are used  by households  in  order  to maintain a

desired  level  of  household cleanliness.



     In  the above view,  air quality improvement generates  benefits

because fewer resources are required  to  produce  a given  level  of

cleanliness.   In  effect,   the unit cost of cleanliness is reduced.   To

the extent  that a reduction  in ambient concentrations can be linked to

a reduction in the unit cost of the  service  provided by the laundry

and cleaning  products (i.e.,  cleanliness),  the monetary  benefits

associated  with air quality  improvements can be  identified.



     While this effort is not the first to examine the benefits  to

households from  air quality improvements,  the approach  adopted  is

different  from  those  used  in earlier studies.  Specifically, this

analysis examines how households  reallocate   fixed budgets,  given

product  prices, when air quality improves.  The  focus is on household

decision makers.



     There are  several   advantages  to  this approach.   First,   it

recognizes  that  individuals  can adjust to the adverse effects  of  air
                                 4-3

-------
pollution.   As  the  opening quote in this section indicates,  air pollu-
                                                •

tion may affect different  households  to a different extent.   People do


make  choices,  subject  to  budget  and price  constraints,  and  the


adjustment possibilities that can  be made should  be  an  integral  part


of any benefits analysis.






     Second,  by giving  additional  structure  to  the benefits  model,  it


is possible to take advantage of  the a_ priori  restrictions  available


in conventional models of  consumer behavior.  Such restrictions are


important, as  they narrow the  range  of alternative explanations  that


might be associated with a particular result.






     A third advantage of the household  demand approach is that the


data required for analysis may be  more easily obtained.   For example,


the major  type of  economic data required are  expenditure  and price


information for  a variety  of  consumption goods.   These data  are


available from a variety of  government  sources.  While the collection


of such data can still present  a  formidable challenge,  the require-


ments seem much less burdensome than the materials inventory require-


ments of other approaches  to benefits estimation.






     Finally,  the examination of  air quality effects within  the


context of an  economic  demand  model leads to an analytically correct


measure of value.  In particular,  as noted in Section 2,  benefits are


correctly defined in terms of the willingness-to-pay concept.   In the
                                  4-4

-------
 present case,  measures of willingness to pay can be identified from

the estimated demand functions.



 Objectives of the  Study



     The main  objective  of  the  household sector study  is  to  estimate

 some of  the benefits  of  the secondary standards.  Given this

 objective,  it is  helpful to have a set  of  criteria which allow an

 informed judgment as  to the plausibility of the  benefits estimates.

 The  criteria  that are  important in an  evaluation of  the  model

 structure and  ultimately in the degree of confidence  one  has  in the

 benefit estimates  include:
     •    The manner in which the household  decision  model  is
          structured.

     •    The  manner  in  which  air quality variables are
          introduced into the analysis.

     •    The  sensitivity  of  results  to  alternative
          specifications of functional form.

     •    The extent to which  various  assumptions limit the
          generality of results  and/or  impose  unrealistic
          constraints on the model  structure.
 Since each of these criteria may have implications for the benefits

 estimates to be derived,  it is  important that some indication of the

 sensitivity of  the benefits  estimates  to alternative  modeling

 decisions be given.  A variety of such checks  are presented throughout

 the  analysis reported in  this section.   While time  and resource

 constraints precluded  an  exhaustive analysis of the sensitivity of
                                 4-5

-------
results, the checks  undertaken represent  an  important part of the

overall analysis  plan.



     Quite naturally, before one can be concerned about the plausi-

bility of  alternative assumptions within a  specific model, there must

be some confidence  that the general model structure is appropriate for

deriving defensible estimates of benefits.   This becomes especially

important  in light  of comments by  two environmental economists.  V.  K.

Smith (6) summarized his perceptions of environmental benefit  analysis

techniques  as of  1976 in the following way:
     Overall the results  of these analyses  suggest that  the
     empirical content  of environmental  economics,  while
     growing, is rather weak.  Before we can  hope to precisely
     guide public policy on  environmental matters,  much greater
     attention must focus on the modeling and measurement of  the
     benefits and costs of these policies.
More recently,  Freeman (7) has voiced similar concern.   Freeman  lists

the following  five criteria which  he  believes a benefits analysis

should satisfy.
          The technique must yield measures in monetary value
          because  the  objective of  the  exercise  is  the
          determination of values.

          The technique and estimating procedures  must be  based
          analytically and empirically on individual behavior
          and preference, given the utilitarian definition  of
          benefits.

          Benefits estimates  must be  based  on  a correctly
          specified theoretical model  of  individual behavior and
          the relationships among economic units.
                                 4-6

-------
          The actual measures used in the empirical work should
          correspond as  closely  as possible  to  the  variables  of
          the theoretical model.

          Benefit  studies  must  use the empirical techniques
          appropriate to the theoretical model and the data  at
          hand.
In  Freeman's opinion,  no  benefit  study has  yet been  done which

completely satisfies each  of these  criteria.



     Given these comments, the initial work plan developed for  this

study was conditioned by these challenges to provide a more  complete

model  structure  for benefits analysis.   Consequently,  a second

objective of the  analysis  has  been  to try to improve on the  manner  in

which such analyses are  done.  We believe the approach adopted for the

present study represents an important step ahead in achieving a  more

systematic procedure for identifying defensible benefit estimates  in a

variety of areas.



Scope of Analysis



     The discussion of the scope  of analysis  for the household sector

can be conveniently organized  in two parts.  The first part describes,

in general terms,  some  of the methodological  assumptions  inherent  in

the model developed.   This is followed by a discussion of  the scope  of

empirical data available for this study.
                                 4-7

-------
Methodological  Issues—

     At the  beginning  of  this  section,   three  ways  in  which  air

pollution might affect households were listed.   These were  direct

effects (health), psychic  effects (aesthetics),  and effects on goods

and services demanded by households  (soiling and materials damage).

This study looks only at the latter  type of impact.  Given that the

primary concern of  this study is with the benefits of achieving  a

secondary  standard, conditional  on the primary standard being attained

and maintained,  neglect of direct effects such as health do not appear

to be serious.   The  implicit  assumption is  that the primary standards

are set at a  level consistent with the  attainment of an optimum for

health considerations.



     It is more difficult  to  rationalize the exclusion of the psychic

benefits.  In fact,  the  issue takes  on  importance since researchers

have recently suggested  that  this  class of  benefits may be relatively

large in magnitude  [Brookshire  e_t al. (8)].  Unfortunately,  the house-

hold model presented  in this section does  not identify estimates of

pure aesthetic  values.   Consequently,  the  reported benefits  estimates

represent  only a partial  coverage  of air quality benefits  in the

household  sector.*
* One way in which some aesthetic valuations might be  incorporated in
  a household decision model  is  to analyze how leisure activities are
  influenced by  atmospheric visibility conditions.   [See, for example,
  Horst (9).]
                                  4-i

-------
     The next set of methodological issues  involves ways in which



households  can  respond to the  damaging effects  of air pollution.



These adjustments can occur via several  channels.  They include:








     •    Moving to a less polluted  environment.



     •    Engaging in maintenance or replacement activities.



     •    Substituting more resistant products.



     •    Doing nothing at all.








Ideally,  a complete  evaluation of economic  benefits  would be  able  to



incorporate  each of these adjustment possibilities within  the model



framework.








Location Substitutions—



     The  implication  of this adjustment  possibility  is  that



individuals  no  longer view  air quality as something beyond their



control.   Consumers can  reduce the costly impacts  of  air pollution  by



changing their residence.  This location effect can be observed in two



economic measures.    First,   one can hypothesize that air quality



effects  are  capitalized into property values.  Thus,  in an area  of



relatively better air quality, the amenities of  the site may raise the



price of property.  The  second economic  measure that can be  affected



by the locational attributes of air  pollution  is wages.  In this  case,



the hypothesis  is that jobs   in an area with  relatively better air



quality  will be offered at a  lower wage rate  (relative to a similar
                                 4-9

-------
job  in a "dirty" area)  since  residents  are  compensated (non-



monetarily)  through a better "quality of life"  in  the  area.








     In order  to  incorporate these location effects into the household



demand  framework  described  in  this  section,  special  assumptions  are



required.   In  the  case of  property values,  one can no  longer view  the



price  of property as  being  beyond  the  control  of  households.



Similarly,  for wage rates, one cannot assume  that  income  is  fixed.   To



date in this  analysis,  a general  model  that allows for  location



changes has  not been constructed.   Consequently, assumptions have  been



made which permit these  location  adjustments to be viewed as distinct



categories  of  benefits.








Maintenance  and Replacement Activities—



     As mentioned earlier, many benefits studies  have been concerned



with identifying  the effect of air pollution  on  the type and extent of



damage to  various materials.  Given a measure of physical damage,



'estimates are  made of repair or replacement  costs.  Conceptually,  the



idea  is that  if pollution  were absent (or  lower),  these  costs of



repair/replacement would not have  to be undertaken (or would  be



lower).  Thus, the dollar number generated represents the potential



cost savings  from defensive  measures to ameliorate air  pollution



impacts.  Individuals should be willing to  pay at  least this amount to



avoid  the deleterious effects  of  air pollution.   Note, however,  that



this cost-saving measure reflects only the difference  in potential



expenditures;  the amount  "at least"  that consumers  should be willing
                                 4-10

-------
to pay.   True measures of benefits are couched in terms of "maximum"



willingness to pay and  incorporate the  notion  of consumers'  surplus.



This implies that benefits estimates in studies that look only at



cost-savings will  provide a lower-bound estimate of some true  level of



benefits.   In the present study, since a series  of household demand



functions is estimated, benefits can be expressed  in terms of  consumer



surplus  measures.








Substitution Possibilities—



     One means of adjustment that has often  been neglected  in earlier



benefits studies  involves the notion of substitution.   That  is, as air



quality improves, an individual has the option of reallocating his



expenditures in  a different  fashion in order to account for  expected



changes in pollution impacts.   The decision  for  the  individual



involves choosing  that option  which he believes  will  be least costly.



The problem this  creates  for  benefit studies is that  failure by the



analyst  to  consider the range of adjustment opportunities available to



the individual can lead  to an understatement of benefits.







     One way in  which  these  substitution  opportunities   can  be



incorporated into a benefits study is to consider simultaneously the



various  allocation decisions faced by  a consumer.   This  is done in the



current  study by analyzing complete systems of demand  functions.  That



is, a series of demand functions for  various goods is estimated as a



single  structural  system of equations.
                                 4-11

-------
Doing Nothing at All—

     While doing nothing at all may not seem very interesting as an

analysis issue, it can be an important part of any benefits study.

There are at least five ways  in  which  the null response may arise:



     •   The consumer may not be  aware of any damaging effects.

     •   The consumer feels that the cost of an ameliorative
         action outweighs the potential benefits to him.

     •   The consumer may want to adjust to perceived damaging
         effects but is constrained by available income.

     •   The observed data may not be conducive to identifying
         the consumer's response.

     •   The consumer just doesn't care.



The extent to which the household model addresses each of the "non-

response"  possibilities is  discussed  briefly in  the  following

paragraphs.



     Imperfect  Information—The lack of complete information may have

important  implications for benefits  analysis.   This is  most likely to

be true, however, for the analysis of  mortality  and morbidity effects.

The present study focuses only on the welfare effects underlying a

movement  from a  primary  to  alternative secondary air  quality

standards,  with a  maintained assumption  that  all  health benefits are

captured  in the attainment and  maintenance of the primary standards.

It does not seem to be as heroic an  assumption  that all consumers
                                 4-12

-------
possess  perfect information  about "welfare effects".*  This is the

working assumption in this section.



     No Change Warranted—An improvement  in  air  quality may elicit no

response from the consumer because  he believes that any adjustment on

his part will be more costly  than  the benefit to him.  This could be

exemplified by  the  desire of  individuals to  maintain a habitual

pattern of activity.  The  costs of changing habits  are  felt to be very

high.   The degree to which this type of non-response is important will

be evident from the statistical analysis.



     Constrained  Budget—Some  consumers  may  wish  to  respond  to

deteriorating levels  of air quality but  are unable  to do so because of

budgetary requirements  in  other  categories of expenditures.   Although

no budget reallocation  occurs,  there exists  a lower level of  welfare

relative  to  the case  where the  budget reallocation  is made.



     Part of  the problem here  may be  in  the orientation  of  the

benefits  concept  toward willingness to pay.   That is, it is implicitly

assumed  that responsibility rests with the consumers to pay  for all

adjustments to pollution  impacts.  An alternative  way to look  at

benefits  measures is  in terms  of "willingness to accept".   Under  this

concept,  it  is  assumed that the property rights to clean air have  been



* Potential  irreversible  changes  to  the  ecosystem  represent  an
  important  effect that may be quantitatively  significant yet  are
  areas of great  ignorance among most benefits analysts.  This  type of
  effect  is  neglected in the present study.
                                 4-13

-------
assigned to the public.   With this  criterion,  the  budget  is  no longer



a constraint on response.








     Which is the more appropriate criterion?  From one point of view,



the existence of the  EPA is  in part  a signal  that  the  property rights



of the air resource belong to the public, so that the willingness  to



accept concept may be more appropriate.  However,  in  the  promulgation




of selected environmental regulations, EPA  recognizes the conflicting



desires of  the  public in general and the industries or individuals



that pollute.  Thus,  both parties face some degree of  restriction  in



terms of property rights to  the  air resource.  Given this situation



and the fact that  transactions costs such as  information, policing,




and contractural costs  make it unlikely that an individual would



attempt to elicit compensation for soiling or materials damage because



of standard violations,  operationally, the willingness  to pay concept



appears to be the more meaningful benefits measure.








     In any case,  the difference between the two measures will  be



small if the response to damage requires only  a small part of income.*



For this project,  it  would seem reasonable to view  the  welfare effects



as being of  this  type.   Consequently, it is assumed  that willingness



to pay  is  the  appropriate criterion  and that  changes  in  expenditures



are small enough so that desired  reallocations can be made.
  See, for example,  Willig  (10).
                                  4-14

-------
     Non-Observable Changes—The third of the "no action" responses




involves the idea that some change really does occur,  but available



data do  not allow the researcher to identify changes  in welfare.



For example, certain types  of  aesthetic benefits may not be observed



because it is difficult to  identify meaningful quantitative data.  As



noted earlier,  the  present  study does not  capture  such  pure aesthetic



values.








     Non-Respondents—Finally,  some individuals may take no action in




response to changes in air quality because  they really don't care.



They  make  no  changes in  their  allocation decisions  because  of



increases  or  decreases  in pollution levels,  and,  in a survey



situation,  they (truthfully) respond  that they would never be willing



to' pay any  amount.  If air quality improves,  they don't  clean less and



their  welfare  is  not affected  even though  the average level  of



cleanliness is  higher.








     A maintained hypothesis of this study is that better levels of



air quality are  preferred  to less.  Thus, the  ultimate test of whether



such  individuals  constitute  a  sizeable portion of the general



population  will  be apparent in  the demand  relationships estimated and



the benefit numbers that are derived.








Scope of  Empirical Data—




     The  economic data used in our analysis  of  household  demand are



aggregate data for SMSAs (Standard Metropolitan Statistical Areas).
                                4-15

-------
Expenditure  and price data were obtained for approximately 185 con-

sumption items for 24  large SMSAs  for the years 1972-73.   After aggre-

gation,  the  dimensionality of  the problem  was reduced  to a more

manageable 20 consumption items.   Expenditures for goods included  in

the analysis accounted for about 40 percent of  total  current con-

sumption expenditures in  each  of the  SMSAs.   Among the  major

categories of goods that have  been omitted  are recreation and leisure

(data  limitations)  and  payments  for property  services  (methodological

limitations).



     Table 4-1 lists  the  SMSAs included in the study.   In 1976, the

population in these SMSAs  represented approximately  30 percent  of the

total population of the country.  The  benefit estimates reported  in
             TABLE 4-1.   SMSA'S INCLUDED IN THE ANALYSIS
    Region I:   Northeast

       1.  Boston
       2.  Buffalo
       3.  New York City
       4.  Philadelphia
       5.  Pittsburgh
    Region II:   North  Central

       1.   Chicago
       2.   Cincinnati
       3.   Cleveland
       4.   Detroit
       5.   Kansas City
       6.   Milwaukee
       7.   Minneapolis
       8.   St.  Louis
Region III:   South

   1.   Atlanta
   2.   Baltimore
   3.   Dallas
   4.   Houston
   5.   Washington,  D.C.
Region IV:   West

   1.   Denver
   2.   Los  Angeles
   3.   San  Diego
   4.   San  Francisco
   5.   Seattle
   6.   Honolulu
                                  4-16

-------
this section relate only  to the 24 SMSAs  included in the  table.   In



Section 10,  estimates are developed  for other areas of the country.








Summary of Benefits Estimates








     Based on the analysis reported in the following subsections,



estimates of the benefits of air  quality improvement  have 'been



developed.   The estimates represent the incremental  benefits  of



attaining Secondary National Ambient  Air Quality Standards for SO,, and



TSP by 1987, given that primary standards  for  the two pollutants are



achieved in  1985.  Table 4-2 presents the estimates for each of the  24



SMSAs  included  in the analysis.   Entries in  the  table are  discounted



present values  in  1980  of  soiling and materials damage benefits over



an infinite  time horizon.   The estimates assume a 10 percent discount



rate and  are stated  in 1980 dollars.   The secondary standards for



which  the benefit estimates are derived are 24-hour maximum  second-




high standards for both pollutants (150 ug/m3 for TSP and 260 ug/m3




for SG>2).








     The benefits numbers  shown in Table  4-2 are total benefits for



each SMSA.  On a per-household basis, in  the  two years  of standard



attainment,  the average level of benefits  is approximately $16.25 for



TSP and  $16.50  for SO-  (in those  areas  where  the  SO-  Secondary



Standard  is exceeded).   For a unit  change  in ambient concentrations




(ug/m3),  the per-household  benefits are approximately $0.20 and  $0.17



for  TSP  and S02,  respectively.    Regionally,   benefits  from the
                                 4-17

-------
 TABLE 4-2.   HOUSEHOLD SOILING AND MATERIALS DAMAGE BENEFIT ESTIMATES
             (discounted  present values for 1980 in millions of
             1980 dollars)
SMSAS
Region I
Boston
Buffalo
New York
Philadelphia
Pittsburgh
Region Subtotal
Region II
Chicago
Cincinnati
Cleveland
Detroit
Kansas City
Milwaukee
Minneapolis
St. Louis
Region Subtotal
Region III
Atlanta
Baltimore
Dallas
Houston
Washington, DC
Region Subtotal
Region IV
Denver
Honolulu
Los Angeles
San Diego
San Francisco
Seattle
Region Subtotal
Totals
TSP

35.41
47.98
237.05
189.71
83.35
593.50

254.11
21.34
61.59
172.88
39.08
51.92
73.95
85.92
760.79

4.67
7.47
56.00
105.79
152.23
326.16

112.32
*
367.73
86.61
*
53.48
620.14
2,300.59
SO2

*
37.99
302.75
184.45
74.67
599.86

65.45
39.88
52.20
*
*
36.84
56.26
70.06
320.69

*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
920.55
* Secondary standard not exceeded;  therefore no benefits  for attain-
  ment of standard.
                                  4-18

-------
reduction of TSP levels are realized  in all but two of the SMSAs —



San Francisco  and  Honolulu.  Cn  the  other  hand,  benefits  from  reduc-



tions in the ambient concentrations  of S02 accrue  only to households



in the Northeast and  North Central regions of the country.  Again,  we



stress  that these estimates  of benefits cover only  the 24 SMSAs



included in  the analysis.  A more detailed description of  the way in



which these benefit  numbers were derived appears in a later part of



this section.  Extrapolations  to the  rest  of the nation are presented



in Section 10.







Section  Overview








     In  the  remaining parts of  Section 4,  a complete framework  for



performing an air quality benefits  analysis in the household sector is



developed.   Initially, various benefit studies  that have  been done in



the past are reviewed.  This review is helpful in establishing  the



types of  benefits that are being analyzed  and can also  serve as a



point of  comparison for the plausibility of  the  benefits  numbers



derived in  the present  study.   Next,  a detailed description of  the



theoretical  model  is  presented.   In this subsection,  the  structure of



the decision process  of households and the way in which air pollution



might affect household decisions are  both  examined.   This  is followed



by a description  of the available  data,  and  the  presentation  and



evaluation  of the  empirical results.   Given parameter estimates,



benefit estimates for achievement  of the Secondary National Ambient
                                 4-19

-------
Air Quality  Standards are calculated.  A final  subsection briefly



summarizes the  major  findings of the analysis.








SUMMARY OF PREVIOUS BENEFITS STUDIES








     The  object  of  an  analytically  proper  air quality  benefits



analysis is to  provide an estimate of the income-equivalent  change  in



welfare  for a specified improvement in  some measure of air quality.



The purpose of  this subsection is to summarize the methods  that  have




been used  to estimate these values and to assess their success  at



obtaining  meaningful benefits  estimates.    Additionally,  where



possible, estimates are presented of the gross benefits  identified  in




these studies.  The discussion  is  taken primarily from Waddell (1) and



Freeman  (4).








Physical Damage Function Studies








     The objective of the damage  function approach is to identify



objects  at risk  from air pollution  and to develop  statistical



relationships describing the physical damage  that  may occur.  We  have



given broad descriptions of the types of  effects likely to  be observed



in the household  sector  but,  in practice, damage function studies



focus on particular  items  within the aggregate classifications.  For



example, Table 4-3 lists  some  of the household  items that may  be



susceptible to  corrosion or erosion.  Similarly,  Table  4-4  describes



those household activities  that may be affected by soiling.   Clearly,
                                 4-20

-------
     TABLE 4-3.   HOUSEHOLD MATERIALS  SUBJECT TO  CORROSION/EROSION

       1.   Metals

              a.   Steel  structures/products*

                     i)   Exterior  lighting  equipment
                    ii)   Galvanized roofing, siding, drainage
                   iii)   Prefabricated  buildings
                    iv)   Exterior  structural steel
                     v)   Exterior  gratings, fire escapes
                    vi)   Metal  doors, windows
                   vii)   Chain  link fencing

              b.   Aluminum

              c.   Zinc

              d.   Electrical  components


       2.   Building materials**

              a.   Cement and  concrete

              b.   Wood

              c.   Building bricks

              d.   Glass


       3.   Paints (deterioration)"1"

              a.   Oil-base house paints

              b.   Latex  house paints


       4.   Fibers

              a.   Rugs,  draperies

              b.   Furnishings,  upholstery

 * Source of steel breakdown is Perl (11), who  constructed his table
   from information  in  Fink,  et al. (12).
**
   Source of  building  materials  breakdown is Barrett and  Waddell (13).

   Breakdown of  paint category relies on damage study  conducted by
   Spence, et al.  (14).
                                  4-21

-------
   TABLE 4-4.   HOUSEHOLD SOILING ~ CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE TASKS
  5™~:S^™~™™~~22™™~™™™™™ —ZSZS™ ™S«~~~ ~S —Z —— — — — ™2Z^^ZZ~M«« ™ —— — 3S^^^~ZS "^*"""S'^^~" ~

               1.   Outdoor

                      a.  Painting walls

                      b.  Painting trim

                      c.  Washing windows


               2.   Indoor

                      a.  Painting walls and ceilings

                      b.  Wallpapering

                      c.  Washing walls

                      d.  Washing windows

                      e.  Cleaning Venetian blinds
Source:  Watson and jaksch  (15), Table 1.  The authors note  that the
         tasks  described above were drawn from the Booz Allen  Hamilton
         study (16) which  included 15 indoor and 12 outdoor  tasks.
         The  eight tasks listed here represent  those  activities  that
         Watson and  Jaksch believe to  be  the most  susceptible  to
         particulate soiling.
if total  benefit estimates are to  be  obtained on an  item-by-item

basis,  the compilation  of  benefits would  be an onerous task.



Method  Requirements—

     The  development  of benefits   numbers  for  a physical damage

function study requires several types of  information.  First,  physical

damage functions relating changes in concentrations of a pollutant to

some measure of damage  must be developed.  In general,  this  requires
                                  4-22

-------
laboratory experiments which simulate  natural environments,  but where



factors  other than air pollution can be kept at  predetermined levels.







     The second step in a damage function analysis  involves a transla-



tion of the physical  damage  function into  economic  terms.   As



suggested  in the  Midwest  Institute  Report  (17),  this  requires



knowledge of four items:   information  on the  distribution  of



materials;  information on the distribution  of pollutants; the  service



life of products in the absence of pollution; and the value  of  the



products or  structures using the affected materials.







     Not only are  these  information requirements  burdensome, but  the



process  of  developing  benefits estimates with  this type of model



implies  some strong  underlying assumptions and  limitations.   For



example, Waddell [(1), p.  24]  mentions  that  extrapolation  of



laboratory  results  to the real world  ignores the  possibility  of



nonconstant  marginal products,  nonlinearities,  and  problems  of



aggregation  and  substitution.  Freeman  (4) stresses  the lack  of



consideration of consumer adjustments, and the difficulty in assessing



the inventory of materials at  risk.   Despite these drawbacks, physical



damage  function studies have been the most widely  used.







Benefits in  the Physical  Damage Studies—



     One must be extremely cautious  when reporting gross benefits



estimates from a variety of  studies.  There are numerous assumptions



underlying  the  development  of any  particular  estimate,  so that
                                 4-23

-------
comparing results  of  different studies is quite difficult.   Among  the

more prominent aspects to consider are:  the assumed base level of  air

pollution and the direction and magnitude  of change;  the frequency,

averaging time,  and  collection method  of  the pollutant;  the  basis  of

the economic dollars  (e.g.,  1970  dollars vs. 1980 dollars);  the social

rate of discount used in deriving the  discounted  present value  (time

stream) of benefits; the statistical  sensitivity of the parameters

used in calculating benefits; and the methods of extrapolation to  the

general  population  (i.e.,  what is the  extent of  coverage of  the

numbers).



     As one  might  imagine,  it  can be difficult to bring the  myriad of

physical  damage  studies into commensurate terms.   Fortunately, both

Waddell  (1)  and Freeman  (4)  present  a synthesis  of  many of  these

studies.*



     In Waddell's case, his best guess estimates of total economic

"damage" in 1970 (for 1970 pollution  levels) are:   $2.2 billion  for

materials damage, $0.2 billion  for vegetation, and $5.8 billion  for

particulate  soiling.  We assume  that his use of the word "damage"  can

be taken to  mean  the total elimination  of pollutant  impact.**   In
 * We will not  list the many works that went into the summaries of
   Freeman and Waddell.   The  reader  is  referred  to  these  two studies
   for a complete account  of  the individual analyses.

** The idea  of eliminating pollution is not the purpose of a benefits
   study.  The rule  of cost-benefit analysis is that welfare is  maxi-
   mized when marginal  benefits equal marginal costs.   Under  quite
   reasonable assumptions  on  the shapes of  these curves, it is likely
   that this  optimum will  occur with a positive level  of pollution.
                                 4-24

-------
terms of specific pollutants,  damages  in  1970  attributable to SOX are



$5.4  billion,  with  TSP damages  reported as $5.8 billion.   All numbers



in Waddell's  study  are in 1970 dollars.







     Freeman's main scenario involves answering the question:   What



are the benefits with/without  a particular piece of legislation?   For



example, one  might  compare the actual environmental quality in a given



year (Freeman uses  1978) to the environmental quality in the year the



legislation  was adopted (e.g., the 1970 Clean Air Act).   In  terms of



dollars, Freeman's most reasonable point estimates are $3.7 billion



for materials damage, $0.5 billion  for vegetation,  and $2 billion for



soiling, all in 1978 dollars.   The materials damage number  includes



the effects of both TSP and sulfur compounds.   The vegetation  losses



are calculated for sulfur compound pollution, and soiling damage is



TSP-specific.







     In addition to the  numbers  available in Waddell and Freeman, SRI



(18),  in a  report recently prepared  for the National Commission  on Air



Quality,  published  benefit  estimates  of attaining the secondary



national air  quality  standards  for  TSP and S02.  As  with  Waddell and



Freeman,  SRI uses  earlier studies as the basis for deriving their



benefit numbers.  For soiling and materials damage,  a review of  their



discussion indicates  that S02 benefits  for materials damage  reduction



are estimated to be about $1.8 billion (1980), while  TSP benefits of



reduced  soiling are approximately $0.65 billion (1980).   Several



things  should  be pointed out.   First,  SRI's  benefit  numbers  were
                                 4-25

-------
calculated from  a baseline of  current (1980) levels of  ambient air



quality to  the  proposed secondary standards.  This contrasts with our



approach where the  analysis is directed toward measuring the



incremental benefits  of going  from a  primary  (or current levels if



below  the primary) to a secondary standard.  Second, the materials



damage estimates  reported by SRI do  not distinguish between household



materials exposure  and the  exposure of commercial  buildings,



manufacturing  plants,  etc.  The  analysis in this section  is strictly



for the household sector.  Third, their numbers represent estimates of



total national  benefits while the results summarized earlier for the



present  study are valid for only the  24 SMSAs  included in our basic



analysis.  Finally, SRI's benefits  numbers appear to be reported in



annual terms,  whereas  our calculations  are based on discounted present



values.








Indirect-Market Studies







     A second  method that  has been  used to  assess the  economic



benefits of air quality improvements is known as the  indirect-market



approach.   Since a market for air  quality does  not exist,  this



approach relies  on  the identification  of markets in  which changes in



air  quality  may be  reflected in  production  and/or  consumption



decisions.  The household demand model  developed  in this  section  is an



example  of the indirect-market approach.  Two other applications of



this approach include analyses of residential property markets and the



market for  labor  services.
                                 4-26

-------
     In the residential property value studies, the hypothesis  is  that



variations in property values  (or  rents) can be explained not only  by



housing attributes,  neighborhood  characteristics,  and  availability  of



services,  but also by  site-specific air pollutant  concentrations.  A



priori, the presumption is that higher levels of air pollution  lead  to



relatively lower residential property values,  all other housing



attributes being  the  same.







     While  there have been many empirical studies of property value



differentials,  this type of analysis is  not  well-suited to the problem



of estimating non-health  benefits  of the secondary standards.   This  is



because property  values are  likely to reflect  all perceived, at home,



effects of  air pollution.  Consequently,  in addition to coverage  of



soiling and materials damage effects implicit  for  a  particular site,



benefits  estimates  derived from property  value studies  may also



include  values  for  health and   aesthetic benefits.   Since  it  is



difficult to identify the separate  influences of the various  benefit



types,  estimates based on property value differentials are likely  to



be larger than  those  reported for  the household demand model developed



in this section.







     However, this relationship can provide useful information.   In



particular,  a benefit estimate  calculated from an  analysis of residen-



tial property values  may  be interpreted as  an upper-bound plausibility



check on  the household demand model  benefits.  For  this  reason, a



review and synthesis  of the  literature  on property  value analysis was
                                 4-27

-------
undertaken in this study,  and benefits estimates were obtained using



scenarios consistent with  those used in other sections of this  report.



The results of this analysis  are reported in Section 5.








     The second  application of the  indirect-market approach mentioned



above relates to the  market for labor services.   In this case, the



underlying hypothesis is that wage rate variations  can be explained by



attributes of  the individual,   characteristics  of  the job,  and



location-specific amenities such as  environmental quality.  Here, the



presumption is that jobs in an area  with relatively better air  quality



will be  offered at a lower  wage  rate than similar  jobs  in  a more



polluted area.







     A benefits analysis  based on  wage rate variations  is likely to



encompass a variety of benefit types, including health  and aesthetic



benefits.   Thus,  as in  the case  of property values,  it  may be



difficult to identify  non-health  benefits  directly.   As  before,



estimates from the wage  rate  approach become useful as cross-checks on



the plausibility of the household demand model  estimates.  The  results



of an analysis of wage rates  is presented  in Section  6-







Other Benefits Approaches







     For the sake of completeness,  several  other techniques that  have



been  suggested  for benefits  analysis  are  listed  below.    These



approaches can,  in general,  be classified  as  non-market studies.  NO
                                  4-28

-------
discussion is  offered, however, and the interested reader is  referred
to Waddell (1) for  further elaboration. .  These other techniques
include:

     •    Opinion surveys of air pollution sufferers.
     •    Litigation surveys.
     •    political expressions of social choice.
     •    The  Delphi method.

Overall Summary of Previous Air Quality Benefits Studies

     In this subsection,  some of the ways analysts have approached  the
estimation of economic benefits have been discussed.   To date,  the
most popular methodology has involved  an  examination  of the relation-
ship between pollution and the physical damage to materials thought to
be at risk from exposure.  These studies provide a direct link between
air pollution and  the objects valued by human  beings.   While  the
studies are important for determining  the type and extent of pollution
effects  for  specific  materials,  aggregation to  more  complete
inventories of materials imposes data  difficulties.

     Economists have  found fault with these  studies both for data
reasons,  and more importantly, for conceptual reasons.  In particular,
they point out that a  model  that  does not account for the behavior of
man  and  his  interaction  with the environment  cannot provide
analytically  correct  measures of welfare change.  One outgrowth of
                                 4-29

-------
this observation has been  the  development  of  indirect-market  studies,



in which pollution  is presumed to play a role  in  the supply and demand



decisions in various economic markets.  Two markets that  have  received



considerable attention are  the property market and the labor  services



market.   In these  studies, the location-specific attribute of air



pollution is highlighted  and  assumptions are  introduced  which permit



the analyst to examine locational  variations  in  demand and supply due



to air quality differences.







     While  the  model developed  in  this section  is  also  of  the



indirect-market type,  the  adjustment mechanisms assumed  to  be



available to households  are different.   In  particular,  location



decisions are viewed as having been made,  and reallocations in demand



are assumed to  reflect short-run adjustments  to  changing pollution



levels.  This model is discussed fully in the  next  subsection.







MODEL DEVELOPMENT







     It  was noted  earlier that the manner  in which the household



decision process  is modeled  is one of the  important  criteria for



judging  the plausibility  of the  analysis.   In this section, the model



that will be used  to characterize  household decisions is described in



detail.








     Figure 4-1 outlines the major components of the decision process.



The initial decision facing the household is the allocation of a fixed
                                  4-30

-------
     Environmental
      conditions
Relative
 prices
                                 I
 Soc ioeconomic.
characteristics
                             Demand for
                            market goods
                                 I
                         Index of produced
                           service flows
               Figure  4-1.  Household decision process.



budget among the many  market goods that may be purchased.   In order to

determine these "demands", various factors that are  beyond  the control

of the  household  must be  taken into account.   In particular,  the

relative prices of the goods,  income,  and various demographic factors

all help  to shape the pattern  of  household  demand.  Furthermore,

environmental conditions  such  as  ambient  concentrations may also

influence the demand  for  certain goods.   For  example,  the  demand for

detergents or other cleaning products may be  sensitive to the level of

TSP concentrations.



     Once the allocation decision has been made, conditional on the

factors mentioned  above,  the decision-making role of the household is

essentially complete. However, there is a  natural extension to the

process that is important for benefits analysis.
                                 4-31

-------
     The idea behind the extension  is that items like detergents are



not demanded for  their own sake,  but  rather for the services  they



provide.   Thus,  it may be instructive to view the demand  for



detergents  as a derived demand based on a  more  fundamental consumer



demand  for cleanliness.   Viewed  in  this way, the allocation decision



made by households with respect to detergents and other cleaning items



is consistent with attaining a particular  level of household cleanli-



ness.  Furthermore, the role of air pollution is clear.   In particu-



lar, air pollution increases the cost of cleanliness by increasing the



quantity of detergents  and other cleaning  items  required  to obtain a



unit of cleanliness.   Conversely,  a reduction in air pollution can



lead to a  reduction  in the unit cost for cleanliness, and consequently



economic benefits  are generated.








     The underlying  relationship between services such as cleanliness



and market goods is also portrayed  in Figure 4-1.  While households



are not required  to make any new  allocation decisions  in order to



identify the  index of service  flows,  the  structure of the link between



the  service  flows  and  market  demands  is crucial.   In  fact,  the



discussion  of how  this link can be established  in a  consistent fashion



is a major concern of this subsection.







     The nature of this link  is  formalized by adopting the assumption



that the market goods demanded by households can be grouped naturally



into a  series of categories (i.e.,  final demand service  flows)  such



that the demands for goods in one group  are independent of the demands
                                 4-32

-------
for goods in another group.  Thus, all  items that serve to promote



household cleanliness  can be grouped together,  and because of the



independence assumption, it is possible  to  analyze budget decisions



for  these  goods  in  a  decentralized manner.   Furthermore,  given



appropriate  mathematical  conditions on functional  structure, a well-



defined index for  a particular service flow can be constructed solely



from the budgeting information available  in the group corresponding to




the service  flow of interest.








     The model described  above  is structured to deal directly with



household adjustments  to air quality changes.  The focus  is on the



value  households  place on certain activities  rather than specific



pollution-induced  damage.  A  physical damage  function between pollu-



tion and objects  that may  be  damaged  is  not included in the analysis.




Instead,  pollution enters the  model  as a  proxy for  damage.   It is not



imperative  that the type or extent of physical damage is identified



explicitly.  The knowledge that is required  is the value household




decision makers attach  to activities or services that may be sensitive



to air quality  changes.








     The plan of this subsection  is as follows.  First,  the consumer's



decision problem  is  described  in terms of an optimization model.



Specifically,  the  notion  of a utility function  is  introduced and the



relationship between the utility function of  the  consumer and his



demands for various goods  and services is  developed  in a  nonrigorous



fashion.  Following this discussion, the  procedures underlying the
                                 4-33

-------
development  of  the  link between market demands and household services

is presented.   In particular,  it will be demonstrated  that  if  house-

holds  engage  in groups  of activities  which can  be viewed as

independent from one another, then it is convenient to construct a

decentralized decision problem that reflects a two-stage budgeting

problem.



     Given  the  general structure  of  the  theoretical model,  the

remaining subsections focus on specific assumptions required  for an

empirical study of air quality benefits.  The discussion covers the

concepts  of aggregation  and separability;  feasible  alternative

functional  forms  for  the  utility function;  the manner  in  which

environmental and demographic variables can be introduced  into the

analysis; deviations  from  the assumptions of the standard utility

maximization problem; and a discussion  of the hypotheses  to be tested.

The section  concludes with a brief  summary of the advantages and

disadvantages of the developed model.



Utility Maximization



     In  simplest terms,  a  utility  function  can be defined as a

function which measures the  level  of satisfaction associated  with a

particular  bundle  of  goods.*   Utility theory  can be  utilized  with
* Our presentation of consumer choice theory relies on the calculus  as
  a tool of analysis.   Modern treatments of the consumer's problem
  also use concepts from set theory  to characterize preferences.   See,
  for example, Varian (19).
                                 4-34

-------
assumptions  of different degrees  of  generality.  The assumptions

adopted  for the present  study  require  only that the utility function

represents an  ordinal index of preferences.  That  is,  the utility

function can be used to rank one  bundle of goods  as being more pre-

ferred, less preferred, or indifferent to an  alternative bundle of

goods,  but it does  not imply anything  about  the intensity of prefer-

ences.



     If there  are  only  two goods  in  the world,  one can  write the

utility function as:
          U  =  U(x1, x2)                                       (4.1)
where U  is  the utility  index  and x^ is  the  ifc  good that  can be

purchased  by  the consumer.  If another combination of the goods x, and

                9  o
x_ [denoted as  (x^x^)]  is preferred by the  consumer,  then the utility

index associated  with  (x?,x^)  is greater  than the  utility  index

associated with the bundle (x-, ,x_).  The goal  of the consumer is to

achieve  as high a level of utility  as possible.   Clearly, if more of a

good  implies  higher levels of  utility,  then the consumer would always

opt for more of the good  unless  a constraint were  placed  on his

choices.*  In fact, people are  constrained  in their  choices among

commodities  by the level of their income.   In  the simplest textbook
* In this general description of utility functions, we have omitted
  many details of conditions  that are required  if  consumer preferences
  are to be adequately and consistently  portrayed.  A description of
  these conditions can be  found  in a microeconomic textbook such as
  Henderson  and  Quandt (20).
                                 4-35

-------
version of the utility maximization model the maintained  assumptions


are that the consumer views his income as well  as the prices of the


products  he can purchase as given.   Furthermore,  it  is generally


assumed that he  spends his entire fixed income on the available goods.




     Thus, we can  write  a more complete version of the consumer's


decision problem as:
          Max  U  =  U(x1, x2)                                    (4.2)

           X;
          Subject to    PIXI + ?2X2   =   M




where p. is the price of the ifc  good,  M is fixed income, and x-,  U


are as defined previously.   Equation  (4.2) states that the decision


problem of the consumer is to find that  combination of goods x-,  and  *2


which maximizes his  utility subject to the budget constraint  imposed


by his available  income.





     Before we present a graphical interpretation of the consumer's


decision problem,  it  is  helpful to consider another concept called  an


indifference  curve.   As the name implies,  this curve represents  a


locus of combinations of  the  two  goods,  such  that  the  consumer  finds


the combinations  of goods  equally desirable.  In terms  of  his  utility


index, he realizes  the same level of utility from any of  the combina-


tions, and hence is indifferent to which is selected.  Indifference

                                             1    n   O
curves corresponding to levels of utility U , U ,  U  are shown  in
                                 4-36

-------
                  •3    O    1
Figure 4-2 where U  >  U > U .*  In this figure, the quantity of good

x-,  is on the vertical  axis, while the quantity of good *2 i-s on the

horizontal  axis.  The budget constraint is  represented by the downward

sloping  line AC.  Thus, any  combination of goods inside  the  triangular

area AGO can be purchased by the consumer,  while a combination of x-j_,

Xo  to the right of  the budget  line is unattainable for the consumer

given current prices and income.   In  the  figure,  the  consumer
        X
plxl + p
                                                u
                Figure 4-2.   The  consumer's optimum.
* The curvature properties of  the  indifference curve are of course
  very important.  Among the assumptions on the utility function is
  one of strict quasi-concavity  which will guarantee convex to the
  origin indifference  curves like  the ones depicted in Figure 4-1.
  With indifference  curves of this shape,  consumers must give up some
  of one good for each  additional unit they gain of  another good if
  they are to stay on the same  indifference curve (i.e., at the same
  level of utility).
                                 4-37

-------
maximizes  his utility  by  obtaining the  combination of  Xi  and x2

represented by point B.  With this combination,  he achieves utility

       o                         3                   ?
level U .  While utility level U   is  greater than U ,  the  former

utility  level  is  not  attainable.
Demand Functions



     The mathematical  problem represented by Equation (4.2) can be

solved for the utility  maximizing values of x-,,  x-.  The solution of

the  problem  results  in  demand functions for  x^  and  x2-   These

functions depend on variables  outside of the individual's control.

These  are  called exogenous  variables.   In  the present  case,  the

exogenous  variables are  the prices and  income.




          xl   =  fl(Pl'  P2' M)                                  (4-3)
                       P2,  M)                                   (4.4)
     The demand  functions portray the choices made by households given

prices  and a  fixed budget.   Graphically,  demand  curves  can  be

illustrated as  shown in  Figure 4-3.  In the diagram,  the  price of the

good is on the vertical axis while  the quantity demanded is on the

horizontal axis.*   For  a given demand curve,  other prices and the
* The placement of price  on the vertical  axis is  counter  to the
  mathematical representation in Equations (4.3) and  (4.4) where  price
  is an independent variable.  However,  this has become  the standard
  way in which economists draw  demand curves.   In effect,  Figure 4-3
  can be thought of as  portraying an "inverse" demand curve.
                                 4-38

-------
          Price
         per unit
                                             ,   D
                                            D
                                             Quantity per
                                              unit time
                     Figure 4-3.   Demand curve.



budget (income) are assumed to be constant.   The  solid  line DD  is the

demand curve relating price and quantity for specific  levels of these

other variables.  If one"or more  of  these other  parameters changes,

the demand curve  can shift.   An inward  shift  is shown in the figure as

the dotted  line D'D'.   This  shift might occur  because  of  a price

change in a good related to the good  for which  the demand curve is

derived.   For example,  suppose DD represents the demand  for butter.

Then  if the price of margarine decreases  relative to the price of

butter, less butter will be demanded  at each  price.



     Several things can be highlighted from the  derivation of the

demand functions shown in Equations  (4.3)  and (4.4).   First,  for a

specific  utility  function form, it may be possible to  define a demand
                                 4-39

-------
curve.   This  intimate  connection between utility and demand makes it

essential that the demand  curves  we estimate  are  plausible in the

sense that the utility  function from which  the curves are derived

conforms to certain mathematical conditions.*



     The second point  is  that Equations (4.3) and (4.4) imply a series

of restrictions  which lead to a system of equations.   This occurs

because the prices for both goods  appear in each of the demand equa-

tions.   Thus,  in  order to take  into  account the  information provided

by all the parameters of the model, the pair of equations should be

estimated as  a single  structural model.



     When there  are  many  goods  involved in  the  analysis,  it is

impractical  to  assume  that  consumers  consider all of  these  decisions

simultaneously.   Instead,  it may  be more  meaningful to assume that

thre  is  a natural decomposition of  household activities  into

independent groups which characterize various  household activities

(e.g., household  cleaning).  The budgeting (allocation) decision of

the consumer would then be  based only  on the characteristics (prices,

etc.) associated  with each of the individual activities.
* These conditions  require that consumers' preferences are transitive,
  reflexive,  complete, nondecreasing,  continuous, and convex.  Thus,
  the  utility function  is  nondecreasing,  continuous,  and quasi-
  concave.   (It is also assumed that  the utility  function is twice
  differentiable.)   For a discussion of these "regularity" conditions,
  see Henderson and Quandt (20),  Chapter 2.
                                 4-40

-------
     The  final  point  concerns  those  factors which can  lead  to

reallocations between  goods.  As Equations  (4.3) and (4.4) indicate,

demand depends on prices and income.   Thus, for given tastes (consumer

preferences), reallocations will occur when relative prices change

(i.e., the slope of the budget constraint  in Figure 4-2 changes),  or

when income  is changed  (i.e.,  the budget line  in Figure  4-2  shifts).

Of major interest  here,  however,  is  the  role played by air quality  in

reallocation decisions.   As currently written, Equations (4.3) and

(4.4) have nothing  to say about air  quality.



Demand Functions and Air Quality—

     If air  quality were a private  good with  a  well-defined market

price,  then  it  could  be  treated as one  of  the x-.  However,  air

quality is a  predominantly public good rather than a private good, and

generally no market price for  air  quality exists.*    In order  to

determine people's demand or willingness  to pay for specific levels  of

air quality,  modifications to the above  model are required.



     Maler (21) lists four alternatives that may be used  to identify

the willingness to pay for environmental  services:
 * A public good can be defined as  a good which  can be "consumed" by
   one person without reducing  the consumption possibilities of the
   good by another  person,  and  for  which  exclusions from  consumption
   are impossible.
                                 4-41

-------
     •    Asking  consumers  how  much they  are willing to pay for
          some increase in  the supply  of an environmental
          service.*

     •    Voting  on the supply of an environmental  service.**

     •    Indirect  methods,  based  on relations between private
          goods and environmental services.+

     •    Estimating  the  physical  damage  from  residuals
          discharge and  evaluating  this  damage by using market
          prices.++
The approach proposed in this section is consistent with the third

alternative  mentioned  by Maler.  Basically,  measures of ambient air

quality are  incorporated  into the demand functions  of  specific private

goods as additional explanatory factors, the hypothesis  being that

changes  in  the level of  air  quality shift  demand for the  private

goods.   For  example,  if  air quality  improves,  the  demand for laundry

and cleaning products  would be expected to shift inward, so that at a

given price  with all other  factors held constant,  an individual would

demand fewer units of  laundry  and cleaning products per unit time.



     In equation form, one  can write:
          xi   =   fl(P].' ?2' AP/ M)                              (4'5)
 * An example  of  this type of study  can  be  found in Randall et al.
   (22).

** An example of this type of study can be found in Fischel (23).

 -t- An example of this type of study can be found in Blank e_t a_l_. (3).

-t-f Examples  of studies of this type  are  available  in drafts of the
   Criteria Document (5).
                                  4-42

-------
where AP is the ambient concentration  of  a  particular pollutant,  and



the other  variables are as defined  previously.   In  terms of  the



laundry and cleaning products example, one  would expect the partial



derivative of x-  with respect to the  measure of air pollution to be



positive.  This occurs  because  most  cleaning expenditures made by



households  in response to higher levels of  air pollution can be  viewed



as defensive  expenditures.








Overview of Service Flow Indices








     The discussion to this point has focused on the manner in which



the consumer is assumed  to allocate his budget  among  market  goods.



The topics that have been considered  are pertinent to the decision



process portrayed  in  the top half of Figure  4-1.  Among  the  issues



covered thus far, one of special interest  involves the observation



that it is  reasonable to  consider that consumer  budgeting  decisions



are decentralized.   That  is,  market  goods that  contribute to  a



specific household  activity (e.g., household  cleaning)  may  be grouped



together.








     In the following discussion, this  decomposition is used  to



describe a  process  for establishing a  consistent link between  market



goods and indices of service  flow.  This is the relation  identified in



the bottom part of  Figure 4-1.  The framework required  to  formalize



this link can be described heuristically,  as follows.  Rather than



market purchased  goods like detergents yielding  utility  directly,   it
                                4-43

-------
is the household  cleanliness services they provide  from which the



consumer derives  utility.  The demand for a good like detergents is



more properly viewed as  a derived  demand based on a more  fundamental



consumer demand  for  cleanliness.   The grouping  of  the  derived demands



into classes  of  activities  implies  that something is  known  about the



factors which help to "produce"  the  utility-generating service flows



like  cleanliness.   What remains  to be established is  the exact



structure of this relationship  and  the role of air pollution in the



linkage.








     With respect to air  pollution, one  can hypothesize that an



improvement  in  air quality would  lead to a  lower implicit price for



cleanliness  in  the  sense that  it  becomes  easier to attain the same



level of cleanliness with decreased pollution  levels.   If such an




effect on the implicit price (cost)  of  cleanliness is observed,   then



the change in price can be used in a meaningful  way to identify the



economic welfare change associated  with  air quality improvements.  The



shaded  area  in  Figure  4-4  illustrates this  welfare change.   The



welfare gain  can be  split into two parts.  First,  the  consumer  reduces



expenditures  on  the Q-, units of  cleanliness  originally  demanded by the



amount P^ABP2«   Then,  because of the reduced price of  cleanliness, Q2



- Q, additional  units  of  cleanliness are obtained.








     With respect to the  structure of the link between groups of



market goods and the service flow indices,  a general way of viewing
                                 4-44

-------
 Price of
cleanliness
                                (Price of cleanliness  at
                              ~~ pollution level S~)

                                    (Price of cleanliness  at
                                     pollution level S, ,  S..  <  S-)
                                     Quantity of
                                     cleanliness
      Figure 4-4.  Welfare change  from air quality improvement.



this relationship can be observed  in the  concept of  a  household

production  function.



     In the economics literature,  the idea of household  production has

been described in the following  way.*
     The  household purchases "goods"  on  the  market  and  combines
     them with  time in a "household production function" to
     produce  "commodities".   These commodities,  rather  than  the
     goods,  are the  arguments  of  the household's  utility
* The concept of household production functions is generally  traced to
  Lancaster  (24), Becker (25),  and  Muth  (26),  with  subsequent refine-
  ments and clarifications discussed by such as Pollak and Wachter
  (27),  Muellbauer (28),  and Hori  (29).   This approach has also been
  used by Griliches (30) and others to  analyze questions of quality
  differences in products.
                                 4-45

-------
     function;  market goods and time are not desired for their
     own sake,  but  only  as  inputs into  the production of
     "commodities".

                                     [Pollak and  Wachter  (27)]
     If Z  is cleanliness, A  is air quality, X is a vector of private

goods  that  help achieve cleanliness,  and T  is the time  spent in

producing  cleanliness,  the household's production function for Z can

be written as:



          Z  =  G(A, X, T)                                       (4.6)



     Equation (4.6) establishes  a relationship  between the various

arguments  and  the unobserved output Z.  While we  do not have  a quanti-

tative  measure for Z,  if  it is possible  to  add structure  to the

character  of the relationships among  the  variables on the right-hand

side  of (4.6),  we can gain  insights  into the  manner in which

individuals  adjust to changes  in pollution.   This  structure is

developed  below  in  the  context of a two-stage budgeting decision.



Two-Stage  Consumer Budgeting



     A way of  formalizing the decision process of the  consumer  that is

consistent  with the  discussion to  this point  is  to assume  that

consumers  budget their expenditures  in stages.    First,  consumers are

assumed to allocate their total  income  (expenditure) among broadly

defined categories  such as  food and clothing,  and given  the  (optimal)
                                 4-46

-------
share of  expenditure  to  each broad category,  next decide  upon the
allocation  of  category expenditure  to  each of the goods within the
group.


     In  equation form,  the two stages can be written as:


     Stage 1.
          Max U  =  U(Z1/  Z2,  ...  ,  Zn)                          (4.7)
           zi
          Subject to    R-^  +  R2Z2 +  ... + RnZn  =  M


where   Z^ is the i    aggregate good
         U is the utility  function for the broad  (aggregate) group

         M is total  money  income  (expenditure)
                                      j_ L_
        R^ is the price index for the  i   aggregate good.


     The solution to Equation  (4.7) is a system of demand equations
                                         *                       *
which define optimal levels for the  z^ (=Z^).  Multiplication of Z-  by
R- then yields the optimal expenditure for group  i, M..


     Given M^_, we can  then proceed to Stage 2.
                                  4-47

-------
     Stage  2.
          Max  Zi  =   Zi(Xil,  ... , Xir)     i = 1,  ...  ,  n        (4.8)
          Subject  to    piixii + •••  + pirxir  =  Mi
where   X^  is  the  j   good in the i   aggregate group.

         Z-  is  an aggregate service flow defined by the  subfunction of
            the Xij.

         M^  is  the  money  allocated  to  the  disaggregate  stage from the
            first stage decision.

        P^  is  the  price  of  the  jtn  disaggregate good that appears in
            the i   aggregate group.
     The two-stage budgeting decision presented  above  makes the

implicit  assumption  that  something  is known about the  way people

combine various goods, the X-^,  in order to obtain a particular flow

of services,   the  Z^.  Although the  structure of  the  process  is

formally akin to the utility maximization technique described earlier,

the important  aspect  of Equation (4.8) for  the present study is that

the functions of the  X^ variables represent  a  household  production-

like process,  where the two-stage budgeting model adds  the  structure

necessary  to define  an aggregate index of the Z^.   In effect, the

subfunctions of the X' • can be thought of  as commodity indices for

each of the Z  services.
                                  4-48

-------
     Note that  the  assumptions  made earlier  with respect  to  the
decomposition of goods into classes of activities fits in naturally
with the two-stage  budgeting framework.  In particular, Equations
(4.7) and (4.8) describe an allocation process in which expenditure
decisions  are  made  first  among  broad  categories using  information on
only total expenditures  and  price  indices  for  each broad  category.
Then intracategory allocations are determined with  information on only
prices  for the specific goods  within the broad category.  For example,
none of the  PjVs appear in the  Stage 1 analysis  and  no  P^ appears in
the Z-  utility maximization problems where k ^  i.  Basically,  the
decision problem of  the  consumer is  structured so that each of the
broad categories of  service flows is  composed of  a group of  private
market goods that is  common to the aggregate activity.

     Using the definitions of terms in Equations (4.7)  and (4.8),  each
Z| can be viewed as  a quantity  index  of private goods.  If  there are
only two classes of  aggregate service flows and five private goods,
one might write:

          ZT  =   l'  1'  2' ^3
                                                              (4.9)
          Z2  =  f2(X4, X5)

Note that an X^ may  appear in  only one  "aggregate" function.   This
non-jointness property is necessary for the two-stage optimization
problem to be valid.
                                 4-49

-------
     In terms of the function U of Equation (4.7),  this means that one
can write:
           U  =  u(f]_(X1, X2, X3),  f2(X4, X5))
In addition to the index Z-  price indices R-  can also be defined such
that:
or in terms of the example:


          Rl  =  9l(pl'  P2'  P3}
                                                               (4.10)
          R2  =  92(P4,  P5)

Given these definitions of aggregate price and quantity indices and
the description of the two-stage budgeting procedure,  it is desirable
for the procedure to be consistent in the sense that solution of the
consumers' allocation problem  in two stages leads to the same solution
vectors for the private good quantities (the X^) as would be obtained
if one were to solve the larger (in terms of  number of parameters)
allocation problem:
                                  4-50

-------
          Max U(f1(X1/  X2,  X3),  f2(X4, X5)j                      (4.11
                        5
          Subject to    I  P.X,   =   M
                        1
     In order for this process to take place in a consistent  fashion,

Strotz (31)  and  Gorman (32) have  shown that the first-stage functions

must  be weakly separable and that  each of  the  subfunctions  [see

Equation (4.9)]  must be homothetic.  Furthermore,  these conditions are

necessary and sufficient.  Before continuing with  the outline of the

consumer's  decision  problem,  a discussion  of the  terms separable and

homothetic is presented.



Separability—

     Formally,  one can define  a  group of  goods  to  be (weakly)

separable if  and only  if  the marginal  rate  of substitution between any

two goods  in the group  is  independent of the quantity  of  any  good

outside the group.   With  the  marginal rate of substitution defined as

the ratio of marginal utilities,* this  definition  can be represented

mathematically as:



           a  /au/ax-jX
* Recall that marginal utility is defined  as  the  partial derivative of
  the utility function with respect  to  the good  in  question.
                                  4-51

-------
where the definition has been particularized to the division of goods

suggested  by  Equation  (4.9).   Green  (33)  provides  a  proof  that

satisfaction of  this condition allows one  to write  the  utility

function



                     U  =   U(Xlf X2, X3, X4, X5)                (4.13)



like the one shown in Equation  (4.11).



     The reason that  the concept of  separability is so important to

economic analysis  is that it places specific restrictions  on the forms

of the demand functions to  be  estimated.*  In Stage 2 of the two-stage

budgeting problem, by using the notion of separability as  a maintained

hypothesis,  one can look at  the  system of demand equations for such

quasi-disaggregate food items as  meat,  vegetables,  fruits,  and dairy

products without  reference to non-food  items like men's pants.  Thus,

separability is consistent  with  the  notion  that households naturally

group goods  into  "separable"  classes of  activities.   Furthermore,  at

the Stage 1 aggregate level,  the concept of separability provides a

rationale for limiting the  range  of expenditure  categories represented

by the %•.  An example  relevant  to  the present study comes to mind.

In this study, we ignore labor-leisure decisions of the consumer.   We

take income  as fixed, and  assume  that  recreational  (leisure) expendi-

tures are separable from the  group of consumption categories that are
* Note that  separability also  is  important for the household produc-
  tion framework discussed earlier.   See Muth (27).
                                  4-52

-------
examined.  This is not to say  that recreational plans are not affected

by the level of air quality.  Rather,  the  assumption is made  that

changes  in  air quality do not cause  reallocations between consumption

and leisure activities.  Separability provides the theoretical basis

for making  this division.



     There  are  other types of separability besides the  weak

separability  definition given here.   For our purposes,  however,  weak

separability  meets our needs.   There are few accessible treatments of

separability  in the economics  literature, but one  source is Beaton and

Muellbauer (34).*



     Separability is  also  a  useful concept  in the construction of

consistent  price and quantity indices.   Recalling  the  first  stage of

the  two-stage  budgeting problem  [Equation  (4.7)],  one  might

legitimately  ask how quantity indices (Z^) and  price indices (R^)  are

obtained  for  the  aggregate  service flows.  The key to  answering  this

question involves  specific mathematical assumptions  for  the

subfunctions of  the budgeting process.   In  particular,  these

subfunctions  must be homogeneous  of  degree one.
* The  mathematically  sophisticated  reader  can find  detailed
  descriptions of separability and functional  structure in Blackorby,
  et al.  (35).
                                 4-53

-------
Homotheticity  and Homogeneity—



     A function f(x) is defined  to  be  homothetic  if there  exists a



homogeneous function of degree one such  that







           f(x)  =  0(g(x))                                     (4.14)







where 0  is  a  monotonic  transformation.    An  implication  of



homotheticity  is that a ray through the origin (in goods space)  will



cut all indifference  curves  at a  point  of equal slope.   This  implies,



in turn,  that  there are unitary income elasticities,  and that a change



in demand due  to a change in price will be independent of income.







     Homogeneous  functions are a special case of  homothetic functions.



In  particular,  a scalar-valued function  f(x)  is defined  to  be



homogeneous of degree a  if it satisfies the relationship







          f(tx)  =  taf(x)   .







In  the discussion  below  on consistent aggregation, one of  the



conditions required  for  the  existence of a consistent aggregate price



index  is  that the subfunctions  of market  goods be homogeneous of



degree one.








Consistent Aggregation—



     The notion of separability has been discussed  in the context of



reducing  the  dimensionality of  the budgeting  problem by  adopting
                                 4-54

-------
assumptions consistent  with the grouping  of goods into classes of

activities.   The  use of separability in forming  a consistent  link

between these groups of goods and the more general classes of service

flows is intimately  related  to the concept of price aggregation.



     The easiest  way to understand aggregation  across goods  is to

construct an example.  In particular, consider the  aggregate  commodity

"food".   Figure 4-5  provides  a schematic  representation  of  one  of the

branches that describes food  in  the  overall "utility tree".*   What the
                             FOOD
                                               DAIRY PRODUCTS
                                                / \      \
                                                   \
                                 \
                                                            \
       LEAN    GROUND
EXTRA LEAN
            Figure 4-5.  Schematic of a "utility branch".


* The concept of  a  utility  tree  is  traced  to Strotz  (31), while Brown
  and Heien  (36)  have discussed "branches"  of the tree.
                                  4-55

-------
tree shows  is  that goods purchased  in the market place are very

individualistic items.   In  fact, one could define a very specific good

at a  specific  point  in  time as  being a fundamentally different

consumption  good from that same good at  a slightly later time.  This,

of course, would not be practical.  The  intuitive test suggested  by

economists  is  that if one  good is  perceived as  being  a  perfect

substitute for another good,  then for purposes of analysis,  nothing  is

lost by assuming  that they are the  same  good.   Thus,  in terms  of

information needs  for  the budgeting  procedure, one might expect  to

obtain the  most disaggregated  data  at the  level  of "hamburger",

"sirloin", etc.   Implicitly,  it is assumed that  different qualities  of

hamburger are reflected as part of  an  average price obtained  from  the

sample of observations  for hamburger,  and  that relative prices  among

qualities  of hamburger remain constant.*



     The  question  to  be  answered here  is how does  one  move from

hamburger to beef  to meats  to a price and quantity index for  food?

The theory of index numbers can be  extremely complicated,  and we save

the description of  the actual process  of  aggregation for  the DATA

section.
* This latter point is known as the Composite Commodity Theorem of
  Hicks.  Note that  if  one  believes the theorem holds for  higher
  levels of aggregation (i.e., that relative prices did not change),
  then one could form  an  aggregate quantity index on the  basis of
  price proportionality alone.   Similarly,  if one assumes  that goods
  in a  group are  always  consumed in  fixed  proportions,   then  a
  consistent price index  for  the group  can  be formed.  The form of
  aggregation  we adopt,  based  on  the  notion  of functional
  separability, does not require these assumptions.
                                 4-56

-------
In this  section  of  technical details,  further discussion  of  aggrega-


tion is limited to a theorem concerning  the existence  of  an  aggregate


price  index.




     The  theorem  is taken  from  Blackorby,  et  al.   (37).   In  the


notation used earlier,  the theorem can be stated:




     If  the utility  function U  [see Equation  (4.7)]  is  weakly


separable, then there exist price indices
          Ri  =  gi^Pi^    for a11 i       '•see E<3uation  (4.10)]
such that   R^Z^  =  Mi
which implies that
          I RiZ*  =  M
where  Zi = Gi[fi(Xi)] = hi(Xi)  [see Equation  (4.9)]
and    G^ is a monotonic transformation  of  f•

        *
       Zj_ is the optimal value of 7,^ obtained by placing  the  solution
          values of X^ in Stage 2 into  the quantity  index  represented
          by Equation (4.9) ;
                                  4-57

-------
if and  only  if








     each  of the  subfunctions fj_(X^) is homothetic.   This



     implies that  we want  to  choose G^ such  that h^(Xj_)  is



     homogeneous  of_ degree one.*








The various concepts underlined in the statement of the theorem are



items that have been discussed in previous pages of this section.








     If the conditions of  the  theorem  are satisfied, aggregate price



and quantity indices can be defined,  and  the two-stage budgeting



problem takes on real  meaning.  Thus, demand  relationships can be



estimated  and the link  between the two budgeting  stages  established.



Naturally,  of  primary  concern here  is  the  effect of  air  quality



changes on demand.  Earlier, it was noted that air quality could be



entered as a shift parameter in the demand  equation for  disaggregate



(market) goods.   This approach is  retained  here and formalized in a



later part  of this section.  There is also a question as to how air



quality might  affect the demand  for the aggregate service flows.



There are  two possibilities.  As  with the disaggregate goods, air



quality can serve  as a  shift parameter to the broad  categories of



goods.   Alternatively, given  the  definition  of the aggregate price



index,  changes in air quality can impact  the level of the index.
  A proof of  this theorem appears  in Blackorby, et al.  (37)
                                 4-58

-------
     This  suggests the following procedure  for identifying the effects



of air quality changes on allocation decisions.   First, demand systems



for the disaggregate stage are estimated.  With the assumption of weak



separability,  there will be as many disaggregate  systems  as  there are



categories of  aggregate service flows.  Furthermore,  for some of these



demand  systems,  air  quality  may be a  statistically  significant




explanatory variable.








     Given the  estimated parameters of a particular disaggregate



demand  system,  it is possible  to use  the theorem  stated  above to



define price/quantity  indices  for  the associated  aggregate  good.   In



particular,  for homothetic  disaggregate  stage subfunctions,  the



marginal  budget shares  can be used to form  a subfunction  which



satisfies the homogeneity requirements of the  theorem.   Since this



function depends on the  (optimal) quantities demanded of  the goods in



a particular disaggregate demand  system,  it also  depends indirectly on



the level of air quality.   Thus, air quality effects will show up as



implicit  shifters to the price index for an aggregate service flow.



The interpretation is  that  reduced  levels of air  pollution reduce the



cost  of obtaining a  unit of  an  aggregate  service  flow such  as



cleanliness.








     The important point  to  recognize is that the marginal  budget



shares,  which  are used to ensure  the  linear  homogeneity of  the



quantity  index, can  be obtained  from  the solution to  the Stage 2



decision.
                                 4-59

-------
     This  model forms the basis for the estimation  procedures used in

this study.  However, certain topics must be considered  before the

various demand systems  are  actually estimated.  These topics  include a

discussion of alternative functional  forms;  the manner  in which air

quality information is  included in the analysis;  restrictions to the

general model that are specific to an air quality benefits  model; and

a brief discussion of hypotheses to be  tested.



Alternative Functional Forms



     Earlier  in this section,  it  was mentioned that demand systems

should  be plausible in  the  sense that they  can  be derived  from a

utility function which  meets various "regularity" conditions.  This

can be viewed in two ways.  On the one  hand, various forms for demand

systems could be estimated first,  and if the "Slutsky Conditions" are

met,  the  "integrability"  conditions  could be used  to  define the

utility function up  to a constant  of integration.*  This  process can

be extremely messy.



     Alternatively,  one  can  assume a specific form for the utility

function,  recognizing the implied assumptions for the  associated

demand systems, and proceed to the estimation of these  systems.**

This is the approach adopted  here.


 * See  Samuelson (38) for  a  discussion of integrability, and Maler
   (21) for an example application of the process described here.

** For a summary of the theoretical constraints of demand systems, see
   the review article by  Brown and Deaton (39) or Barten  (40).
                                  4-60

-------
     Consumer preferences have been characterized  by a wide variety of

models in the economics  literature.  Among those most frequently used

are:



     •    Cobb-Douglas.

     •    Linear Expenditure System [Pollak and Wales (41)].

     •    The Translog form [Christensen,  Jorgensen, Lau  (42)].

     •    Quadratic Expenditure System [Pollak and Wales  (43)].

     •    Rotterdam System  [Theil  (44)] (especially Chapters 6
          and 7 ) .

     •    Linear Logarithmic  from the indirect  translog with
          homogeneity restrictions  [Lau,  Lin and  Yotopoulos
          (45)].



     The discussion  of  choice  of functional  forms is  left  to  the

ESTIMATION section.  It should  be pointed  out, however,  that two forms

are chosen for estimation in order to provide some indication of the

sensitivity of the results to alternative  structural specifications.

The  two  forms  are  the linear expenditure  system  (LES)  and  the

homogeneous translog  system (HTL).



Inclusion of  Environmental/Demographic (E/D)  Variables



     The  model  structure  for  the  two-stage budgeting procedure

described  in Equations  (4.7)  and (4.8) is conspicuous  in its  absence

of an air quality  variable.  In  two recent articles, Pollak and Wales

(41,43)  have  proposed two ways  for including exogenous  environmental/

demographic  effects  in systems  of  demand equations.   While  the
                                 4-61

-------
application  of  their research has  been  specific  to  the  linear

expenditure  system  (LES),  the quadratic expenditure system (QES),  and

various  forms of  the translog  system,  the concepts  embodied  in

translating  and  seal ing are appropriate for any plausible  demand

system.*



Translating—

     As described  in Pollak and  Wales  (43), translating  involves

introducing  n translation parameters (d-,, ... , d )  into an n-variable

demand system, such  that  these  parameters and  only these parameters

depend on the environmental/demographic  (E/D)  variables.**   In

particular,  the process of translating replaces  each demand function

in  the  class  of  demand  functions x^  =  w1(P,M) by  the  modified

(translated)  system:
          ci   =  £•"•(?,M)  =  d.j_ + wi(pi,M -
       A -j
where  w (•)  is a  demand  function,  P  is a  vector of  prices;  p-^

represents  a specific price;  the x-'s  are  quantities demanded;  and  M

is expenditure.   The d.'s  are  functions  which  describe  the relation-

ship between x- and  the  E/D  variables.  For  example, d- might be

written as:
 * See  footnote 7  of  Pollak  and Wales  (43)  for  a  caveat on  the
   plausibility  of  "translated" systems.

** As a reminder, recall that the demand systems  are the solutions to
   the utility maximization problems  described  by Equations  (4.7)  and
   (4.8).
                                 4-62

-------
d,   =
                           JL
                           E
                                               1_ V.^
where a- and  S- are parameters and Efc is the t   E/D variable  (e.g.,

ambient annual 24-hour  concentrations of S02).




     In terms of the utility  function,,  the  original  utility  function

of the form U  =  U(x-,, x2,  ...  x  ) is replaced by a "translated"  system



                A     A
                U   =  U(x1-d-L, x2-d2, ... , xR-dn)              (4.16)
     Intuitively,  the  process  of  translating permits  the  introduction

of parameters which may increase  or decrease demand, such that  the

changes are independent of prices and expenditure.



Scaling—

     When  "scaling" is used to introduce E/D variables  into demand

systems, the  (scaling)  factor  is  multiplicative.  This  is  in  contrast

to translating which relied  on an additive  (translating)  factor.

Thus, n scaling factors  (r^, ...  , rn)  are introduced into a class of

demand functions x^  =  w1(P,M) such that the modified system becomes



          xt  = w1(P,M)  =  ^iwi(P1r1, p2r2,  ...  pRrn,  M)
                                 4-63

-------
In this case, each scale factor r^ can be expressed as a function of



E/D variables.   A convenient specification of this relationship might



be
                          T
                          •••«





                          t=l
 j.




£  aitEt
where again Et  is  the  tfc  E/D variable.
     The process of  scaling is consistent with  the  notion that the



effects of the E/D  variables are principally price dependent.  This is



in contrast to the translating process where the E/D parameters are



introduced as additive effects which are independent of prices and



expenditures.








     In the present analysis,  translating would seem to be the more



appropriate concept.   The hypothesis  would be that E/D variables act



as shifters  to the  quantities demanded of the various goods.  In



effect, variations in  demand  are permitted to occur, conditional on



the levels of the E/D variables.  With  the scaling  process,  the  price



dependent nature of the  transformation makes  it  difficult  to  isolate



the effect of  changes  in  the  E/D variables (specifically  air quality)




on the aggregate index  of  service flows.








     Translating and scaling also have implications  for  the  scope of



benefits associated with air quality  changes.  The introduction  of air
                                  4-64

-------
quality  parameters  as  "shifters" to an original system of  demand

equations implies  that air quality effects  are  viewed  as  affecting the

utility  function  indirectly through a kind of production process of

service flows.   It is possible  of  course that  some  effects associated

with air quality changes  may be primarily utility effects.  An example

would be the amenities attached  to simply having a cleaner  environ-

ment.  While the  model presented in this  section does  not.identify

pure utility effects,  it  does have the advantage  that welfare changes

induced  by  alternative levels of air  quality involve  simple price

changes rather  than shifts in the utility function.*
Deviations From  Assumptions of the Standard  Utility Maximization
Model
     Two of the maintained assumptions in the standard utility model

are that prices  and  income  are  fixed.  These assumptions are examined

more closely in  this  subsection.



     The assumption of fixed prices can be interpreted  as follows.

The price for a good is determined through aggregate demand and supply

forces in the market for the good.  From the perspective of a single

consumer,  he  is such an insignificant part of  the total number of

purchasers that  any  action  he  takes  will have no affect on the market
* In the Watson and Jaksch  (15) article  cited earlier, assumptions are
  adopted on the demand side  that  are  consistent with observing no
  change in  expenditures for a given change  in  air quality.  Thus, the
  benefits of improved cleanliness identified in their model can be
  attributed  to a  pure  utility effect.
                                 4-65

-------
price he faces.  Another way of stating  this  is that consumers behave

as if they can buy all they desire of a  specific good at the market-

determined price.



     Does  the assumption that price is fixed and beyond the control  of

the consumer make sense for the model developed here?  For the most

part,  the answer is yes.   However, for those prices  that may  be

affected by  the  location-specific  attribute of air pollution,  special

assumptions may be  required.  As an example, people can change the

rent schedule they face by moving to a location with different air

quality  attributes.   Similarly, wage rates may  be  dependent  on

locational amenities.   In this  study,  all  location  decisions are

assumed  to  have been  made,  and any adjustments  observed in the

patterns of demand  occur conditional on this decision.  Thus, two

plausibly  significant means  of adjustment are removed  from the

analysis.



     These adjustment  possibilities could be incorporated  into the

expenditure model  if  the model  were  tailored  to  reflect dynamic

adjustments.   That is,  the location adjustment decision is viewed  as

occurring  only  in  the  long-run.   The model developed in  this  section

is a short-run, static model  where long-run decisions are assumed

fixed.*
* A possible  way to  structure a long-run model would be to employ the
  notion of a conditional demand function.   See  Pollak  (46).
                                 4-66

-------
Tests of Hypotheses








     The purpose  in constructing  the  elaborate  two-stage  model  is  to



be  able to  estimate  the benefits  of  air quality  improvements.



However,  if  the  benefit numbers are to  have meaning, they must  be



calculated  from demand  equations  that are  plausible  and for  which air



pollution is  a statistically significant explanatory  variable.








     The literature  on  physical damage functions reports  a variety  of



products or activities  that  may be impacted by specific  types  of air



pollution  and this information  can provide an  a_  priori basis for



including  measures of air pollution in  selected demand equations.



Given  an estimated coefficient for the  air pollution  variable,



statistical tests  must  be undertaken  to determine if the  coefficient



is statistically  different from zero.  That is,  does air pollution



have an effect on demand.  Furthermore, one can check if the sign  of



the coefficient corresponds to a_  priori notions.  In single  equation,



linear regression  models,  the  Student t-test  is used most frequently



to  identify  statistical  significance.    In the  present  effort,



nonlinearities  within  or  across equations in the demand systems



require the use of more sophisticated  tests  such as likelihood ratios.



This test is  explained more fully  in the EMPIRICAL RESULTS subsection.
                                 4-67

-------
Summary  of the Technical Model



     In  this subsection, a  model based on individual behavior has been

developed which  can  be  used  to  identify the benefits  associated  with

changes in air quality.  The principle advantages of the model are

that  it  is  based on  established  economic theory  and explicitly

recognizes the  decision-making ability of  individuals.   In addition,

the estimation  of  demand systems  permits the  identification  of

benefits in a  theoretically sound manner.



     Implementation of the model  described above requires  the

following steps:
          Define  subfunctions  of  homogeneous  groups  of
          disaggregate goods.

          Estimate  demand  functions  for  the goods appearing in
          the  subfunctions;  air  quality variables  enter the
          model directly at this stage.

          Utilize the parameter estimates from  the disaggregate
          demand  functions  to define  aggregate  price and
          quantity indices.

          Estimate  the  demand  functions  for the  aggregate
          service flows.
With the aggregate  price indices dependent  on  air quality, changes in

air quality affect the demand for the aggregate service flows,  and

economic benefits can be estimated.
                                 4-68

-------
DESCRIPTION OF DATA








     An empirical  analysis of the  model requires,  at a minimum,



expenditure  data  and either price  or quantity  information  for  a



variety of  budget  items.  Furthermore,  the budget information must be



available on a location-specific basis so that the appropriate  air



quality data can be merged.  The  objective of this subsection is to



provide a detailed account of  the  economic data used in the empirical



analysis.  A description of the air  quality data is available in



Section 3.








Scope of Economic Data








     In 1972-73 the Bureau of Census  conducted a Consumer Expenditure




Survey for  the Bureau of Labor Statistics  (BLS).  Approximately 10,000



households from across the country were surveyed in each year, with



expenditure data available for over 2,000 items.








     This data  set  can  be accessed via  computer  tapes  created by BLS.



Two tapes in  particular — the Interview Survey Detailed  Public  Use



Tape  No.  2  and the  Diary Survey  Public Use  Tape  — provide  the



expenditure  data  required   for   this   study.    Unfortunately,



confidentiality  restrictions  prevent the assignment of  location



identifiers to  individual household  records.   Since  it is imperative



that  location-specific air quality data be matched with location-
                                 4-69

-------
specific expenditure information,  the  tapes  cannot be used as the

primary data source for the analysis.



     BLS does, however, publish summary tables of information  from the

tapes.   These tables report average household expenditures by  Standard

Metropolitan Statistical Area  (SMSA),  and  are  available  in BLS

Bulletin 1992,  Consumer  Expenditure  Survey:    Integrated Diary  and

Interview Survey Data,  1972-73  (47). In this publication,  the data

include average  household  expenditures by SMSA  for approximately 100

items.   Unfortunately,  for each  item, the  publication  combines

information  from the two survey  years  into a single number.



     This latter difficulty  was resolved through contact with BLS

personnel.  In particular, an unpublished version of Bulletin 1992

data was  obtained which  distinguished between  the survey years.*

However, it was not possible to  further augment the data either in

terms of expenditure categories  or the number of SMSAs reported.



     Table 4-5  lists the  SMSAs  included in Bulletin  1992.  Of the 28

cities  listed,  four had to be dropped because of data deficiencies

elsewhere.   Thus, the data set consisted  of observations for 24 SMSAs

in two different years.
* George Weeden  and Chuck Bailey of BLS were most helpful in providing
  this information.
                                 4-70

-------
 TABLE 4-5.   STANDARD METROPOLITAN STATISTICAL AREAS  IN BULLETIN 1992
        New York  City                   Atlanta
        Boston                          Baltimore
        Philadelphia                    Washington,  DC
        Scranton*                       Houston
        Buffalo                         Miami*

        Kansas City                     San Diego
        Milwaukee                       Los Angeles-Long Beach
        Minneapolis-St. Paul            San Francisco-Oakland
        St. Louis                       Denver
        Chicago                         Honolulu
        Cleveland                       Portland*
        Cincinnati                      Seattle-Everett
        Detroit                         Anchorage*
     The expenditure categories  included  in Bulletin 1992 are listed

in Table 4-6.  In addition  to these items, demographic and  income

information is also available.   Of course, expenditure information

alone is not sufficient for estimation  of the  two-stage budgeting

problem.  Price or quantity information is also required.   Ideally,

this data  would  have  the  same  regional breakdown as that  of  the

expenditure data.**



     Such  data does  exist for prices.   In  1971, BLS conducted a survey

of average prices in 56 urban areas  for  approximately 200  detailed

nonfood  commodity and service categories.   [U.S.  BLS:  "Average Retail




 * Not  included in analysis due to data deficiencies  elsewhere.

** See  Pollak and Wales (41) for a discussion of the estimation of
   household budget data with no regional  price variation and only two
   years of data.
                                 4-71

-------
      TABLE 4-6.  EXPENDITURE CATEGORIES  IN  BLS BULLETIN  1992
Current consumption expenses, total

   Food, total
      Food at home, total
         Cereals and cereal products
         Bakery products
         Beef
         Pork
         Other meats
         Poultry
         Fish and seafood
         Eggs
         Fresh milk and cream
         Other dairy products
         Fresh fruits
         Fresh vegetables
         Processed fruits
         Processed vegetables
         Sugar and other sweets
         Nonalcoholic beverages
         Fats and oils
         Miscellaneous prepared foods, condiments,  and  seasonings
      Food away from home
      Meals as pay

   Alcoholic beverages

   Tobacco products and smoking supplies

   Housing, total
      Shelter, total
         Rented dwellings
         Owned dwellings
         Other lodging, excluding vacation
      Fuel and utilities, total
         Gas, total
            Gas, delivered  in mains
            Gas, bottled or tank
         Electricity
         Gas and electricity, combined bills
         Fuel oil and kerosene
         Other fuels, coal, and wood
         Water, garbage, sewerage, trash, and other
                                                           (continued)
                                  4-72

-------
                    TABLE 4-6  (continued)
Housing (continued)
   Household operations, total
      Telephone
      Housekeeping and laundry supplies, total
         Laundry and cleaning supplies
         Other household products
         Postage and stationery
      Domestic and other household services
   Housefurnishings and equipment, total
      Household textiles
      Furniture
      Floor coverings
      Major appliances
      Small appliances
      Housewares
      Miscellaneous

Clothing, total
   Male's, 2 and over
   Female's, 2 and over
   Children's, under 2 years
   Materials, repairs, alterations and services

Dry cleaning and laundry

Transportation
   Vehicle purchases (net outlay)
   Vehicle finance charges
   Vehicle operations, total
      Gasoline and fuels
      Other
   Other transportation

Health care, total
   Health insurance
   Expenses not covered by insurance
   Nonprescription drugs and medical supplies

Personal care

Recreation, total
   Owned vacation home
   Vacation and pleasure trips, total
      Food
      Alcoholic beverages
                                                        [continued)
                               4-73

-------
                       TABLE 4-6 (continued)
    Recreational  (continued)
          Lodging
          Transportation, total
            Gasoline
            Other  transportation
          All  expense tours
          Other vacation expenses
       Boats,  aircraft, and wheel goods
       Other recreation, total
          Television
          Other
            Pets,  toys, and games
            All other recreation expenses
       Reading
       Education, total
          Private
          Public
          Day  and summer camp
       Miscellaneous

    Personal insurance, retirement, and pensions, total
       Life, endowment, annuities, and income insurance
       Other personal insurance
       Retirement and pensions

    Gifts and  contributions
Prices of Selected Commodities and Services, Fall  1971"  (48)].   In

this survey, prices were collected from a sample of outlets in each

urban area,  with  particular  attention given  to  identifying  different

levels of product  quality for pricing purposes.   Although  the  sample

size  for  each item for each city is small (usually  less than  20

observations), these  are the best data available for place-to-place

comparisons.
                                  4-74

-------
     A question might arise as to the possibility of using a city- and

category-specific Qonsumer Price Index  (CPI) as a measure of price.

The CPI measures the value  of  a particular bundle of goods  as  it

changes over time.   If,  for  example, a group of goods cost $10.00 in

1967 and $18.00 in  1980 (for the same  goods),  an index of  1.8  would

describe  the  fact that prices had risen 80  percent relative  to a base

value in  1967.  Typically,  the base of the CPI  is  reported in terms of

100, so that  in the above example,  the CPI  in 1980 would be  180.



     While city-specific CPI  exist, they  are reported with  each city

indexed to 100 in the same year.  Thus,  the CPI  only reveal  changes

across time  within the city and cannot be used for place-to-place

comparisons.  There is no guarantee that  the bundle of goods consumed

in the base year represented equivalent levels of economic  welfare

across cities.   Naturally,  once place-to-place  prices  have  been

developed,  the CPI is invaluable  for adjusting prices  across time.



     Such an  adjustment process  was necessary for  the  nonfood  price

data described above.  This occurs because the actual prices are in

1971 dollars, while the available expenditure information is  drawn

from 1972 and 1973.*   Consumer price indices obtained  from U.S. BLS:

"Handbook of Labor Statistics,  1978" (49), Table 124, were  used  to

bring prices and expenditures into  comparable terms.   Table 124  of
* In the small number of cases where price data were missing for a
  particular item in a particular city, the average  price  for  that
  item from cities with data was computed and assigned to the missing
  data cell.
                                 4-75

-------
Reference  (50) contains CPI data for 23 of the SMSAs listed in Table

4-5 and  six  categories of  consumer expenditure (All Ite.ms,  Food,

Housing,  Apparel  and Upkeep, Transportation,  and  Health  and

Recreation) .*



     As an example of  the calculations required for price adjustment

across time,  consider the  following.  Assume that  it is reported that

the average  price of  a  man's suit  in Atlanta  in  1971 is $200.00.

Furthermore,  assume  that the "apparel and upkeep" CPI  in Atlanta was

116.0 in 1971  and  118.7 in 1972. The  price of  a man's suit in Atlanta

in 1972 can then be determined from:
                  (118 7
                  -—-i- J  =  $204.66
                  lib . U
Given that  the  1973  apparel CPI is also known, the price  of a man's

suit in 1973 can be determined in the same  fashion.  This  adjustment

procedure would take place  for each good for which actual  price data

existed.



     The price data available in Reference (49)  do  not  include prices

for food items.  Such information is required in  order to  complete  the

match-up with the available expenditure information.  Food prices were
* No detailed CPI information is published for Denver.   Denver  prices
  were adjusted with an average of the North-Central  and  West  Regional
  CPI.
                                  4-76

-------
obtained from U.S. BLS:   "Estimated Retail Food Prices by  Cities, 1973



Annual  Averages"  (50).   This publication  contains  detailed price



information  for nearly  100 food  items  for  23 of the SMSAs listed in



Table 4-5.*  Again,  in order to make  the 1973 (food)  prices comparable



to the  1972  and  1973 expenditure data,  the "food" CPI  was used to



deflate  the 1973 food prices  to  1972  terms.








     In  summary,  the economic data consist of expenditure data  for 24



SMSAs for each of two years,   and actual  price information adjusted by



a  city- and   category-specific  CPI.   The  reader  may  have noted,



however,  that the level of  detail  available in the price data is



greater  than  that available  in  the  expenditure data.  For example,



expenditure information  is available  for "beef", while  price  informa-



tion includes  three different  types of steak, three different  types of



roasts, and hamburger.  Thus, adjustments are required to reconcile



the levels of  aggregation before estimation  is possible.








Aggregation








     In  the subsection describing the technical model,  the  issue of



aggregation  was discussed  briefly.   The  concern  there was  with



necessary and  sufficient  conditions for  the  existence  of  a consistent



aggregate price index.  The  framework  within  which the  aggregation



took  place  was  the  two-stage budgeting  process,   where  the
  Unpublished data on food prices  for Denver were obtained from BLS.
                                 4-77

-------
(disaggregate) second stage was defined in terms of observed prices



and expenditures.








     The issue  here  is, can  the available  price and  expenditure



information  be defined  so that the  disaggregate  stage can  be



estimated?   One of two alternatives  is  required.   Either a way is



found to disaggregate  expenditures to the level of the demand prices



or the observed prices  must be aggregated  to the level of expendi-



tures.  If  the former  option  were possible  and carried  out,  the



econometric  burden  at  the  second  stage  would  be  severe,  since actual



price data exist for over 300 items.  On the other hand,  aggregation



of the price data would leave  a second  stage estimation  problem that



would involve 50 or fewer goods.  The problem with the  latter approach



is that  the only  method  described thus  far for consistent  price



aggregation  involves estimation of  systems of  equations.



Consequently,  it would appear  that a burdensome econometric problem



still exists.







A Non-Econometric Approach to Consistent Indices—



     Diewert (51) shows that it  is possible to define  consistent price



and quantity indices without having to estimate a series  of  functions



like those defined  in the second  stage of the budgeting procedure.








     Diewert1 s  approach is based on assuming a particular  form for the



"disaggregate"  stage  subfunction.  The underlying preferences are



assumed to come  from  a homogeneous  translog specification.   That  is,
                                 4-78

-------
if X is a vector of disaggregate goods, then the subfunction can be

written as
                     N               N   N

    In £(X)  =  ^o + 13 ai ln  xi + 2 E C ^jk ln xj  ln xk
                    i=l              =l k=l
where Iiai  =  1  i3jk = ,3kj and £k?jk  =  0 for j =  1,  ...  ,  N.   This

function  can be viewed as providing  a  second-order  approximation to an

arbitrary  twice  continuously  dif f erentiable linear homogeneous

function  [Diewert  (51), p. 119].*



     If  this function is assumed to  represent preferences at  some

disaggregate level, then a consistent quantity index, the Tornquist

approximation  to a  Divisia index,  can  be  defined.   The  index is

written as:
 N
TF
n=l
where  f(*)   is the subfunction over which the aggregate commodity
             index is defined.

         xr   refers  to the vector of disaggregate  goods  in the r
             city.
    Q(P°,pr,x°,xr)  =  f(xr)/f(x°)  =  TT             n
* Recall  the  conditions of the theorem concerning  the existence of an
  aggregate  price  index.   One  of  these  conditions  was that  the
  subfunction be linearly homogeneous  (i.e., of degree one).
                                 4-79

-------
         x    is  a normalizing factor for the vector of disaggregate
             goods.    In  a  time series  study,  this  would  be  a
             particular year.  For  our cross-section study, we have
             normalized on the basis of the average across  all  cities
             in  our sample.

         n   indexes  the  number of goods  in the disaggregate  group.
             As  written,  the index defines an aggregate quantity
             measure for N disaggregate  goods.

         Sj;   is  the, expenditure share of the  n   disaggregate good  in
         n.       4- Vt                         v    v v  v    v
             the rcn city.  It is defined as s£ = p£x£/pr •  x .

         S^   is  the expenditure share of the nfc  disaggregate good  for
             the "average" SMSA.
Equation  (4.19)  depends only  on disaggregate  price  and quantity

information.  Although the assumptions required to form this index  are

comparable to those  outlined for  the two-stage method, in the present

case  there is  no  need  to  estimate  econometrically a  series of

commodity subfunctions in order to define a consistent index.  Note

also that,  given  a consistent quantity  index, a consistent price  index

can be defined  from  the following relationship:



          P(P0,pr,x0,xr)Q(p0,pr;x°,xr)  =   pr  - xr/p°  ' x°      (4.20)



where P is the aggregate price index and Q is the aggregate quantity

index defined  above; pr  •  xr is  the  inner product of  prices  and

quantities in the r   city; and p  • x   is  the inner product of prices
                                 4-80

-------
and quantities  in  the  base  city (i.e., average across  SMSAs in the

sample).*



     The  assumptions  underlying construction of the  Tornquist-Divisia

(T-D)  Index  permit  consistent price  and  quantity  indices  to  be

developed  based  only  on price and  expenditure  information.  However,

the form  of  the index does not allow one  to identify  air  quality

effects.   Consequently,  the  econometric  procedure for deriving

aggregate  indices  must still  be  used in  the second stage  of the

budgeting  procedure.   The  T-D index  is  useful  for aggregating market

prices to a level consistent with the "market" goods of this second

stage.



     Figure 4-6 outlines  the process  used  to  construct the  various

data files used  in the analysis.   The initial data requirement  is

price and expenditure  information  for very specific market goods.

These  data are obtained  from  the ELS tapes and  Reference  (48).  Given

this information, the  T-D index is then used to aggregate the price

and expenditure data  to  a  level  of  20  goods.    This process  is

described  in detail below.



     The  20 goods defined  in the T-D aggregation  procedure represent

the "market goods" that enter the subfunctions  defined for the second
* This relationship is known as the Fisher weak factor reversal  test.
  It requires  that a normalized price  index times a normalized
  quantity index be equal to normalized  total expenditures for all
  goods  in  the  disaggregate group.   See  Diewert (51).
                                 4-81

-------
 BLS  tapes
 T-D  index
Second stage



maximization
 First  stage



maximization
Prices and expenditures



     for  185  goods
                               Price and quantity



                              indices for 20 goods
                               Price and quantity



                                indices for seven



                                 aggregate  goods
                                  Demand system



                                  for  aggregate



                                      goods
  Figure 4-6.  Schematic of data development.
                        4-82

-------
stage  of  the two-stage budgeting  procedure.  Thus,  once the  T-D



aggregation  has been performed, the procedures described  in  the  Model



Development subsection can be initiated.  These steps are shown  in the




bottom part  of Figure 4-6.








Definition of SMSA Expenditure Data—



     As Equation  (4.19)  shows,  disaggregate price  and quantity




information is needed to  implement the (T-D) procedure.   The  price



data are  available (with SMSA variation)  but quantity or expenditure



data are not available at the same level  of disaggregation on an SMSA



by SMSA basis.   In this  case, however, it is possible to utilize the



detailed  BLS computer tapes from which the expenditure  data were



developed.  Earlier, it was noted  that  the computer tapes could  not be



used in the estimation phase because  specific location identifiers




were not  available.  This was crucial when merging air  quality data



was an immediate concern.   However,  specific location  identifiers  are



less crucial in forming measures of average expenditure for use  in the



(T-D)  index. The  type of  location information that  is available  on



the tapes is a regional identifier (Northeast,  South, North Central,



and West), and  a code representing the city  size of  the respondent.



This  information  can  be  used  in conjunction with city-specific



demographic  characteristics to obtain a reasonable approximation  to



expenditure  allocations on a city-by-city basis.








     The following  approach  was used.  First,  185 distinct goods  were



identified for which  actual  price  data were available.  Then the tape
                                 4-83

-------
codes corresponding  to these 185 items  were  entered in a computer

program so that expenditure data for these items could be read from

the tapes.   In addition  to  the  expenditure  information,  the computer

program classified each household  record by  several  characteristics:

region  of  country  (four possibilities);  city size greater than

1,000,000 (one possibility);*  race  of family head  (two possibilities

— black or non-black); education  of  family head (two possibilities  —

greater or  less  than high school diploma).  Thus, average  expenditures

for the 185 items were recorded for  16 different cells (4 regions x 2

race classes x  2 education classes).   A typical entry  might  be

interpreted as:   The  average non-white household in  the West with the

head of family having at least a high-school  diploma spent $70 per

year on bread.



     Given  this  stratified information,  the 1970 Census of Population

(52) was used to obtain information on the percentage breakdown  by

SMSA of  racial  and  educational attainment characteristics.**   These

percentages  were then used as weights  in order to  identify SMSA-

specific average expenditures for  each of  the 185 items.
 * The program was restricted to read only those records  from  house-
   holds in areas of more than 1,000,000 people because our 24 SMSAs
   fall into this category  (with the exception of Honolulu).

** This breakdown includes the  cross-comparisons as well (e.g.,  the
   percent blacks with greater than a high  school diploma).
                                 4-84

-------
     To clarify  this  weighting  process,  consider the  following

example.  Table 4-7(a) records hypothetical expenditure levels  for

good number XX in region 1.  It is assumed that city A is in region 1

and has population characteristics as shown in Table 4-7(b).



     With these data,  the average expenditures in city A on good XX

can be calculated as:



          $10 x 0.01725  [$10 x %  of  total  population that is black,
                        >_ 12 yrs. =  (0.115 x 0.150)]

       +  $12 x 0.26435  (0.26435  = 0.311 x 0.85)

       +  $  6 x 0.13275  (0.13275  = 0.885 x 0.15)

       +  $  5 x 0.58565  (0.58565  = 0.689 x 0.85)
       =     $7.069      =  average  expenditures in city A for  good XX



     This procedure  is repeated  for each SMSA for  each of the 185

items  for  each of  the two years.   This  procedure yields the

disaggregate  expenditure data needed to use the (T-D)  index.



Application  of  the Tornquist-Divisia Index—

     Given price and  expenditure  data for 185  items,  the (T-D)  index

was employed to aggregate the price data  to a  level of 20 goods.  This

aggregation  occurred  in several stages.   First, a  price  index  for the

185  items was defined  for 40  aggregate goods.   These  40 goods

corresponded to  a level  of  detail  consistent with  the expenditure

information  available in  Bulletin 1992.  Next, the 40 item group was
                                 4-85

-------
    en
                    II
                    I!
                    II
                    II
                    II
                O  II
                O  II
                 •  II
                m  11
                  n
                    H
                    ii
                                                              03
    en
B   II  A
II  *-

II   en
           o
           o
                                                   11  CN
           o
           o
           CN   II
           O
           O
           o  i
                                               CJ  !!
                                                   11   A
                                                       CN
                                                   II   A
                                                                   <#>
                                                                   m
                                                              03
                                                              CO
                                                              crP
                                                              CO
                                                               OP
                                                               in
                                                                      <#>
                                                                      m
u   n
it!   II

CQ   i!
     n
•u   n
c   ii

-------
aggregated to 20 goods.  For this stage of aggregation,  the expendi-

ture data  found in Bulletin 1992  was  used  to construct the expenditure

shares  needed  for the (T-D)  index.*



     The price and expenditure data  for these 20 goods formed the data

set used in the  second  stage  of  the  budgeting model.  Table 4-8  lists

the 20  items  that  make up  the set of  goods.  Note  that they  are

grouped  into  seven  categories.  This  higher level  of  aggregation

corresponds to data used  in  the first stage of the budgeting model.

The conditions outlined  earlier for the  two-stage  process to  be  valid

require that the seven most aggregate goods be weakly  separable in

their subsets of goods.  Thus, the manner in which the  20 goods  are

grouped places restrictions on the possible substitutions, where  these

groups  reflect prior  beliefs about how households make decisions.  The

groupings shown  in Table 4-8  are consistent with the major classes of

data items listed in Bulletin 1992.**



     A  statistical profile  of the expenditure data  is shown  in  Table

4-9 by category  of  goods.   On average,   these items  account for 40
 * Explicit  expenditure  information was  not  available  for  one  of  the
   40 items.  This  was home repairs.  In Bulletin 1992, home repairs
   was lumped into the expenditures by renters or owners of property.
   Because  of the possible importance of  these expenditures  in
   measuring air quality benefits,  data on home repairs were read  from
   the BLS computer  tapes  and  assignment of an SMSA-specific home
   repair expenditure was  calculated on the basis of percentages of
   home owners/renters in the SMSA.

** See Christensen and Manser  (53) for an example of the procedures
   required  to  test  separability assumptions.  Their application
   focuses on the "meat" branch  of  the utility function.
                                 4-87

-------
0)
tn
                                               O
                       I
                                                                               in
                                                                               §
        O t3  0)
(t5 .Q
03 .Q
                                                                       03
                                  4-88

-------
TABLE 4-9.  STATISTICAL PROFILE OF EXPENDITURE DATA — ANNUAL
            HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE BY GOOD
Variable name
Cereal/bakery products
Meats
Dairy products
Fruits and vegetables
Miscellaneous foods
Repair
Utilities
Laundry/cleaning
Other household products
Textiles
Furniture
Appliances
Housewares
Clothing
Dry cleaning
Vehicle gas and fuel
Other vehicle expenditures
Non-insured medical
Non-prescription drugs
Personal care
Mean
136.33
428.10
184.20
172.73
523.37
129.26
387.17
47.59
47.28
54.65
145.80
85.29
20.46
477.60
89.82
336.45
427.47
273.50
54.59
173.63
Std.
deviation
22.62
89.53
25.47
29.14
58.63
26.70
66.04
8.02
9.16
12.06
37.38
21.69
6.24
77.81
24.70
47.10
50.93
43.15
21.50
24.19
Min
69.04
283.71
126.63
115.70
322.19
76.33
229.40
29.70
26.68
28.06
82.78"
48.48
9.55
397.59
50.64
204.65
327.06
171.09
14.93
107.94
Max
177.23
657.62
230.25
249.92
675.53
179.02
500.64
67.17
68.19
79.30
268.54
154.61
39.05
756.83
158.93
451.88
529.43
353.63
92.63
234.49
                              4-89

-------
percent of  current  consumption expenditures.   Statistics  for the price

data are given  in Table  4-10.   The  means for the price  indices are

unity since all  prices  are normalized.



Limitations of Data—

     The expenditure  information drawn  from  Bulletin  1992 has several

drawbacks.   Foremost  is the fact that only SMSA averages  are reported.

The utility maximization  model defined  here is based on the actions of

individual  consumers  (or  households  acting as a single unit),  so that

estimation over SMSA  averages  presents  a  new kind  of  aggregation

problem.  Whether or not aggregation across individuals in the data

creates  real difficulty depends  to some extent on  the  form of the

utility  function and  the associated demand  system.   For example,

Pollak and  Wales (41) note that  if the  demand  system  is  of the Linear

Expenditure type, then no problem arises since  the average consumption

pattern  of  a group is  consistent with the consumption  pattern that

would be observed given the group's mean expenditure.*  Basically, the

assumption made in  this study  is consistent with the notion that  there

exists a composite, representative individual.



     The expenditure data could  also be improved in terms of the

geographic regions covered  and the items  defined.   Both of  these
* Note that aggregation  over  individuals  in  the data  is  fundamentally
  different than aggregation  across  individual utility  functions.  In
  order to be able to aggregate across  individual  utilities, one must
  assume at the least that the marginal  propensity to demand out of
  income  be  equal for all consumers.  See, e.g.,  Maler (21),  p. 118,
  and papers  by Lau (54)  and  Jorgenson, Lau  and Stoker  (55).
                                 4-90

-------
TABLE 4-10.  STATISTICAL PROFILE OF PRICE DATA
Variable name
(price of)
Cereal/bakery products
Meats
Dairy products
Fruits and vegetables
Miscellaneous foods
Repair
Utilities
Laundry and cleaning
Other household products
Textiles
Furniture
Appliances
Housewares
Clothing
Dry cleaning
Vehicle gas and fuel
Other vehicle
Non-insured medical
Non-prescription drugs
Personal care
Min
0.645
0.673
0.636
0.639
0.680
0.443
0.637
0.737
0.655
0.706
0.650
0.796
0.520
0.569
0.642
0.763
0.735
0.631
0.638
0.738
Max
1.638
1.504
1.564
1.736
1.611
1.552
1.696
1.532
1.457
1.370
1.425
1.555
1.450
1.175
1.568
1.451
1.402
1.350
1.734
1.342
Std.
deviation
0.196
0.168
0.177
0.196
0.172
0.266
0.237
0.182
0.163
0.142
0.203
0.153
0.208
0.122
0.236
0.145
0.137
0.174
0.284
0.141
                      4-91

-------
limitations could  be overcome if it were possible to assign location

identifiers  to the  BLS tape  records.   However,  confidentiality

restrictions,  coupled with project  time and resource constraints,

limited further inquiry  into these directions.  Consequently, at least

for the short-term,  the scope of data found in Bulletin 1992 appears

to be the best available.*  One  recommendation can be  made,  however.

It is the intention of  BLS to conduct continuing annual surveys  of

consumer expenditures.   If some  form  of  the  economic  model  developed

here is to be used for benefits analysis, it would be to the benefit

of EPA to work with BLS in identifying  areas of information needs.

Thus, questionnaires developed  for the expenditure surveys could  be

structured to obtain the type  of  data  needed by economists  to evaluate

air quality welfare  effects.



     One  other point should  be mentioned with  respect to the

expenditure data.  In Table 4-8, seven groups of  category  expenditure

were listed.  While these groups constitute a sizable proportion  of

consumption expenditures, they do not  represent complete coverage.   In

particular, leisure-oriented activities (recreation, reading, etc.)

have been excluded  from the analysis.   In  essence,  a separability

assumption has been imposed.   This  was done for  two reasons.  First,

many recreation activities take place  at  some distance  from  the home,

and since the  data do not identify where  households recreate, there  is
* Some time was  spent  searching for expenditure data that  were city-
  specific  with an  eye towards  conducting  a detailed  intracity
  benefits analysis.  No good  data  source  was  identified.
                                 4-92

-------
no way to determine air quality parameters  at the  recreation site.



Second, from  a  theoretical perspective,  if  leisure activities  are



considered  a part of the complete  demand  system,  one must be able to



model the  labor-leisure decision of consumers.  Data limitations again



precluded  this  particular extension of the model.   While leisure



decisions  have   been  left out of  the  current  analysis,  this  is



certainly  an area  where  extensions  to the  analysis should  be



considered  in  the future.








EMPIRICAL  RESULTS








     In this subsection,  empirical  results  are presented for  the two-



stage optimization problem with air quality.  Equations are presented



for two alternative demand system specifications in order to get an



idea of the sensitivity of the results to  different structural forms.








     The demand  systems estimated  are the linear logarithmic  expendi-



ture  system which is derived from  a  homogeneous  transcendental



logarithmic (HTL)  function [Lau,  Lin and Yotopoulos (45)], and  the



linear expenditure  system  (LES)  which  was  developed by Klein and Rubin



(56)  and is  identified closely with the work of Stone (57).








     Prior  to  a  discussion of  the results  for  these two  systems,  some



general comments will  be  made on the overall approach to the empirical



part of the  study.
                                 4-93

-------
Framework  for Empirical Analysis



     For  a  given  functional  form,   there  are  two stages  in  the

estimation  process.   First,  N  disaggregate  stage  systems  are

estimated, where N is  the number of broad categories  identified in the

aggregate  stage  of  the budgeting problem.  Given the parameters of the

N disaggregate  stage systems,  the overall system is then estimated.

As described earlier, the parameters of the disaggregate stage  are

important for defining consistent  aggregate  price  indices.   In total,

there are  N  + 1  systems to estimate.



     The estimation procedure used is  the iterative Zellner technique

(58).*  This routine is appropriate for simultaneous estimation of all

the equations in a disaggregate demand system because it allows cross-

equation constraints implied by demand theory to be  imposed directly.

Note  also  that  the  iterative  Zellner estimator  is equivalent

asymptotically  to a Maximum Likelihood Estimator  [Kmenta and  Gilbert

(59)1 .



     In estimating a system of expenditure share equations,  one

equation  must  be dropped to prevent  singularity of the covariance

matrix.  Singularity arises because the share equations  sum to one, by

definition.   Fortunately,  since  iterative Zellner  results in  maximum

likelihood estimates,  the  choice of the  equation to be  dropped can be
* The Zellner  routine in the GREMLIN  set  of  programs of the TROLL
  software package was used for estimation.
                                  4-94

-------
made arbitrarily.  Note also  that  if  the  system contains only two

equations, then  only  one  equation is estimated.   In  this case,  a

restricted version of Ordinary Least Squares (OLS) rather than the

Zellner  systems method  is appropriate.


     In  those instances where the Zellner  routine was  used,  the

estimation took  place  in  two  phases.   First, each equation of the

system was estimated  by restricted OLS in order  to derive a set of

initial values for the parameters  and  begin  the  iterative Zellner

estimation.   It should be noted that the optimization algorithm only

guarantees local optimums.   Thus,  while convergence to  similar

parameter estimates with different starting  guesses  cannot guarantee a

global optimum,  it does lend additional credence  to the estimates.

For the  systems results reported here,  alternative sets of starting

guesses typically led  to identical results out to the  third decimal

place.


     The estimation of systems of equations in share  form also has
                                o
implications  for the  reported R .  First,  if  households  consume
approximately  constant shares given  regional price  variation, one can
              2
expect a low  R .  Second, the across-equation parameter constraints
                        9                                      9
can result in negative R  being reported.  Thus, although  the R  is

reported  in  later  sections, for completeness,  it is  essentially

meaningless in the context  of Zellner estimation.
                                4-95

-------
     The  way environmental/demographic (E/D)  variables are handled in



the  estimation phase  is also  of concern.   The discussion  of



translating and  scaling indicated how  the  E/D variables  might be



included, but there has been  no discussion thus  far  on the statistical



implications  of including alternative  sets of E/D variables.   In



principle,  the  procedure of  testing combination after combination of



specifications until a "good" one is achieved  has implications for the



meaning  of the  statistical tests  of significance.   This can  be



especially  important  for  the E/D variables since the a priori  basis



for including a particular  variable may seem essentially arbitrary.








     Two things can be done to limit the scope of  equation testing.



First, every effort should be made to identify meaningful a_ priori



information.   For  example, previous consumer budget studies may have



considered the impact of different demographic variables  on demand



[Pollak and Wales (41)].  Additionally, while our study is unique in



its approach of  embedding  air  quality  information  within  a complete



demand system framework,  information  from  the  Criteria Document  (5)



can provide guidance in this area.








     The  second  thing  that should be done is  to  develop  a "game plan"



for analyzing the statistical significance of E/D  variables.  Given



the relatively small  number of degrees of freedom, and the extended



parameter  requirements for  systems  of  equations, a parsimonious



selection process was adopted for  the E/D variables.
                                 4-96

-------
     The following procedure  was  employed.  Initially,  two demographic

variables were considered  for each equation — family size and  a  dummy

variable for region of the country.*   The regional  variable  was  equal

to one for the Northeast and North Central SMSAs,  and zero otherwise.

There were also eight air quality and two meteorological variables to

consider.  These  include:
          The maximum annual second high  reading for SO2 and TSP
          in the SMSA (/ug/m ).

          The maximum of annual  arithmetic  (geometric) means for
          SO2 (TSP)  in  the  SMSA  (Mg/irT).

          The average of  annual  second highs for reporting sites
          in the SMSA for S02  and TSP (/zg/m3).

          The average  of annual arithmetic (geometric) means
          from  reporting sites in the SMSA for  S02 (TSP)
          (/"g/m3) .

          Annual average temperature  for  the SMSA in degrees
          Celsius.

          Annual total  precipitation  in millimeters.
While the Criteria  Document suggests items that may be affected  by SO2

or TSP,  information on  the appropriate averaging times is more sparse.

Consequently, preliminary testing of alternative pollution measures

was conducted.   These tests indicated  that the maximum  annual  second

high readings were the most robust variables in terms of magnitude,
* With two years  in the sample, a dummy variable for Year may also
  seem to be  a worthy demographic variable.  We  did want  to  limit  the
  number of demographic variables,  and in a choice between Region  and
  Year,  we felt the cross-sectional variations in  Region  would  likely
  be more influential  in explaining expenditure allocations.
                                  4-97

-------
sign, and statistical  significance.   Thus,  in the equation results


presented here, only the maximum second high measures  are  included.





     Temperature and precipitation variables were also included  in


several of the disaggregate  demand  systems.   Given the  definition  of


the Region demographic  variable,  temperature  and  the region dummy may


be expected to play similar roles.   This was  borne out in  the  testing


of alternative specifications, and  in some  instances the greater


locational specificity  of temperature made it the  preferred variable.


The precipitation variable was never statistically significant  in any


of our test specifications, and has not been included in the results


reported here.





     The hypotheses to  be tested take the form of  restrictions  on the


E/D  variables.   Specifically,  statistical  tests  are  conducted  to


determine  if  the coefficients of the E/D variables are  significantly


different from zero.  The test-statistic we  employed  for the systems


estimates is based on the likelihood ratio X, where
               max LA

          A   =  	—•                                         (4.21)
               max L
The  likelihood  ratio is  the  ratio of  the maximum  value of  the


likelihood  function L for the econometric model  A (which imposes


restrictions)  to  the  maximum  value  of  the  likelihood function for the


model  B  (which is  unrestricted).   In  practice, a test-statistic is
                                  4-98

-------
used which is based on minus  twice the logarithm of the likelihood

ratio.   This  test statistic is asymptotically chi-square  with degrees

of freedom equal  to the number of restrictions  to be tested.*



     Finally,  it should be noted  that although the series  of equations

presented  below are termed "final  specifications",  an  important part

of the analysis plan  involves  identifying  the  sensitivity of results

to alternative  specifications,  especially with  respect  to the role of

the air pollution variables.  Thus,  an  indication of  the  stability of

the equations  for different  specifications is provided throughout.

Where possible, these tests of  sensitivity are also  carried forward to

the derivation of aggregate  price indices and ultimately  to the

benefits calculations.



Linear Expenditure System



     The first functional  form  evaluated is the Linear  Expenditure

System (LES).   This  system  was one of the earliest demand  system forms

to be subjected  to extensive empirical  testing,  and  has been used

frequently over the last two decades.
* In those systems where there are only two goods, so that only one
  equation is estimated, an  F-test  is  used  to test for  statistical
  significance.  Note  that because different criteria  are used in
  testing the various  specifications,  there  is a  possibility that
  conflicts on appropriate restrictions could arise in those cases
  where the decision to reject or  fail  to reject is close [Bernt and
  Savin (60)].  With respect to  the  statistical tests conducted for
  the environmental variables  of the  analysis,  the decision  was
  uniformly clearcut.
                                 4-99

-------
     The LES demand equations can be written  (in expenditure form)  as:
          Pixi  =  Pisi + bi  M -
where p^ is the price of the i   good, x^  is quantity demanded of the


i   good, M is  total expenditure for the  n  goods in the system, and s.j_


and  b^  are  parameters to  be estimated.   This  system  has  2n-l


independent parameters and is generated from a utility maximization


problem  in  which utility is defined as:
                        bl          b2               bn
          U  =   (xi - si)   (x2 - s2)    ...  ,  (xn - sn)         (4.23)
In most  applications of the LES system,  the S| are interpreted as



"necessary" quantities.   Thus,  the  term (M  - Ep^s^)  in  Equation  (4.22)


can be viewed as representing available expenditure  net  of  committed



expenditure.  Note,  however,  that this interpretation  is  realistic


only  if  the  s^_ are  restricted to be  positive.   Since there  is no


theoretical  reason for  imposing this restriction, we have left the


signs of the s^ as  an empirical question.   An implication of this is


that both inelastic demands  (s-  > 0) and elastic demands (s- < 0) are



permitted.






     There are  a  variety of  restrictions  or  assumptions that are


implicit in the  LES system.  These  include:
                                 4-100

-------
     •    Each x-  must be greater than the corresponding s.j_ if
          the  utility function is to be well-defined.

     •    The  marginal  budget shares are independent of prices
          and  expenditures.

     •    The  utility function  of the LES is additive in the
          logarithms.  This restricts the types of interactions
          permitted  among  goods.

     •    The  Engel  curves are linear but pass  through the point
          (Sp  s2,  ...  ,  sn)  rather than (0, 0, ... ,  0).  Thus,
          it  is possible  to observe the share of  a commodity in
          the   budget increase  or decrease as the  budget
          increases.*

     •    The  LES  utility  function is affinely  homothetic.  That
          is,  the  function is homothetic to the  point  (s-,, 32,
          •« •  i s^}.

     •    The   conditions for consistent  price  and quantity
          aggregation can  be  satisfied since the  LES  system can
          be written as  a "Gorman polar form."   [See Blackorby,
          et al. (35), Section 5.4.4.]
     For estimation purposes,  it is convenient to rewrite Equation

(4.22)  in share  form and  to  normalize  by total  expenditure.   In

particular,  the estimating form can be written as:
          p • x •
                                                               4.24)
for i =  1,  ...  , n.
* See Anderson  (61) for  a  discussion of an additive perfect price
  aggregate model (APPAM), which  is an additive  specification with
  nonlinear Engel curves.
                                 4-101

-------
     The empirical restrictions implicit  in the system of  equations

represented by  (4.24)  include:


     •    With  Equation  (4.24) expressed in share form,  only  n-1
          equations are estimated.  The unestimated b^  can be
          obtained from  the restriction Ib-  = 1.

     •    Across-equation  constraints  exist for  the  $•
          parameters.   Thus,  a system method  is required in
          order to obtain efficient  estimates of  the parameters.

     •    The LES  system is nonlinear in the parameters.   For
          example,  the  first term  includes the product (l-b-)s^
          where b^ and s^ are both parameters.

     •    Environmental/demographic variables  can be incorpo-
          rated through  the translating technique.   For  the  LES
          system,  this implies replacing each s^ by a functional
          expression  in the E/D variables.  In  this study, we
          have  examined variations of  a linear  functional
          expression.  For example, we might write s^  = O.Q  +
          a^TSP, where TSP is  the level of particulate matter
          concentration  and  ctg,a-,  are  parameters  to  be
          estimated.*
     The various empirical and structural restrictions listed  above

become important in  the evaluation of the strengths  and  weaknesses of

a particular model.   These  features have only  been summarized  at this

point because it is  likely  to be  more  instructive to discuss  them in

the context  of  specific equation results.



     The first  use of the LES is in  the estimation of the disaggregate

demand  systems of  the  two-stage budgeting  problem.   The equation

specifications  for each of the seven disaggregate systems are as  shown
* Pollak  and Wales  (43)  discuss  the importance of  retaining an
  intercept  term (i.e., O.Q)  in the  functional expression for the
  translating parameter.
                                 4-102

-------
in Equation  (4.24).   Table 4-11 lists the commodities in each of  the

demand systems, and Table 4-12 is a glossary of the acronyms  used  in

reporting the equations.   Recall  that because the  dependent variables

are shares and  sum  to unity, only n-1 equations  for  any system  are

estimated.  The value  of  the  unestimated b> can be  easily derived from

the adding-up restriction.



Food—

     The estimating  form represented by Equation (4.24) can be  thought

of as a restricted form  in the sense  that the  necessary quantities,

the Sj_, are introduced as a simple parameter.  It was noted that  one

way in which  E/D variables may be incorporated into the LES specifica-

tion is by replacing each s^  by a function of the  E/D  variables.   For

example,  one could  let s^ = d^ + e^ FAMSZ.  In this  case, Equation

(4.24) would  be  written  as:
p • x •
-i-
                     - bi)(di + ei FAMSZ)(pi/M)
                                                               (4.25
for i = 1,  ...  ,  n.



     A comparison between Equations (4.24)  and  (4.25)  makes clear why

Equation (4.24) is referred to as  being restricted.  Estimation of
                                 4-103

-------
AGE OF THE OPIIMIZATION MODEL
65
Q

O
El
en

El
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
1
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
t— I
E
§
CJ

• *
in

a.
men's, and Children's Clothes
i
«M
en
•
1


ing
PORTATION
c en
03 Z
CU <2
f— 1 CM
CJ £-•

S ••
Q ^O

P"
1— 1
cu
Cu
"S
03

en
03
cj


icle Operations
cu

u
cu
6
0


H AND PERSONAL CARE
Care
2 _,
^ 03
El C
S O
en
U
r^ £

&
ription Drugs
ed Medical Treatment
85
cu en
Sj C
GJ M

C C


s
         3
a

b
                               03 XI
G
                                              03
                                                    U
EH II
cn n
>H II
en ii

Q!!
z
M
en
cu
M
&
Q
Q
|


•
i— i
r-i
4-
Cu
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
n
M
II
H
11
II
M
akery Products
CQ
•s
Q 03
^D
O *H
^^ fC
CU

• • CU
i— i O
— > •






4J
03
cu

en
0
u
CU

*^,
^1
•M
3

ege tables
s Foods
>S
•ss
03 03
i— l
cn r- 1
i-u cu
—4 o
p en
& •<-*
Cij ^*


OS

53

CO


• *
CN
Cu
—i

u
1
cu
cs

^
H
T4
*


en
_cu

4J
•r-J
I— 1
• H
a
t
                      U
                            0)
                                        03 12
                                                 a.
                                                       en
                                                      .u
                                                       u

                                                      fn
                                                       O
                                                       U
                                                      0-
                                                          u
                                                       c  &.
                                                       03
                                                       CU  T3
                                                      i—I  r-l
                                                      CJ  _g

                                                      T2  "53
                                                       c  en
                                                       03  a
                                                       03  4->

                                                       J  0
                                                       03  .Q
Text
ances
                                                                            a
                                                                            <:
                                                                            u
                                                                            §
                                                                               en
                                                                         CU  T3  CU
                                                                         M  C  W
                                                                         3  (B  03
                                                                         JJ     3
                                                                         —i  u  cu
                                                                         C  0  en
                                                                         &  -i—i 3
                                                                         P  
-------
             TABLE 4-12.  GLOSSARY OF VARIABLE NAMES
MFOOD        Total expenditure on all  food  items.
CERBAK       Expenditure on cereal and bakery products.
CEBAPI       Price of cereal and bakery products.
BEPOUK       Expenditure on meats (beef, poultry,  pork).
BEPKPI       Price of meats.
DREGGS       Expenditure on dairy products  and  eggs.
DREGPI       Price of dairy products.
FRUVE        Expenditure on fruits and vegetables.
FRVEPI       Price of fruits and vegetables.
MISCFD       Expenditure on miscellaneous food  items.
MI5CPI       Price of miscellaneous food items.

MSHELTER     Total expenditure on home shelter.
REPAIR       Expenditure on home repair.
RPRPI        Price of home repair.
UTIL         Expenditure for gas and electricity.
UTILPI       Price of gas and electricity.

MOPS         Total expenditure on household operations.
LAUCLE       Expenditure on laundry and cleaning products.
LAUCPI       Price of laundry and cleaning  products.
OHOUSE       Expenditure on other household products.
OHSEPI       Price of other household products.

MOUSE        Total expenditure on home furnishings and equipment,
HTEXT        Expenditure on household  textiles.
HTEXPI       Price of textiles.
FURN         Expenditure on furniture.
FURNPI       Price of furniture.
APPLS        Expenditure on major and minor appliances.
APPPI        Price of appliances.
HWARS        Expenditure on housewares.
HWARPI       Price of housewares.

MCLOTH       Total expenditure on clothing  items.
MCLO         Expenditure on clothes.
MCLOPI       Price of clothes.
DRYCL        Expenditure on dry cleaning.
DRYCPI       Price of dry cleaning.

MTRANS       Total expenditure on transportation.
VEHGF        Expenditure on gasoline.
VHGFPI       Price of gasoline.
VEHO         Expenditure for other vehicle  operations.
VEHOPI       Price of other vehicle operations.
                                                          (continued)
                                 4-105

-------
                      TABLE 4-12  (continued;
MCARE        Total expenditure on health and personal care  items.
PERSCR       Expenditure on personal care.
PERSPI       Price of personal care.
NONINS       Expenditure for non-insured medical care.
NINSPI       Price of non-insured medical care.
NONPRE       Expenditure for non-prescription drugs.
NPREPI       Price of non-prescription drugs.

Yll, Y12,    Expenditure shares for cereal/bakery products, meats,
Y13, Y14,         dairy products, fruits and vegetables, and
   Y15            miscellaneous foods, respectively.
Y21, Y22     Expenditure shares for repair and utilities,
                  respectively.
Y31, Y32     Expenditure shares for laundry/cleaning products  and
                  other household products, respectively.
Y41, Y42     Expenditure shares for textiles, furniture,
Y43, Y44          appliances, and housewares, respectively.
Y51, Y52     Expenditure shares for clothing and dry cleaning,
                  respectively.
Y61, Y62     Expenditure shares for vehicle gasoline and other
                  vehicle operations, respectively.
Y71, Y72     Expenditure shares for non-insured medical care,  non-
   Y73            prescription drugs, and personal care,
                  respectively.

FAMSZ        Number of people in family.
REGION       Dummy variable for region of country (1 = Northeast
                  or North Central;  0 otherwise).
TEMP         Average annual temperature in degrees Celsius.
SX2HI        Annual average of maximum second high concentrations
                  of SC>2 / for 24-hour continuous monitors.
TX2HI        Annual average of maximum second high concentrations
                  of PM for 24-hour hi-vol grarametric monitors.
                                 4-106

-------
(4.24)  implicitly assumes that the e^  and  e^ terms are zero.  The

approach adopted  in  each  demand category thus  involves  a generaliza-

tion of the restrictive  (4.24) so that E/D variables can be  used  to

help explain some of  the variation in the expenditure shares.



     In the food category, there  is  no _a priori  reason to expect

environmental  variables to have an influence on the  intracategory

allocation of  food expenditures.   Thus, the initial specifications

include only the demographic variables  family size and region.



     The unrestricted counterpart to  Equation (4.24) is an equation

system where  each s^  is replaced by a function  that  depends  on  family

size and region.  It is convenient to specify this relationship  as

being linear in the demographic variables.  Note that because there

are "n" s^  terms appearing in each equation of the LES system, the

linear expression will also appear  n times.  Thus,  2n parameters are

added  to  the  estimation  process  when the  unrestricted  form  is

estimated.*



     In order to arrive at  a final  specification,  the null hypothesis

that a subset of the demographic variables  is zero is tested.   This  is

done with  the test-statistic X  described  earlier.  Specifically,  it  is
* Note that the system is unrestricted only in the sense that it has
  been assumed  that the universe of relevant demographic variables can
  be limited  to family size and region.
                                 4-107

-------
assumed  that  the error terms of the equations are distributed normally

and write  the likelihood ratio as:



          -2  In X  =  N(ln IS"1!  - In  IS"1))                  (4.26)
where N is the number of observations, Is  I   is the determinant of

the unrestricted  estimator of the variance-covariance matrix  of the

disturbances, is   lr is the determinant of the  restricted  estimator of

the variance-covariance  matrix of the disturbances, and In  is the

natural  logarithmic  function.*
     Table 4-13 reports the final specification for the food demand

system.   Note  that  in  the  equation  specifications  some  of  the

demographic variables  have been restricted  to zero.  The likelihood

ratio test between the unrestricted model and the  model  shown  in Table

4-13 yields a test-statistic of 2.699.   With four restrictions, the

chi-square  critical value  at the  10  percent  level of  significance  is

7.78.   Consequently,  with the  test-statistic less than the critical

value, we  fail to reject  the  null  hypothesis  that  the  restricted

demographic  variables are zero.  That  is,  the  restricted model  is

adopted.



     Additional  restrictions were  imposed on the  food  demand  system,

but the results shown  in Table 4-13 were eventually chosen as the
* See Gallant (62) for a discussion of  the use of the likelihood  ratio
  test for hypothesis testing in nonlinear  equations.
                                 4-108

-------

W
£-•
cn
>
CO
u
1
w
Q
Q
O
O
CO
W

•
rH
1
W
CQ
<
r_,




ii
n
n
n
n
n
n
ii
n
n
ii
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
ii
n
n
n
n
n
ii
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
ii
n
n
n
n
ii
n
n
n
n
ii
n
n
ii
u
n
n
n
u
n
n
N
Ul
£
<
U.
*
Ul
o
Ul
>*(BEF'hfI/MFOOH)t
D>
DOJW/IJ
ZSHtf J*l
a u
— U]
o •<
a £
^ •*
* Nl
— Ul
x>x
— u.
a »
— o
PI/MFOOI
OD)4(G04
*
O
o
u.
£
x
5
a,
Ul
U "
« a
(3 X
Ul "
a it.
» u
C4 Ul
a;
fSi "^
Ul «
1*FAM
AHSZ)
u u.
-^ •*»
0 «•
uc
At-Al«(l
OD)+(QOI
•*• a
~- u.
a £
C X
O >i
X .>
M l£
^ W
^ ~
it* *
Ul -
&z
— o
** o
FAMSZ
T 1 *RE
Al >*
«ao
td]OOJH/IJtfH33)*(
OX
Ul •"
LiU.
»u
M Ul
a;
INI ^
U)*
£ —
*£
uu.
+ *
0 —
oo
hOO)t(UO
)*lll-III
OJH/I
KiJOO
REOF'I/HF
)*(FRVEF
" a
— o
Ul >£
£ »
U. U.
Ill )*(tO+EM
HFOOnH (FOJ

II u.
Ul
ro a

i
M)*(CEPAfI/HFOOfi)
Od»
« u.
O £
Ul X
!£ "
» u.
o u
U Ul
Ul —
£*
U. N
* Ul
-£
U  !>
-£ g S
II Ul
a


U)
Ul
L»

Ul
H- n
1- Z 0
— Ul 1
£ MM Ul
« u o
.J «-t O 0* CO
L£ u. o i- -• o- n — o o -> in 10 « rx — « o-
*~ o o ^ ndo»oiiio*0o»cvimo«*r'1
ii J _J CS
£ Ul  o «> >-
O l- -J •« i-
Z Ul 
co z H cn ui u: 3 COfirs~>omcocor*)cooco*«Q3o >o iiidi
cacxuiui 1^1 c, i
2 Li — i i
£ >-_:.>
s •- <: (a 2
a i- ui £ M 7
O C£ Q CO Ul X
L^ O "^ i»
0 f- - ^ w
•• «i i. < 1- <
-; =iUX










(0
U
U?
HT
o;
^>
§
Ul
3




ii
it
ii
!l
it
li
tf
11
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
!(
II
tl
II
il
n
11
ii
ii
it
II
U
II
II
9
II
II
11
||
II
!l
It
II
II
il
i:
u
(i
i:
u
if
ii
a
ii
it
u
11
i;
it
ii
l!
1,
II
It
11
1!
Ii
i'
it
1!
11
II



II
II
11
il
3 u
a n
ii
n
11
ii
11
it
u
11
u
H
II
11
II
II
iC li
Cfl 11
It
11
II
II
\\
II
11
u
II
II
II
II
O il
cn u
cc ti
u n
u
11
ii
I!
II
II
11
H
If
II
t!
O il
cn ii
u
it
1!
II
a
if
ii
1!
ii
1!
ll
II
11
II
II
It



1.84939
2.37989
2.44ABB
1 ,86055
O Ps O*
O Ul CN
liT > ^ XS
f J O 111 *•
o n o o
o o o o

CD CN n
r j o o o
O CO P^ *O
S) 
-------
final specification.  As a point of  interest,  a comparison of the

final specification with the completely restricted model led to a

test-statistic  greater  than  45.   Thus,  the  inclusion  of  the

demographic  variables does add  to  the  explanatory power  of  the

equation.



     Table 4-14 reports own-price  elasticities  of  demand for the

demand system of  Table 4-13.*  The elasticities  are  evaluated at the

means  of  the variables.   The own-price elasticity  measures  the

responsiveness of quantity  demanded of  a good  to  a change in  its

price.  Demand is said to be elastic  if a rise  in price leads to a

proportionately greater decline in quantity demanded so that total

expenditure of the commodity declines.  This is consistent with the

elasticity measure  being greater (in  absolute value) than unity.



TABLE 4-14.  OWN-PRICE ELASTICITIES OF DEMAND  FOR  POOD DEMAND CATEGORY


            Commodity                        Elasticity


     Cereal and baking products                  -1.245
     Meat  products                              -1.079
     Dairy products                             -1.159
     Fruits and vegetables                       -0.985
     Miscellaneous foods                         -1.041
* Note that  the  nonlinearities in the  LES  system make it difficult  to
  assess the statistical  significance of the elasticity measures.
  Consequently, the standard errors of the elasticities for the LES
  system have  not  been  computed, except in the two-equation  systems,
  when we consider the pollution  elasticities.
                                4-110

-------
Conversely,  demand  is  inelastic if a price increase leads to a smaller



change in quantity demanded  such that total expenditure  increases.



For the  LES system,  the  own-price  elasticities  are  obtained  by



evaluating  the  relationship:
ax Pi bi
.M^HHt «•» ~ — ^•••M^
aPi xt PiXi
n
M *^ ) Oi Si
k=l
     The demand elasticities  for  the  food  items are slightly elastic



for  four out  of the  five goods.   We have  not  found elasticity



estimates  in  the  literature  corresponding  to the   disaggregate



breakdown  reported here.  However,  many  authors report elasticities



for an aggregate food commodity.  For example, Pollak and Wales (43)



estimate a Quadratic  Expenditure System (QES) and  a Generalized



Translog  (GTL)  for  different combinations of family  size and age



composition for three aggregate goods.  The reported elasticities  for



the  food category  range  from -0.84  to  -1.17 for  "middle-level"




combinations  of the  demographic characteristics, so that our estimates



are representative of food elasticities  reported by Pollak and Wales.








     One can  also examine the responsiveness of demand  to changes  in



the demographic variables.  However,  since  the  major interest relates



to the role of the environmental variables in the demand system,  a



discussion  of this  topic  is postponed  until the results  for  the next



commodity group are  reviewed.  The next group, home services, includes



both TSP and  SC>2  in  the specifications.
                                 4-111

-------
Shelter—



     The disaggregate demand  system for shelter is composed of two



goods? materials repair and utilities  (gas and electricity).  Since



the equations are expressed  in share  form,  only  one  equation  is



estimated.







     Hypothesis testing for the two-good systems in the analysis  is



based on an F-test rather  than the likelihood  ratio.  In particular,



we test whether specific  subsets of additional explanatory  variables



are statistically different from zero.   The appropriate test  statistic



is:
2 2 "
.x - *2 .
*
N
nu
- nu
- nr
~ F
rn -n
u r
                                         N-n
                                                              (4-28)
                                            u.
       22                                22
where R^ is the R  of the unrestricted equation, R£ is the R  of  the



restricted  equation, N is the number of observations,  nu is  the number



of parameters estimated in the unrestricted equation, and n  is  the



number of parameters  in  the  restricted equation.  If the evaluation of



Equation (4.28)  leads to a value greater than the critical  F-value,



then one rejects  the  null  hypothesis  that the (restricted)  parameters



are zero.
     There were several stages in the analysis  of alternative specifi-



cations  for  this commodity  group.   First,  a  series of regressions



which  included the two demographic variables in several combinations
                                  4-112

-------
were analyzed.  In comparisons between the completely restricted model



and models with  FAMSZ and  Region,  we  failed to  reject the  null



hypothesis  in  all cases except  when Region  was  used as a shifter



affecting  repair.  However,  when the  influence of  pollution was



controlled  for  in the specification,  the  Region variable  did  not add



significantly to  the  explanatory power of the equation.  Thus,  in the



equations of this demand  system,  neither of the demographic variables




is included.








     The environmental  variables are statistically different from zero



when entered in  a variety  of combinations.  As used  here, the  term



combination refers  to the different  specifications which  can  be



generated by restricting certain of  the environmental variables  to



zero.  The  unrestricted specification  includes TSP and S02 measures  in



both of  the  translating terras.  In addition  to  the unrestricted  model,



several  other  specifications  were estimated  with S02  and TSP.   A



summary of the  equations estimated is  presented  in Table 4-15.   In the



table,  the entries for  the  elasticities are presented on an equation-



by-equation  basis.  For each equation, a description  is given for the



combinations  of TSP  and  SC>2  included  in the  specification.  For



example, in equation 4, SO-  is restricted to zero as a translating



parameter  for utility,   while  TSP is restricted  to  zero as  a



translating  parameter  for repair.   Note that all entries are  reported



for the  case in which the dependent variable is "repair".
                                 4-113

-------
 TABLE 4-15.   ELASTICITIES OF ENVIRONMENTAL VARIABLES  IN THE  SHELTER
              DEMAND SYSTEM (dependent  variable  repair)
                       Equation                            Elasticity
  Equation 1 (unrestricted)

    S02 included in both translating  terms                    0.069
    TSP included in both translating  terms                   -0.066

  Equation 2

    SO-, included in repair translating  term                   0.063
    TSP included in repair translating  term                  -0.078

  Equation 3

    S02 included in repair translating  term                   0.049
    TSP included in utility translating term                -0.072
    Region dummy included in repair translating  term

  Equation 4

    SO- included in repair translating  term                   0.061
    TSP included in utility translating term                -0.075
     The elasticities for the environmental  variables are defined  as

the percent change in demand that occurs for a percent change in air

quality.  The  elasticities in Table 4-15 indicate that an  increase  in

S02  concentrations leads  to an  increase  in the  demand  for home

repairs.  Conversely, TSP is  seen  to have a negative  relation with the

demand  for home repairs.  Given that these  estimates are derived for a

two-equation  system,  this  latter  result  can be interpreted  as

indicating a direct relation  between TSP and  the demand  for utilities.
                                  4-114

-------
     Given the inherently nonlinear form of  the  LES  system (in  terms
of the parameters),  the  interpretation of statistical significance for
the elasticities must be made carefully.  First,  it should be  noted
that t-statistics reported for individual coefficients do have meaning
since  the coefficients are  asymptotically normally distributed.
However,  in order  to  talk  about  significance levels  for elasticities
or for  variables that  appear more  than once in  the  equation, two
intermediate steps must be  undertaken.


     First,  it is convenient to linearize the equation directly.   This
is accomplished by replacing products of coefficients by  a single
parameter.  The equation can  then be  estimated in linear form.  Given
the  linearized  regression,   the  statistical  significance  of the
elasticity can be checked by  the  formula for  calculating the variance
of a linear  combination  of random variables.  This can be written as:


                                            n
          Var(a0  + a-^  4- ...  , + ctnxn)  =  E ai Var(xi.)       (4.29)
                     n   n
                    E  E aiaj cov(xi' xj
where the a  are  constants and the x  are random variables.
                                 4-115

-------
     When these steps are undertaken for the various specifications



shown in Table 4-15,  each of the calculated  air quality elasticities



is significantly different from zero.








     From the elasticities reported  in Table 4-15, one can see that



each specification is fairly  stable  with respect  to  combinations of



the environmental  variables.   In order  to  choose  among  the different



equations,  elasticities were  compared and, where  appropriate, the F-



test statistic was  used.  For example, in a comparison between the



unrestricted model and Equation 4 of Table 4-15,  the test-statistic



was  0.415,  which  is  less than the  critical  F-value.  Thus,  the



restricted  model is adopted in this  comparison.







     There  is one other important point  to  mention about the manner in



which the  combinations of environmental variables  are  allowed to



appear in the specifications.   It turns out that not every  combination



is consistent with an aggregate price  index that behaves in accord



with _a priori expectations.  In particular,  we note that the



unrestricted model may be  consistent with an aggregate price  increase



or  decrease depending on the marginal budget shares  of the goods



involved in the aggregation.  Consequently,  this is an instance where



it  is helpful to use the prior information available about the  types



of goods or services that may be  affected  by  air pollution.








     Before choosing  a final specification for  this demand  category,



there was one more check performed  for  the environmental variables.
                                 4-116

-------
While alternative  combinations of S02 and TSP have been considered,



one can also examine different  transformations of these variables.



For example,  the  logarithms of  both  variables could be entered  as



explanatory  variables or  quadratic  terms  could be  added.  The  choice



could once  again be based on elasticities.








     These checks  were undertaken, and  it  was decided  to use the



linear  specification  of  the  environmental variables.   The final



specification  for this demand category  is  shown in Table 4-16.








     The dependent  variable in  the equation of Table 4-16 is  the share



of shelter  expenditure  on home  repair.  Thus, the  parameter estimate



for S02  indicates  that  as concentrations  of  SCU  decrease,  relatively



less will be  spent  on home repairs.  In turn,  the equation also shows



that there is a direct  relationship between TSP and the unestimated



good,  utilities.  The demand elasticity for SO^  is 0.0611 in the home



repair  equation.    This  means  that a 10 percent decrease  in SO2



concentrations leads to  a 0.611  percent  decrease in the demand for



home  repair  items.  The elasticity for TSP is -0.075  in  the home



repairs  equation.   Elasticities  can also be derived  for  the  pollution



variables  implicit in  the  unestimated second  equation.   These



elasticities are -0.020 and 0.025 for S02  and TSP, respectively.








     The observed relation between  SCU  and home  repairs is plausible.



However, there was no a priori expectation that a positive relation



would be observed between TSP and expenditures for utilities.   As the
                                 4-117

-------
w
EH
en
>H
en

Q
3
^i
5u
w
Q


&
w
EH

W
DC
cn

en
w

h-t


,
\£)
iH
1
^*

w
)— I
CQ
<
E*^





















n
n
n
H
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
u
n
11
n
n
n
n
n

n
n

it

n
n
n
n
n
n
ii
n
n
n

"
n
n
it

n
n
n

n
n
n

ii
n
ii
n
n
n
ji


n
n

n
n
M
n
n
j|
II
n
n
n
n
n
X2HI)*(UTILPI/MSHELTER) )
K
*
*•*
a
H-
O
iHi
*
s
CM
en
*
**
u
-t-
o
u
SM>
*»
*•*
^
1
*»(
V

u

CM
>»


••
CM






M
O
CO
*
M





II

**
M
X
«f
^
U.




S3
Ul
rs
ex
*
o



II
c
en
ui ce
u
n

u£

o T ui
Z CD
O 111
v— s^
CM

** o
03
^ II
n ui ii
o
a z o
o 
H- n is

O CM
M
N
V
I



V T
ex is
co . CM
o  O
O is
^





P*3 O
Os O

CM T
0 M
O Os
^
^4
1








« 0
u a




IS
S3
N
Ul
V*
O
1






0
T
T
M
CM
CM







Ul * 03 tM Os T
N 
r*} H" CM Os Os sQ Q
Ul Ul « Os ^T CM O
O ffl Os ^ f*3 CO M
O O 0 O O O
1 1





O 
-------
results shown in Table 4-16  indicate, a positive.relation does exist.



One explanation  for  this result  is  that  TSP is  picking up regional



differences.  That is, TSP is serving as a proxy for the added  heating



requirements (and  hence  higher  utility bills) in colder  areas.  This



was  not substantiated  in  a specification  with TSP  and  region or



temperature variables.  Another possible explanation is  that



electricity is used  in conjunction with other goods to mitigate the



effects of  air pollution. For example, in  areas  where  relatively more



vacuuming,  air  filtering, etc.  is  required, the demand  for electricity



could be expected to  be somewhat higher.








     With respect to the economic characteristics of the equation




system,  the own-price elasticities are  -1.126  and -1.067 for home



repairs  and utilities,  respectively.  We have  seen no other budget




studies that identify home repairs as a separate item.   However, for



utilities,  our elasticity  estimate is in the range of elasticities



(-0.86 to -1.46) reported by Taylor  (63)  in  a survey  of residential



electricity demand studies.








     The discussions have been rather extended  in both  the food and



shelter categories.  This was done in order to lay out  in some detail



the  testing procedures that were  undertaken in the  evaluation of



alternative  models.   From this review of the  different specifications



of the air  quality variables, we feel reassured that the variables are



fairly stable.  After a discussion of  the  remaining demand  categories



of the  LES, the chosen specifications  are subjected  to  one  more
                                 4-119

-------
sensitivity test.  Specifically, a different structural model, the



homogeneous  translog, is adopted.  Estimation of  demand  equations for



this other  system permits  a  comparison of price  elasticities as well



as the marginal  effects of the  air  pollution  variables  with the



results reported  for the LES.








Home Operations—



     Table  4-17  presents the  final specification  for  the home



operations demand system.  There are two  sets  of  aggregate goods



included in  this system  — laundry/cleaning products  and "other



household  products".   In the  second group, items such  as  paper



products,   air  fresheners,   and insect  sprays  are  included.



Unfortunately, data limitations did  not  allow  the  formation of an



aggregate variable of "household  services" which  includes  expenditure



items like  lawn  care,  gardening services,  and appliance repair



services.








     The  home  operations subsystem is  a two-good  system,  so that OLS



procedures are appropriate and  testing is  based on the F-test.  As



expected, TSP has a direct  relation  with  the demand  for laundry/



cleaning products and is  statistically significant.   In alternative




specifications with  family size and 202' we  cou-'-^ n°t reject the null



hypothesis  that   the coefficients of these variables  were  zero.



However,  the Region  dummy  is statistically  significant  and  an




evaluation  of  the partial derivative of the quantity demanded of



laundry/cleaning  products with respect to region  results  in a  direct
                                 4-120

-------
SYSTEM

Z
rtl
<£
W
Q

en
Z
o
M
Cj
cr*
3
W
cu
o

w
2
o
B
en
w
j


•
t— .

(i
i


w

CD
<
EH







II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
1!
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
11
II
II
||
II
Jl
II
II
II
II
II
II
II


II
n
u
11
II
11
11
II
II
II

II
II
II

II
ON)*(OHSEPI/MOPS)
*-4
UJ
LC
•*
•r*
C
^»
O
fi
*
TH
.


••
"1


CO
CN

•
s)



it
M
X
 CO O>
^ i* *r
^ ssin
« O «r
in o>«
« o rj





in n v
n o sj
C-1 CN CO
T S3 CO
o.r«




T o rs
0 0 T
y^ ^O "^
T SJ 0
O 
TOO
0 «0
CM
1







»•"* O "•«
C ^ i;
S3
in
v
0
o
o
1





^
in
0
o
CN
1




o
n
0-
co
S3
—





O
CO
S3
n
«
e-i

i







o
—
*H
rj
{••j
o
o
o
1





rs
Ps
S3
n
o
CM




CK in c^ o r*j fs
P*3 ^ T UT fs CO Os
S3 )- IS M Cf S3 TJ
(s u -» cj co ro is
V O O O O O





_1
o -• O- CO S3 Ul S3
in H- O (S CM &• S3
n u£ r^ v o rs o*
«  ^t u"3
O OO

LU LULU
CN rt ^
f-J •< O
O S3fS
CM (N SJ
1








-i 0 -i

O
Ul
S3
N
00
H. H-
U1UI
no
n in
con
M(4




CM n
OO
i i
LJUI
ifi in
MS3
rJui



CM *••
OO
•+• -^
U1U
«-" S3
M •T
« n
•



^^ ^^
oo
1 ,
Ul —

lj"3 f*5
ISIS
C-I «









O •**
z, z
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
1
II
II
II

Jl
1!


n
u
n
n
n
M


11
4-121

-------
relation.   A comparison  of  the specification shown in Table 4-17  with

a model in which  the  coefficients Cl and Dl are restricted  to  zero

results in  an F-test  statistic of 7.295,  which is greater than the

critical  value of  2.44.  Thus,  we reject the null hypothesis that the

two coefficients should be restricted  to zero.



     The  elasticities of demand with  respect to TSP are  0.079  and

-0.079 for laundry/cleaning products and other household products,

respectively.*  The own-price elasticities of demand are -1.182 for

laundry/cleaning products and -1.332 for other  household products.



Home Furnishings and Equipment—

     This  disaggregate demand  system  includes  four  goods:   household

textiles, furniture, major and minor appliances, and housewares.  A

distinguishing feature of the goods included in this demand system is

that they can be  thought of as being durable goods.   The existence of

durable economic  goods often  poses a  problem for the researcher.   In

many  instances,  an appropriate separability assumption  is introduced

so  that  durable  goods  can be  excluded from  the  analysis.   Other

options include constructing measures  of the  flow of services provided

by  the durable goods, or simply  treating  purchases of durables as

current consumption items.
* In  a  model  with TSP  entered  in both  translating  terms,  the
  elasticity of laundry/cleaning demand with  respect  to TSP  is  0.089.
  Similarly, with the logarithm  of TSP entered as a  single translating
  parameter,  the elasticity  is 0.063.   All  elasticities  were
  statistically significant.
                                 4-122

-------
     In the present case,  the  latter approach has been adopted.  In



part,  this  assumption seemed  reasonable since the data  consist of



average household expenditures  across all households in a particular




SMSA.








     Table  4-18 presents  the  final specification for this demand



'system.  As the equations show, higher concentrations  of SO- lead to



increased demand for  household  textiles.   This finding  is supported by



evidence cited  in the Criteria Document (5)  that  cottons  and nylons




are  subject to  damage by acids derived  from SO-.   A priori, it also




seemed reasonable to expect that  higher levels of TSP would lead to



increased soiling of  fabrics and consequently  increased cleaning, and



possibly more frequent replacement  because of  wear and tear.   While



the  signs of the TSP  coefficients were as expected,  several specifica-



tions  with TSP included  did  not  lead  to  coefficients  that  were



significantly  different  from zero.








     The demand  elasticity with respect  to SO-  for  household textiles



is 0.100.   This  implies that  a  10  percent reduction in  S02 concentra-



tions  leads to  a 1 percent reduction  in the demand for home textile



products.








     The equation  results recorded  in  Table  4-18 have several



restrictions imposed  on the  E/D variables.  In particular, note that a



translating parameter for S02  is defined only for  household  textiles.



Other  restrictions involve  the appearance  of  the family  size  and
                                 4-123

-------
S
w

cn
J>^
cn

Q
Z
rf^
S
w
Q

cn
C3
2


a
cn
M
2
OS
a
Cn
cn
a
1— H



'
CO
,_)

1
^*

w
. "]
03
^
p^















ii
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
11
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
n
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
M
II
II
,1
II
11
II


II
II
II
II
II
11
H
II
11
ii
II
II
II

11
II
II
u
II
H
II
II
II
||
II
II
||
II
II
II
||
II
II
ii

II

'
II
H

II
>* + 
 u
ZSWWJ*l3t03)t<3SnOM/I.JX3J.H)*(
1^
X
r-j
X
cn
*
r-i
UJ
•*•
0
UJ
*^
4f

1X1
t
Oi
*

UJ
cn
o
X
Cu ••*
a. ui
3 cn
U. 3
~ o
* £
— X
Z 1-1
O Ci.
*•* l£
O  *>H
0 ii.
U. u.
%^ ii.
* •!
-» *
St ~
1 Z
— O

" o
il Ul
j£
CM *
^ M
> U
*
A
X
C-l
X
cn
*
CM
UJ
O
UJ

*
*-l
• U.
                                                          ui ix
                                cn
                                i
                                                      III
                                cc
                                UJ
                                cn
in
CM
in i
ui ex
CM SJ
*• ix
  CK
cn CM
           o N
                                                        «
                                                     M GO
                                                     GO o«
                                                                OK »M
                                                                M o
                                                                CM W
                                                                rs CM
                                     OOOO-OGOIXUTO^CDOO
ui
z
a
o

u
u

u
o
o
     ui
     •z
Oi
o
     cn
o
u
     o
     o
     u
                                Ul
-o in
CM O
                                                111 CO 
-------
region  variables.   The  likelihood  ratio  test  between  this



specification and a model where  all  E/D coefficients are  restricted to



zero results in a  test  statistic of 9.28.   Since this  statistic is



greater  than the critical value  at  the 10 percent confidence level, we



reject the  null hypothesis and adopt the less restricted  model.








     The own-price el-asticities  of demand are -0.848 for textiles,



-1.284  for furnishings,  -1.182  for  appliances,  and -1.370 for



housewares.   As with  some of  the earlier groups that have  been



discussed,  we  have not seen previous demand  studies with a breakdown




like that used here:  However, Abbott and Ashenfelter (64) report own-



price elasticities in the range of -0.601  to -1.525 for an aggregate



durable  goods category.  Our estimates fall  within the range of these




elasticities.








Clothing—



     The clothing disaggregate demand  system  is a two-good  system



comprised of clothing and dry cleaning.   Table  4-19 reports the final



specification for this system.   The included  E/D variables are family



size and temperature.  Temperature replaced the region dummy in this



specification because its more precise  locational  definition provided



a better fit in explaining the share of expenditures on clothing.  The



signs of  the  family  size  and  temperature  coefficients are  both



plausible.   The estimated equation indicates that as  family size



increases, expenditure on clothing  increases.   Similarly,  as



temperature increases,  expenditure on clothing decreases.
                                 4-125

-------









W
EH
CQ
>
CO
Q
Z
S
w
Q

O
Z
H
X
=-t
o
J
CJ

en
j

*
r-l
|
•31

J
(B
<
r i
1 1

II
II
||
II
||


II
II
i!
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
|l
(I
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
n
if
II
II
II
n
o
-i
u
Z
u.
U
>
ce
a
»
o

•K
a
i
a
-»
=
a
u
N
M
&

U
*
~
r
Ul
H-
*
U
in
•c
u.
f-1
u
p
*

a
97
56
260E402
3.569

03 C
X O SJ
•» ^ o
~ 3 O
u. a o
      o
              P» fM
              O, o
              P>.  I
              •* UJ  B

              O —  uC
                 rs  u:


                 N
                                f>* *r tr- o
                                > o O o- M
                           2    n  i   i  CM M
                           «    o ui u o o
                           u    CM rs o> o o
                           Z     . IS CM  .  .
                                •« M in o o
                                   S3 03     1
                                   CM n

                                   CM SJ
                                O P^ •" 03 00
                           t-   ** in •» oo oo
                           •«   ra CM rv oe •»
                           i-   n n rs CM o»
                           en   CM fs in o >
            ce
            ui
                                 CM x 04 CM M
                                 Mi     II
»«o o rs o
 ) O M /s ^»
    1 03 S3 «
..  ,• in rv n
O S3 S3 03 O

       * w in
                                                           S3  IV  CM  I
                                                           CO  0*  CM  I
                                                                      .  CO
                                             — o sj 
h- «•
«
cc
en
u>
in
r-i
o
S3
S3
03
O

0-0
Ul P-- o
3 o in
_' in CN
ARTIAL
«•
,97993
o
, 25545
o
i
,36577
o
,29558
,29065
o o
i i
                                                                                 O O
                                                                                 •+• -t-
                                                                                 Ul Ul
                                                                                 M in
                                                                                 o •«
                                                                                 in o
                                                            n CM CM
                                                            o o o
                                                            *•*•*•
                                                            u ui u
                                                            in n in
                                                            •» S3 rs
                                                            w ro sj
                                                             •  •  #
                                                            S] «i CM
                                                                I   I
                              ift -v e^ n
                              o o o o
                              * -r -f •*•
                              Ul UJ UJ UJ
                              o S3 in o
                              CM in Q •<
                              — n Q-  O


                                                                                       s3 s3 »*  r-j o»-
n
         00
         n
                   •
               0  0
               D  n
            Ul

         » zc cz ta
         O •« W Ul Z
         z a: 
-------
     A priori, one might expect TSP to  influence the demand for both

of these items.   However,  this  was not  substantiated in  the

estimation.   The best fit achieved was  a quadratic  specification for

the maximum  of annual geometric means for TSP. This specification

indicated that  higher concentrations  of  TSP  lead  to higher

expenditures on dry cleaning when the  equation is  evaluated at the

means of the  variables.  The  F-test for the models with and without

the TSP variables  resulted  in  a  statistic less than  the  critical

F-value at the  10  percent level of significance.*  Thus, we fail to

reject  the null  hypothesis  that the  TSP  coefficients should  be

restricted  to zero.




     One possible explanation  as  to why a pollution effect is not

observed in this demand  system  is that  both goods  may be positively

related  to TSP or SC^.  Consequently, given the expenditure constraint

implicit in the system,  the  effect  for either  of the goods may not be

easily identified.    In order to test this  hypothesis,  several single

equation, multiplicative  specifications  were run that  did not include

the constraints mentioned above as a part of the  set of maintained

assumptions.   Again, no  statistically  significant  relationship was

observed between any of the pollution  measures and clothing or dry

cleaning.  Consequently, given this data  set, one  cannot  justify

including pollution variables in the clothing demand system.
* The value of the F-test was 1.36, while the critical value  with
  (2,41) degrees of freedom is approximately 2.44 at the 10  percent
  s igni f icance leve1.
                                4-127

-------
     The own-price elasticities  for  the  specification  shown  in  Table



4-19  are  -1.027  and  -1.283  for  clothing  and dry  cleaning,



respectively.  Our elasticity for clothing is lower than that reported



by Pollak and Wales (43)  for  a  generalized translog  and quadratic



expenditure system, which were in the range -1.3 to -1.7.  However,



our elasticity  is  also  slightly  higher than the elasticities  reported



by these authors for an LES specification  [Reference (41),  elasticity



for clothing equal to about -0.90].








Transportat ion—



     The sixth disaggregate demand system  involves expenditures for



transportation purposes.   The two goods included in this system are



gas  and fuel,  and  "other vehicle operations".  The  latter  good



includes items  such as lubricants, filters, tires, batteries,  body



work, and electrical work.








     A priori,  one might  expect TSP or S02 to affect  the demand for



both of these goods.  For example, acids from S02  may add to corrosion



of metal surfaces, while high concentrations  of TSP may hinder vehicle



performance because  of particle accumulations in  engine parts.







     The demand  for gas  and  fuel  may also be  directly related to



pollution levels.  For example, over time, people  may decide to reside



further away  from  highly polluted central city areas in  order to



ameliorate the  disamenity  affects of pollution  at their residence.  In
                                 4-128

-------
this case, they exhibit a willingness to  trade off  increased gas and

fuel costs for  a cleaner environment at their homes.*



     S0? and TSP  were included  in  several specifications for this

demand system.  While  the coefficient for TSP was always  statistically

insignificant,  a significant,  positive relation was observed between

S0_ and the demand  for gas and fuel.



     The final specification for this system is shown in Table 4-20.

The E/D variables included in the  equation  are  the maximum second-high

concentration of  S02 and  temperature.  Alternative models with family

size and region did  not support the inclusion of these variables.  The

coefficient for temperature  is positive,  which indicates  that there is

a direct relation between temperature and  the demand for  gas and  fuel.

This seems plausible for at least two  reasons.   First,  the  use of

automobile air conditioners is likely to increase  in warmer areas,

which could result  in  a loss of fuel efficiency, and  consequently more

expenditures for gasoline.  Second, warmer temperatures might also

lead to more frequent outdoor, away from  home activities.



     The demand elasticities  with respect  to SO2  are 0.038  and  -0.034

for gas and fuel and other vehicle operations, respectively.**  The


 * Note that this effect is consistent  with the  notion  that certain
   long-run adjustments have already been made.

** When SCu is entered in both translating terms, the elasticity of
   gas and tuel demand with  respect to SCU is 0.039.  With SO- entered
   logarithmically, the elasticity is  also  0.039.  In each  of the
   specifications,  the elasticities were  statistically  significant.
                                 4-129

-------
    II
 •  II
O  II
CN  II
 I   II
^  I)
CQ
S







S
W
E^
CO
>l
CO
Q
2
<
S
w
Q
2
0
M
&•<
<
EH
Di
O
CO
s
<^
OH
P-l
II
II
||
||
II
II
||
II
11
II
II
11
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
||
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
M
II
•«
£
r
N
HH
U.
O
X
UI
*
£
UI
I™
*
+^
a
+
o
a
•*
«
i
•«
•«.
en
«
Li
r
X
)•*
u.
u.
C3
CN
X.
en
*
CM
CJ
UI

*

u

o
u
         1*5
M
in
CM
X
in
H
CO
CM
S3
M
M
O



II

<&
en
"O ^
u
it

f^
 co
0 T CX
Z CO
0 S3
1- 0

*4 •
o
CO
V 11

II UI 11
o
» z a
a « ca
z -! CO llTM
1_ »< -
-------
own-price  elasticities are -1.220 and -1.000 for these  goods.   The




estimates of own-price elasticity are  within  the range of elasticities



reported  by  Abbott and  Ashenfelter  (64)   (-0.571  to  -1.439)  for



transportation services.








Personal Care—



     Table  4-21  reports the results for  the final specification of the




personal care disaggregate demand system.  The  three goods included in



this system are non-insured medical care,  prescription drugs,  and



personal care items.  Since all three of these items are related to



health expenditures, there  is a basis for suspecting that increased



levels  of air pollutants may lead to higher demands for these items.








     However, estimation of the demand system does not  support the



hypothesis  that TSP or SO- should be  included in the equations.   For



example,  with a  translating  parameter  for TSP  added  to each



translating  expression in the system,  the test statistic,  relative to



the case where each TSP translating parameter is  zero, is  2.37.   Since



this is less than the critical value of 6.25, we fail to reject  the



null hypothesis.  On the other  hand, a comparison of the specification



shown in Table 4-21 with a completely  restricted model leads  to a  test



statistic of 9.28, which is greater  than the 10  percent chi-square



critical value.  Therefore, we reject  the null hypothesis.








     There  are two  possible reasons for  the statistical insignificance



of the  pollution variables in this system.   First,  if  all  three goods
                                 4-131

-------
 s   II
 H   II
 EH   II
 cn   ii
 I*   II
Q   II
U   II      *
 O  II
 cn  n
 tf  n
 H  n
 a<  ii
      n
•cn  n
 w  n
•->  n
(N  II
 I   II
I1  II
     II
W  II
J  II
cn  n
            Ul
            *
            o
            Ul
            ce
            4
            u
            fie
            u.
            Z
            cn
            a
            ui
            ce

                    o
                    Ul
                     Ul
                     ce
                    co
                    ce
                    ui
                    u.
                    0
                    o
                    u
                     I

                    a
                    ui
            *      ce
            —      4
            4      U
             I       X
            Ul
            ce
            4
            U
            a.
            u
                     u.
                     Ul
                     ce
                     H
                     ta
                     CM
                     a
o ~    o —
QJ j"l    ^ A
ce ui    ce ui
* ce    * ce
— 4    — 4
U U    fi U
i- r    -c z
O -X    OX
u •»    a —
~ u.    ~ i
*cn    w co
— z    ~ z

4 z    a z
                                                                           fit
                                                                           ce
                                                                           ui    •»

                                                                           Q
                                                                           1-
                                                                           cn
                                                                                 aa
                                                                                 r-.
                                                                                MX » •« n n  » -• r
                                                                                                 n
                                                                                                 n
                                                                                                 in r^
                                                                           _
                                                                           4
               z
             B O
            n a
            N Ul
           z
         B O
                      fMO
                      fs Ul
                                                                    _
                                                         o 4 a — ui  ui
                                                         z a 4 x co  cn
                                                              ce n    ce
                                                           -    ce caul
                                                           z    *•_):>
                                                         ui z — 4 co  z
                                                         ce i- co r M  i-
                                                         4 ~ Z       I
                                                         u ce o co ui  x
                                                         u. a —    >
                                                         ~ j a.
                                                         -i -i
                                                         ui      >- ce f
                                                         Bh~^»MUl**
                                                         a a. a. z >- z
                                                         z o o *-< >•< >^
                                                                                   n •*
















































CO
u


Ul

^m
4

03

Z
o
fc—
4
a
a
Ul

o
z
ta*
en








B « II
H B II
g ii ^u
ii » T n n
u 3 u co T n
B a B o in g
B B O ft «
ii g • • u
g g tM n »
n u B
a a g
» B g
B a B
a « B
It > B
B B B
B B CMn B
B B 0--O 11
a u — tn i
B ce B on B
a co a m -o u
u ca B o o g
B B • • B
B BOOB
B a a
B B a
» » B
B B B
B B B
B B B
B B a
B B -OKI fl
B B 0}n fl
B 1 N •• 1
B Q fl -.0) g
B co g f) rs B
a ce B no n
nun • • n
« B O O II
ii ii g
H g g
n g n
it H a
BO n
g B a
g g g
OB »
B B O M g
a B o n a
a g m » g
» Q g •« in g
n in ii m « g
ii ce a » c< o
n n - - ii
it g o o ii
n ii u
n 11 n
H u it
ii n a
ii u ii
g a u
u g n
a ii a
g it n
g a n
n g ii
n g ii
g g «
a n ** n ii
« g a
« a z z a
a a aa u
g g ui ui n
B g g
11
11
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
||


It
||
II
U
11
u
ii
II
II

II
If
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
il
jj
ii
n
II
it
u
II

II
II
n
n
II
ii
u
II
II
II
II
II
II
jj

II
n
u
II


II

II


II
II
II
II
II
II
il
                                                                                4-132

-------
are directly affected  by  TSP  or  SC^r  the  constraints  imposed  through



the system estimation may conceal air pollution effects for  any one



good.   However,  as before,  single-equation  regressions for each good



did not support this hypothesis.  Alternatively, it may be that the



three goods are defined at  too aggregate a level  so  that  any air



quality  effects  for a particular  good  are not easily  identified.  This



is a real  possibility  in this  demand system, since personal care items



encompass  over 50 items  while non-prescription drugs is defined for



about 30 separate  items.   In each case, some of the goods  in the group



may be affected by high concentrations of TSP or  S02,  while others may



not.








     The own-price demand  elasticities for  the  equations  shown in



Table 4-21  are  -1.256,  -1.541,  and  -1.024  for non-insured  medical



care,  non-prescription drugs,  and personal care items, respectively.








Summary  of LES Model—



     In this subsection,   the empirical  results for  the  LES



disaggregate demand system have been  described.  Each  equation  set has



been  subjected  to  a variety  of checks  in  order  to  gauge  the



plausibility of the equations  presented as final  specifications.



These checks have included alternative specifications of the way in



which  the pollution  variables  are  allowed to  enter the  system,



calculation of  elasticities of demand with respect to  prices and



pollution, and where possible, comparison with elasticities taken from
                                 4-133

-------
the literature.  These  checks  indicate that our final specifications

are reasonable.



     There  is one other set of  checks that can be made.  This involves

estimating a different structural model.  In the  next subsection,  a

demand system  using equations generated from a homogeneous translog

(HTL) indirect utility function  is  estimated.  Estimation of  this

second system provides another basis for judging  the sensitivity of

the results.  For example,  it would  be  reassuring  if  the various sets

of elasticities we  have calculated for  the  LES are  not drastically

different from those derived from  the HTL model.



Linear Logarithmic Expenditure  System



     The  linear logarithmic expenditure system  is  derived from an

indirect utility function that is  a homogeneous   transcendental

logarithmic function:
                     n               n   n

       In W =  a0 + ^ <*i ln Pi +   C E pi  ln  pi  ln Pj   (4'29)
where W is the indirect utility index, fr^-  = |i ^  for all i and j ;  p^
                                      *
are  normalized prices such  that p j_  = p./M (where  M is  total
                  n           n
expenditure);  and  I  a. =1;   H  13^ = 0 for all j.
                                   J
                                 4-134

-------
     Individual  commodity expenditures  can  be  obtained  by  using Roy's

identity:
            *       a in w       ^    n,  ,
          -p^X^  =  	j      for all  i.
                   a in pi
Given the form  of  In W, this can be rewritten  as:
                         n
          -piXi  =  ai + /_/ ^ij ln Pj       f°r  a11  i*          (4.30)




Lau, Lin  and Yotopoulos (45)  show that  within this framework,  E/D

variables can be introduced such that the  consumption expenditure

functions become:
                         n
            *            ^^         *
          -p;X-  =  a, + )  . !!..: In p.:
                         m

                        LJ £ik ^n Sk      ^or
                        k=l
                                n
with the additional  restriction  I  c^ = 0 for all  k, where Sk is the
                               i=l
k   E/D variable and m  is the number of E/D variables.
     This way of introducing  E/D variables into a demand  system is

different  from the translating technique used  with the  LES.   The
                                  4-135

-------
advantage  in  specifying  the  system  as  in  Equation (4.34)  is that each

equation of the system is linear so that estimation and hypothesis
                     •
testing  become  easier.  Unfortunately,  the homogeneity  restriction on

the E/D variables can  lead to difficulties in  constructing a

meaningful aggregate price index.  This problem is discussed more

fully  in the  next  subsection.



     For estimation  purposes,  it is convenient to  make use of the

homogeneity assumption on the indirect  utility function.  This results

in an  expenditure  function of the  form:
                        n-1

                                  pj - ln pn
                         m
                        L-J  eik  ln Sk   for
                        k=l
Furthermore,  in the reported results,  the cross-equation symmetry

restrictions 13 ^. = [3^.  for all  i,j have been imposed.



     The feature  that  sets the HTL  specification apart  from more

general translog  forms  is the  homogeneity assumption.   While this

assumption  is required  for the two-stage optimization model to be

valid,  it does impose  restrictions  that have  an  economic  interpreta-

tion.   In particular,  the total expenditure elasticity of demand for

each good must be  unity.  Note,  however,  that  because  the  analysis is
                                 4-136

-------
concerned with disaggregate subsystems,  this does not imply  that  the

income elasticity of demand for each commodity is unity.  The  latter

would seem to be an even  more  tenuous assumption.



     Tables 4-22 through  4-28 present the final  specifications  for  the

HTL disaggregate demand system.  Note  that each of the  dependent

variables is an expenditure share  so  that only  N-l equations  for each

system are estimated.   The coefficients  of  the  remaining  equation  can

be derived  from the homogeneity and symmetry constraints.



     The  discussion  of  the  results for  the  HTL will  be  limited.

Instead of providing  a detailed account of the  steps undertaken to

arrive at a final specification,  the  emphasis is  on comparing  the  HTL

results with those  of  the LES.  Specifically, comparisons  are made  for

the various elasticity measures.



     Own-price elasticities of demand  for the HTL  are  presented in

Table 4-29.  These  elasticities are calculated from the relation:
                     Pi          BUM
                         =  -1 - -=—                          (4.33)
where  B^ is  the  coefficient  for the  ith price  term in  the ith

equation,  M  is  total expenditure in  the  category  and x-  is the

quantity demanded of  the ith good.
                                 4-137

-------



w
El
en
Q
z,
frl
Q
n
0
o
CM
EH

CN
(N
1
PL)
m

E-<


n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
ii
n
u
n
n
n
n
n
n
ii
ii
ii
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
ii
ii
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
u
n
ii
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n

n
ii
n
u
n
n
HFOOD»«B2«(LnO<
MS7)IOI2»REOION
H it.
ino
c*
FOOD) -LOO
Fooomoi
I/M33IH)00
u/uxjaaioo
Sg
ax.
Xflt
u. —
ca o
r -
•v *
O M
oa
<=> a
oo
oo
X X
ii
£5
oa
- rtllt'OKlC
I/HFOOtll-Lf
— o

(ZSH
)00-|l*Z3l«aOOM
t —
u o
we
s»
FOOD) -LOO
FOOD)) 4 02
OO«MF-KPI/X
00(MIBCPI/H
-.0
/»roo»))
RUEPI/MF
*•* w
bs
tn o
o n
ou
ii
£z
N X
< u

o a
• A2»|i|» »03
X X
II
no
ix
ii
5-
— *
O CH
o a
ii
oo
zz
X X
ii
ijj m
= 0
- A3«f)2*-LCl
*• o
i a



o
»•

V «i
, s
o o
i '
K
0-51

ii
ou
Z H.
a 3 .
2 !i?
S ! 8| =
i- "S
§ 1 Mi_
u> u aE £
5 z iSi
U U U.Q —
1 1 j^i
o o ati.




831WHI1B3
^
Z
"o
£«
zz
u
!.
a
U I
^
si-
i*i
UO)
n *•
_j «* *•»
0) W W
it U *"
_J •
« Ui U
— u £
< 3 2
ra u :
>
Z S Z
f

1


n
i i i <« i i i 1111
i

oooooooooooooooo o oo
*> OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
CO
to

t 1 ! 1 ! 1 I I i ! I CA
5
i
Ik —
u 
N C4 « «•
CD (M
0 F1O O
O O O O
o oo o

N n o> •«
« -* n N
o oo o

§ "S 2
•o o o o
*o o *o n
n M n n
o o o o


o c c cs


II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

II
II
II
11
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
4-138

-------

s
w
EH
CO
^
cn

Q
2
<£
S
w
Q
rv*
PH
w
EH
W
33
CO


J
EH
33


*
CO
CN
1
^*

W
)_3
ffl

EH
















II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II

II
II
II
II
II
II



II
II
II

II
U
Jl
II
II
1!
II
II
II
II
Jl
II
II
II
n
u
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
ii
n
II
II
u
II
(SX2HI)tEl*LOG(TX2HI
CO
O
-1
*
*H
£3
i
^
ce
Ul
H-
Ul

cn
r
N

u.
«
3
>^
O
O

1

2
Ul
t-
1
Ul
z
cn
r
N
M
i^
 Z
C-l
o
• II
o
z
 eo o
in •« o r a n o

O Ul O CD 111 O-
o C& o M w ro
* • • • •
O 0 0 O 0
1





1
r*} ^ ^ 00 co ^
•^ •-* r*3 UT r*5 o
CA t- 03 — O- 0-
c-j ce c-j co T -H
o « sj n n T
• &, • • • •
o o o o o
1 1








u.
Ul
^ O rt « ^ TH
ui u * S3
z in o-
C O M
M • •
ce 
• • •
n ft —
i










i-H »H r^

-------
s
w
EH
W
X
Cfl
Q
Z
si
w
Q
cn
z
o
1-H
EH
£
w
cu
0
a
o
35
EH
35

ca n
i •
i


0-
Ot -0
u o
0»
t- 0
CO
o

VALUE
.21741
o
i






u.
UJ
o ~
u -
° o o o a: •TCM
0
u
, r» M M
i^ 7r O O O
£ 2 o n in iii
v ^inrxr«j uj uj LU
2 C^-CW •« «B tM
T S M m CM CM T r4
« «nn«r « « ^
° O O O 03 — M
1 II II






u.
UJ
u S«Su «So











II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
If
II
II
II
II
II
II
4-140

-------
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
f II
1AND SYSTE1
2* II
W ||
Q II
II
URNISHING£
fa II
II
J II
EH II
K II
II
II
• II
in n
CN ||
1 II
<* II
II
W II
J II
a n
+B2
3X2HI)
i-LOG(HWARI
>+G12*LOG(i
UI ~
en LU
3 en
O 3
£ O
X £

X u.
ui a:
i- «
C3 >^
o es
-1 O
>» -i
* i
i-i ^.
a ui
•+• en
5i
II X

M a.
^ &.
>- u.

l-LOG(HWARPI/MOUSE) )+C3*(LOG
: FURNPI /MOUSE]
es
0 Z
-J O
V M
* cn
:-I/MOUSE) >+C2
rAMSZ)+G23*REi
>-LOG(HWARI
>+G21*LOG(l
UI ->
[/MOUS
'MOUSE

X ii.
UJ CZ
1— •«
Z 3
£3 'w
a cs
_! O
*•* ^
* i
CM "*
1X1 UI
-t- en
CN 3
• u.
i  -LOG (HWARPI /MOUSE >MD3*( LOG
FURNPI /MOUSE]
cs
o z
-t O
"~ 1-1
* cs
-•I/MOUSE) HC3
~AMSZ)+G33*REi
i-LOGOIWARI
i+G31*LOG(l
LU ~-
en ui
3 en
O 3
£ O
X £
W \

X ii.
LU u£
1- ^
O CD
_! O
— -1
* 1
M •**
a, ui
-t- cn
W 3
« 0
II X

fO U.
^ CL
>• CL
1 ^







Q
UI

Z
o
"^




M
II
Q
UI
O
Z
V Ui
o
11 u.
1
Li UC

0 
~ •« cn z
en z M «
Z 1
O W UI Z
i-i Z>
1- _l l-l _l
u. ^ K -i ic*'j
en W^U~JWP')'««I*)^M'<^CB^
h^ IO ^O O '^ CN ^™4 M *^ TH ^r CJ CM CJ M
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
•^ orx-< incjvrxaocxxjco
CN •* T llT rt CM M IX CN Irt IX CK C-l »•
CC sj -^ UT W li"3 00 If) -O C-l « O UT CB O
UI — OOCJCJC-JTTVOO^'-H
1- OOOOOOOOOOOOOO
cn

f J f .j QQ [j^ ^ vH ^, ^ *O UT ^^ W ^ f'i
^C O ^1 ^? O O O *"^ O O O C^ C^ O ^
oooooooooooooo
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1





u.
LU C-J -< •« W W
o ^~* cj M '^ r-i r*3 c-j to r*i ^^ c-i r*3 M r-j
o «
-------
DEMAND SYSTEM

U
£*
H
B
EH
o

u

-,
9-i
B

.
VD
CN
1
^4'

T
M
CO
EH













II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II

H
It
H
j|

11
j|

II
II
II
II
||
II
II
II
II
II

II
II
II
II


II
II
11

II
II
||
||

II
CLOTH) >+Cl*LOGG
Z
X
1— (
U.
U
fl£

•**
a
a
!
y^
E
i^
z
X
0.
w
U
Z
3
O
^j
*
•V

 m
a •*• v
z n
Q *1
1— V
CM

O
CD
 o o
O CN CO CO
> n n n
o o o o
i i










»•* *•* ^^ C1*
« ffi O CJ
o
1
UJ
CO
CM
*
M in
o o
1 1
UI Ui
0 0
CS C
-t O-
« •
CN n
i
X
»•<


-------


2
W
E"
CO
>
CO
Q
&
<
•£
W

z:
o
H
£-1
<
EH
pj
O
QJ
CO


S
C_J
l_ '
J
HH
C_J
t^


[^.
CM
|
^f

W
J
CQ
<
£-4

















II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
H
11
11
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
[1
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
11
11
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
1)
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
ii
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
^\
U.
•z.
LU
H-
X*-
O
O
-J
*
T-l
Ci
^L
^r
^

05
2

**^
CD
O
_!
1
-^,
05
2

i


».
—




o
fi
^.
UT
•xt
X
C-4
s-^
u.




>O
m
rx
in
o
•
o


ii

cs
Cij
m a:
0
ii

ii:
 co
O T IX
2  ... a. ...
o o o o o o
II II








u. u.
LU LU
O THT-i-p-i O 1-ii-i-i-i
CJ 
-------
!E DEMAND SYSTEM
a.
u
o
w
di
•^
E-t
rn


,
CO
CN
1
^f
W
TABL









II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
n
II
II
II
11
||
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

11
II
II

||
|
II
II
»4CJ*(LDG-LOG-
•I/HCARE)-L
u»
en
Ul
o
a
"^
u
M
en
z
u.
a
a
*
n
n
a
iREGIOm
t*
n
0
^*
C-i
«
n

n
fx
>













u
it.
4
z
X
—
u*
to
Z

z

a
o











a
z
A
O
Ul
u
z
Ul
o
u
z
0
u














M
Ul
z
-
~1 Ck
•CO
H* h-
u. CL
ao





COErFICIENT ESTIHATES
).0001
OH INITIAL
CONCR = (
u. in
rj
a
Ul II
ss
U "" H-
-1 -1 C£
4 4
u a. i-
ui en
en t-
•c _i
3 3
Ci — 
-------
        TABLE 4-29.  OWN-PRICE ELASTICITIES  OF  DEMAND
            Category
                                 HTL  system
             LES system
Food

  a.
  b.
  c.
  d.
  e.
Cereal and bakery products
Meats
Dairy products
Fruits and vegetables
Miscellaneous foods
-1.260
-1.211
-1.309
-0.981
-1.337
-1.245
-1.079
-1.159
-0.985
-1.041
Shelter

  a.  Home repair
  b.  Utilities

Home operations

  a.  Laundry/cleaning products
  b.  Other household products

Furnishings and equipment

  a.  Textiles
  b.  Furniture
  c.  Appliances
  d.  Housewares

Clothing

  a.  Clothing
  b.  Dry cleaning

Transportation

  a.  Gas and fuel
  b.  Other vehicle operations

Personal care

  a.  Non-insured medical care
  b.  Non-prescription drugs
  c.  Personal care
                                   -1,
                                   -1,
   220
   074
                                   -1.348
                                   -1.351
                                   -0.792
                                   -1.300
                                   -1.249
                                   -1.462
                                   -1.049
                                   -1.314
                                   -1.128
                                   -1.101
                                   -1.278
                                   -1.412
                                   -1.052
-1.126
-1.067
               -1.182
               -1.332
               -0.848
               -1.284
               -1.182
               -1.370
               -1.027
               -1.283
               -1.220
               -1.000
               -1.256
               -1.541
               -1.024
                               4-145

-------
     The own-price elasticities  for  the  LES system are also included

in Table 4-29.  As can be seen from the table, there is good agreement

between the  calculated own-price elasticities of  the two systems.



     Another important  check  that  can be made  is with respect  to the

elasticity  between demand and the pollution variables.  Since it is

these  elasticities which  play a crucial  role  in determining  the

benefits associated with an  improvement in air quality, it would be

reassuring  to find similar results  for the two  systems.   Table 4-30

presents the results for this plausibility check. As with the own-

price elasticities of demand,  there was good correspondence between

the results of the two models.  In general, the  HTL elasticities are



 TABLE 4-30.  ELASTICITIES BETWEEN DEMAND AND THE POLLUTION VARIABLES


                Category                    HTL system    LES system


  Shelter

    a.  Home repairs (SO-)                   0.062        0.061
    b.  Utilities  (TSP)                      0.039        0.025

  Home operations

    a.  Laundry/cleaning products (TSP)       0.099        0.079

  Furnishings and  equipment

    a.  Textiles  (S02)                       0.078        0.100

  Transportation

    a.  Gas  and  fuel  (S02)                     —*         0.038
* SO2 not a statistically significant variable,
                                  4-146

-------
slightly  larger  than those observed  from the LES  system, but the




differences do not seem extraordinary.








     The checks  discussed so far use information obtained only from



the estimated  parameters  of  the two  disaggregate  demand models.



Another component of the plausibility  analysis  could focus on the



implied effect of  the  air  pollution measures  on  the price indices



developed  for the aggregate  stage of the two-stage budgeting problem.



This is  the next  topic considered.








Derivation of Aggregate Price Index








     Once  the parameters  of  the disaggregate demand systems  have been



estimated, the next step is to construct consistent aggregate price



indices.  In the model  development subsection, the assumptions that



are required  for  the existence  of  these  indices were described.  Here,



those results  are applied to the  specific  functional  forms  that have



been analyzed.   The  objective  in  forming these  indices  is to develop



the information  that  is needed to estimate  the aggregate stage system.








     The construction of these price indices also provides another



means of  checking  the  plausibility of the role of  air  pollution



measures  in our models.  In particular, air pollution measures have



been found to be statistically significant variables in four of the



disaggregate  demand  systems.   Thus,  the  four aggregate  price indices




developed  from  these subsystems  will be functions  of air quality.   A
                                 4-147

-------
priori,  the  expectation is that as air quality  improves,  the aggregate


price index should fall since  the  cost of providing a given unit of


cleanliness  (or  some  other service  flow) should be lower.






LES System—



     In the  LES  system, outputs are characterized  by  a function of the



form:
                                b2              bn
                        (x2 - s2)   ... (xn - sn)
                (4.34)
where each of the variables are as defined  previously.  There are two


characteristics  of this function which are important for defining an


aggregate index.   First,  Equation  (4.34)  is  affinely  homothetic.  This


means that the function is homothetic to the point (s-^,S2/ ... ,  sn).


Second,  since  the b-'s  sum  to  unity,  the  function is  linearly


homogeneous.  Given these two characteristics,  it  is  convenient to


define  an aggregate  quantity  index  in the same  form as  Equation


(4.34).   With the quantity index defined in this way,  the  aggregate


price index  is defined  such  that the product of  the price and quantity


indices  equals total group expenditure.  This  leads to an  aggregate


price index  of the form:
      pi  '
                                Mi
                              (xi2~si2).
(x~s
  in~in) .
                :4.35)
                                 4-143

-------
where     P-   is  the  aggregate price index for the i   category.

          M-   is  total expenditure in the ifc  category.

   (x. --s- •)   is  the  quantity demanded  net of variations implied by
     1    1    the translating parameters for the j   good in the ifc"
              commodity  group.
          ).j_  is  the marginal budget share.

              indexes the  nun
              commod i ty group.
                                                        •f* V^
n  indexes  the  number  of  disaggregate  goods in the  i
     The  immediate interest with Equation  (4.35)  is to identify  the

role of air pollution  in the price index.   Air quality variables enter

Equation (4.35) through the s^.   Clearly,  if  all estimated parameters

for S02 or TSP in a given system are positive, then a  reduction in

concentrations will lead  unequivocally  to  a  decrease in  the  aggregate

price index.   Will this always be the case?



     The manner in which the translating  parameters  are  introduced in

the  LES system  implies  that  a positive effect of  a  translating

variable for one  good  in a demand system must be counterbalanced by an

equivalent negative  effect elsewhere  in the  system.  Thus,  in a two-

good system,  with TSP entered as a translating variable  for both

goods,   the estimated  coefficients for  TSP must have different  signs.

Returning  to Equation  (4.35),  this  implies  that the  direction of

change of the price index for an air quality improvement depends on

the relative sizes  of  the  marginal budget shares.



     In the LES system results  reported earlier, the  air pollution

variables  are  included as translating terms only for  those goods whose
                                  4-149

-------
demands are affected directly by pollution.   For  example,  in the  home



operations system,  TSP was included in the translating  expression for



laundry/cleaning  products, while  it did not appear for other household



products.   The constraint on fixed expenditures is maintained,  since



the intercept term  of  the translating  expression  for other household



products picks up the  required offsetting effect.








     The question here is whether TSP in and of itself is expected to



lead to a change in the demand  for "other household products".   The



basis for an  adequate answer  is,  in  part,  limited to available prior



information.   In  particular,  the Criteria  Document  (5)  does  not



present evidence  that the types of goods included in "other household



products" would  be affected by  changes  in air quality.  This prior



information provides one rationale for  adoption of a  restricted model.








     Alternatively,  it  should  be  noted  that specifications  with



pollution variables appearing in all translating  expressions  were



generally not supported by  statistical  tests.   In particular,



comparisons with models  in which  some  of the air quality coefficients



were restricted to zero typically resulted in a failure to reject the



null hypothesis;  that is,  the  restrictions were warranted.








     It should be  stressed that the observations made above  do not



invalidate Equation (4.35)  as  a  meaningful price  index.   Rather,  they



indicate that care  must  be taken when attempts are made to analyze the



effects of changes  in certain variables on the  aggregate  price  index.
                                  4-150

-------
     Given  the parameter estimates  of the LES system, one statistic of

interest involves the predicted  average percent change in aggregate

price per unit decrease in the  air quality measures.   For TSP,  this

value was  -0.008 percent  for both the shelter and home operations

aggregate categories.  Similarly, the average percent change in the

aggregate price index for  a unit decrease  in S02 concentrations  was

-0.002,  -0.003, and -0.005  percent  for  the  shelter, furnishings,  and

transportation aggregate goods, respectively.*  Each of these values

is of the anticipated sign and the magnitudes are not offensive to

prior intuition.



HTL System —

     Following Lau, Lin, and Yotopolous (45), an aggregate

price index for the HTL can be defined as:
                    n
          In Pi  =  ^wk In  P*                                (4.36)
                   k=l
where PJ  is the  aggregate price index  for  the i   category,  w^. is  the

share of the kfc  good in the, disaggregate  system, p-u is the fixed

price of the  ktn good,  and n  indexes  the  number  of  goods in  the

disaggregate group.
* The total change in price for a change in air quality consistent
  with attainment of the secondary standards generally resulted in
  price changes of less  than $0.01.  The maximum observed change in
  price  was approximately $0.015.
                                4-151

-------
     As air quality changes,  the  shares adjust so that their sum is



always unity.   Since  the  shares are weighted by  the  fixed prices, the



direction of change  in p. for an improvement in air quality depends



solely on the  relative  prices  of  the  goods  in  the  system.  Thus, in a



two-good system, if a decrease  in concentration levels leads to a



decrease in expenditures  in the first equation  of the system, P^ will



decrease only  if the  price  of  the  first  good (i.e.,  the good  for which



the expenditure share  in the  first equation  is defined)  is greater



that the price of the second good.  The  possibility that P^ can move



in any direction with an improvement in air quality runs counter to



our _a priori expectations that P^  should decrease in such a case.








     An explanation as to why  this may occur is related to the way in



which air pollution variables  are  introduced in the HTL specification.



In particular,  if one looks at the  subfunction which  generates the



share equations and ultimately the aggregate  indices,  it is  apparent



that the terms involving pollution variables in the share  equations



are price dependent.  That  is, they  are  generated  from  price interac-



tion terms  in the main subfunction.   This subfunction can be written



as:
                                  4-152

-------
                  u        *   *•
     In w  =   aQ 4- I a. In p- + E bfc In qfc
                   -, n n
                   -  I I cjk In p. in pk
                 +  i I I dtm in q  in ^ + £ I e.   In p*  In qfc   (4.40)
                   z t m                   3 t



where the p^ are normalized prices, qfc are E/D variables, and  the a,


b,  c,  d, and  e  terms  are  parameters.   With  the share equations


obtained by taking  the partial derivative of  In  W with respect to In


p*, the parameters a,.,  b  , and d.  cannot be identified.  Note that


this occurs because the  b   and  d.   terms are  price independent.  The


e-t terms,  which  are ultimately  identified, are price  dependent.




     In effect, when only the e-.  terms are used in the  formation of


the aggregate  price index, there is an implicit assumption that  the bt


and dfc  contributions to the subfunction In w are zero.   In turn, this


may restrict the  interpretation of the aggregate price  index.
     One way to  incorporate these observations is to estimate the


expenditure function of the HTL system as part of a system with the


share equations.   While this approach would identify the other para-


meters,  it is difficult to  implement  empirically because the expendi-


ture function depends on the level of  indirect  utility.   Consequently,


the aggregate  stage  demand system for  the HTL specification is not


estimated.
                                 4-153

-------
Estimation of  Aggregate Stage Systems







     Given the aggregate price indices,  it  is  possible to estimate the



LES aggregate  stage system.   For convenience,  it is assumed that the



form of the utility function in the aggregate stage is identical to



the  form  of  the  function  used to generate demand  curves  at the



disaggregate stage.   Thus,  we again look at demand specifications of



the LES form.
     Table 4-31 presents the final specification for the LES  system.



As structured,  air pollution enters the final stage of analysis only



through its effect on the appropriate  aggregate  price indices.  There



are seven utility-generating "goods" in the aggregate  system,  so that



six equations  are estimated.   The parameters Al,  Bl, Cl, Dl, El, and



Fl are the marginal budget shares for the services provided by food



consumption,  shelter, home operations, furnishings,  clothing, and



transportation, respectively.   The  marginal budget share for personal



care  items can be derived from the restriction that the sum of the



budget shares  must equal  unity.  These  estimates  are all statistically



significant and appear reasonable  in magnitude.







     Table 4-32  presents estimates of   the own-price  demand



elasticities  for  the LES aggregate system.  Five of the seven goods



have own-price elasticities less  than  unity,  which indicates that as



prices decrease, quantity demanded  increases  less than proportionately



so that total  expenditure declines.  These  elasticities are comparable
                                  4-154

-------


2
H
EH
03
>
02
Q
3
<
2

Q

w
EH
<
o
w
«
d
o
<


CO
w
J



ro
1
w
J
CQ
EH















II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
1!
II
II
II
M
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

II
II
II
II
II
II

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
jj

11
M
II
II
II
II


II
II

II
II
II
II
*PHOUSE/MTOT+H1*PCLOTH/MTOT+
41
~1
-t-
*—
O
t-
£
en
LU
a
Q_
*
41
H
-f-
K
O
K-
£
X
Li
Ul
PSHELT
»
*4
I

*
41

O
t—
£ ~
X t-
A O
O 1-
O £
Lu X
LU UJ
* Li
O U
* LL.
— LU
1 Z
4"^ ^
s* H-
a
II H-
£
h- X
o tn
K Z
£ -
£
X i
C£ 1-
Ul O
1- t-
LU X
X UJ
en L£
u. ^
* u
41 U.
X u.
* *
1 L-
41 0
£
II X
tn
1- Z
o c
>- Li
£ 1-
X LU
& &
LU i

_i -i-
Ul H
x o
tn t-
£ £


F'HOUSE/MTOTtKl*PCLOTH/MTOT +
*
41
-1
-t-
0
K
Li
Ul
^B
_l
Ul
en
u.
*
41
^
-t-
t—
O
QOH/MT
Lu
LU
*

(2
-^
*
41
U
1
41
U
o ~
h- i—
£ O
X t-
tn £
LU X
O UJ
LU Li
* - h-
O
11 f«
£
1- X
o tn
H- 2
£ 
' ••&
41 -t-
— )—
o
II h-
^
K^
Q X
h- 1—
£ O
X J
en ej
Z LU
 -> UJ
Z Z &
O Q C
tJ C £










O
*i
11

K
£H
£
n
_I
Li
UJ
i—
M



O
o
o
u
_IU
.>*i c
3U
c
u.
i

UJ
X
CJ
ll!
J •
u. «
1
Z II
c
A tn
c c
A «I
cc

t— tn
2 c
C i
ei-
•J LU


U. LU
O C










ESTIMATES
H- if)
Z O
Lu 1
M Lu
O O
n O
U O
Lu O °-
u. O «
CO -i-
ii • 35
^7 ^
H* u£
— U
z z
ii O
CJ
o
Lu!D
a" g
UJ II Lu
— 1 K
3 £ en
L! n K
-J -J a

U ui K
uj tn
en K

_l n _i
•« H- « - ui 1- Lu
W4 L.- i«^ Q
*^ M< *•* *J
2 1- Z U










II
II
II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
j|
II
II
II
Ps ||
•o ON < t>- -o rj rs w o -o iiT
rjO'Gr'j-oossececvjTO-T n
co >• *c c *i ^ f*i ?c r-j o ts «r o ||
~ J*" ^"'T ^^ ~"J ,|
n
i
n
n
n
n
H
If) — « -o N -0 CJ ||
CO ^5 UT N O PS \n CM 00 00 n »• ||
111 T r-J CO -< lit N is. ||T T CO S3 Os
CM*iO*iCM*iPsGsG3C^r*3PsCs II
oooooonrso>«rpsiiTco II
O O O C O O CO Ps 111 M CO .•*} CO .
O liT -O 00 V t>> II
1 II

II
II
II
II
II
N rv oo *r o n
to n rr T •«?• c
PS r-j rs. f.j o o o> o- *r «r II
fs< CO M CO *^ CM T If3 C">l *C CM ""C C^ ||
T Ps « LT Ps »H CM O Ifi 1 SJ iS Ps ||
CM i O O K f ^-J LO ^0 i O n If) O
OOOOOOCKCOPsTMNOS ||
OsCOOCO^'C>»<u.cr~;..i — 2>-< |j
II
11
II
II


II
II
II
II
4-155

-------
TABLE 4-32.  OWN-PRICE  ELASTICITIES OF DEMAND FOR AGGREGATE LES SYSTEM
Category
Food
Shelter
Home operations
Furnishings and equipment
Clothing
Transportation
Personal care
Elasticity
-0.670
-1.110
-0.486
-0.649
-1.021
-0.929
-0.806
to those derived in other studies for similarly defined aggregate




categories.  For example,  Abbott and Ashenfelter (64)  report own-price



elasticities for a linear expenditure system to be:  food (-0.605),



housing services (-0.518), durable goods  (-1.525), clothing (-0.581),



and  transportation  services  (-0.637).   Similarly,  own-price



elasticities for food  and clothing are reported by Pollak and Wales




(41)  to be -0.72 and -0.91, respectively.








     Although the food and clothing elasticities from this analysis




match up well with those of  Pollak and Wales, there are differences



between some of this study's elasticity estimates  and  those reported




by Abbott and Ashenfelter.   In particular, the housing services and



durable goods  (furnishings  categories)  are  quite  dissimilar.   We
                                4-156

-------
suspect that much of these differences  can  be  attributed to different
                                •


definitions  of  these  classes of goods.







CALCULATION  OF  BENEFITS







     Models  have  been estimated for two structural  forms, and measures



of air pollution are statistically significant  in several  of  the



disaggregate demand systems.   In  this subsection,  this information is



used to determine  the benefits of  attaining the secondary  standards.



The first task  is to describe  carefully  the scenario for the calcula-



tion of benefits.   If the  benefit numbers are to be useful,  the scope



of coverage must be made  clear.   Following the  description of the



scenario,  the concepts  presented  in Section 2 are developed  further.



In particular, the notion of  an expenditure function is defined and



its relation to  the  compensating  variation measure of benefits is



noted.   With  these discussions  as background,  benefits  numbers



associated  with attainment and maintenance of  the Secondary National



Ambient Air Quality Standards  are presented.







Scenario  for Benefits Calculation







     There  are a  variety of  scenarios  that can  be  chosen.   The



particular  set of  assumptions adopted  here  is  consistent with the



timeframe  for  standard implementation used  in  a  companion study of



cost of control and  economic impact.
                                 4-157

-------
Assumptions for Environmental Variables—

     There are three environmental variables  in  the  demand systems

estimated in  this study.   These are the maximum  annual second-high

readings for S02 and TSP,  and  temperature.  The temperature variable

included in the benefit  calculations is the 30-year annual average for

each of  the SMSAs in our  sample.   No change  in  the  annual average

temperature is assumed to occur because of air quality improvements.



     With  respect  to  the  air quality  data,   the objective  is  to

estimate the incremental benefits of going from a  primary standard to

a secondary standard.  The  assumption  is  that the  primary standard is

attained in 1985 with  the secondary standard being met two years

later.   Consequently,  in order  to undertake  benefits  calculations,  it

is necessary to describe the air quality  levels in 1985.  This is  done

by assuming specific changes  in  1978 air quality data,  the most  recent

information available  to us.  In particular,  it is  assumed:
          Any SMSA above the primary standard  in 1978 would be
          at the primary  standard by 1985.

          Any SMSA  below the primary standard  in 1978 would
          remain at  the  1978  levels to 1985.
     Given attainment of the primary standard,  the secondary standard

was assumed to be achieved  in  the following way:
          Any SMSA above  the secondary standard in 1985 would
          reach the  secondary standard  in 1987 through two equal
          annual reductions  in  concentration levels.
                                  4-158

-------
          Any  SMSA below the secondary standard  in 1985 would
          have no further improvement  in air quality.
     As an example  of  the  first point,  if concentrations of TSP  in  an

SMSA in 1985 are 200  ^g/m  and the secondary  standard for 24-hour

second high (150 /ug/m  ) is to be achieved  in two years, this would

require a  decrease of 25 ^g/m  in each  year.  This assumption requires

cities  that are  further  from  the secondary standard in 1985 to under-

take more  intense cleanup efforts  if  all  cities are  to  be  in

compliance with  the  secondary standard by 1987.
     The second assumption has implications for the magnitude  of  gross

benefits.   This  is because  it is assumed  that cities  already  in

compliance  with the  secondary standard  experience  no  additional

improvements.   Thus, there are no benefits accruing  to individuals  in

these cities.  This could lead to an underestimate of  benefits if,  in

fact,  attainment  of  the  secondary  standard leads to  a  general

improvement in air  quality for all cities.



     Table  4-33  lists  the National  Ambient Air Quality  Standards for

TSP  and  SO,,.   The  number enclosed  in  parentheses  represents  an

alternative  standard that  is  not  a part  of the current  Federal

regulations but  that will also be considered in this  study   (see

Section 3 ).
                                 4-159

-------
         TABLE 4-33.   NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
                                     Air quality standard (/*g/m )
               Pollutant          	
                                         Primary      Secondary
  Sulfur dioxide

      Annual arithmetic mean                80
      24-hour maximum*                     365           (260)
      3-hour maximum*                       —          1,300

  Particulate matter

      Annual geometric mean                 75            —
      24-hour maximum*                     260            150
* Not to be exceeded more than once per year.

Source:   Air Quality Data, Annual Statistics 1977 (65).
Assumptions for Economic Variables—

     The crucial assumption with  respect  to the economic variables is

that the parameter estimates derived from  1972-73  data  can  be used to

describe the  allocation  decisions of  individuals  in  1985 and beyond.

This  implies  that  the structure of  individual preferences is  not

altered by time.



     Given the parameter estimates,  it is still necessary to describe

how the economic variables themselves change over time.   The following

assumptions were adopted.
                                   4-160

-------
     •    Projections of family  income in constant 1972 dollars
          were obtained for 1985 and  1990 from U.S. Department
          of  Commerce,  Regional Economic Projections (66).
          These data were currently available by state only,  but
          were assumed  to  be appropriate  for our SMSA-level
          data.   The  data  were  converted to  1973 constant
          dollars, and the  annual average percent change  between
          1985 and  1990 was  calculated.  This annual percent
          change  was  applied  to the 1985 data  to obtain  a
          measure of family income in 1986 and  1987.

     •    The  projected number  of households  by  SMSA for 1986
          and  1987 were  derived  from  state  and U.S. projections
          in  the Bureau of  the  Census,   Current Population
          Reports,  Series P-25  (67).   The  calculated percent
          change  in households between 1986  and 1987 was  assumed
          to hold into the future.

     •    All  benefits  calculations were done  in  constant 1973
          dollars.   We  assumed  that there was  no  intrinsic
          change  in the relative prices of  our goods  across
          time.   Thus, year-to-year and across-category  changes
          in price were limited to changes in the CPI.

     •    The  benefit numbers are reported in 1980 dollars.  The
          benefit calculations were adjusted to 1980 terms using
          the  annual average percent  change in the CPI between
          1973  and 1978 as a  proxy for CPI changes  in  any year.

     •    Benefits are reported as discounted  present values in
          1980.  Three social rates of discount were used:   2,
          4, and 10 percent.

     •    Family  size was assumed to remain  fixed at 1973 levels
          throughout the analysis.
     The data described above were developed for the 24  SMSAs in the

sample.   Thus,  the benefit numbers legitimately  represent  only  these

places.   To facilitate  comparison with other studies,  the scope of

coverage  has been  expanded  to develop  an estimate  of  national

benefits.  These results are reported  in Section  10.
                                 4-161

-------
Measures of  Benefits







     In Section 2,  the concept of economic benefits was described in



general  terms.   The discussion  in  that section defined  consumers'



surplus  as  the  area under a demand curve but above the  horizontal



price line.   Given changes in price, benefits can be measured as the



change in consumers'  surplus.  This  situation is shown  in  Figure  4-7,



where an instantaneous price decrease from P~ to P-, leads to economic



benefits equal to the area p ABP,.








     In  addition to  this standard notion  of consumers'  surplus,



several  variations  of  the consumers'  surplus  measure  have  been



defined.   Given the structure  of  the model developed  in this  section,



it is convenient  to use one of these  other measures in the  calculation
                                   Change in consumers' surplus
                   Figure  4-7.  Consumers' surplus.
                                  4-162

-------
of benefits.   In particular,  the compensating variation (CV)  measure




is employed.








     As was noted  in Section 2, the differences among the  various



measures  of  consumers'  surplus will  be  small  as  long as  (1)  the



magnitude of  the measured surplus  is  small relative  to  the consumer's



income, or (2) the income elasticity of  demand for the good or service



under consideration is small.   These  criterion  are  satisfied  for the



analysis conducted  in this section.








Compensating Variation  (CV)—



     Compensating  variation  (CV)  can be  defined   as  the  amount  a




consumer  would  be  willing to pay (or would have to be paid)  in order



to be indifferent between an original  situation and a new situation



with lower (higher)  prices.   Figure  4-8 portrays the CV measure in



terms of  an indifference curve diagram.  There  are  two goods,  X-,  and



X-f with X- assumed to be a numeraire good which can be thought of as



income.  Originally,  the  consumer faces relative  prices shown by PQPI«



He maximizes  utility along  U-,  at point A.  If the price of X-, falls



due to an improvement in air quality, the new price line is given by



P0P2*  W:"-tn tnis lower price for good  X-,, the  consumer achieves  a



higher level of  utility (lU)/  and maximizes utility  at point  B in the



diagram.  For a  price decrease, CV measures the amount the consumer




would be  willing to  pay  to attain the original level of utility (U-, )



at the new set of prices.  Thus, if the amount PQD in income  is  taken



away from the  individual  and he is faced with  the  same relative prices
                                 4-163

-------
            X,
       cv
                                                        U.
                                                        U.
                                                        X.
                 Figure 4-8.  Compensating variation.




as after the price  change,  he could  consume  combination C of goods X^

and X2 and  be  on U-,.   PnD is the measure of CV for the given  price

change.   This is  the measure  used  in reporting the benefits numbers.*



The Expenditure Function—

     The CV measure of welfare  change  can be made operational with the

concept of an expenditure function.   This  function shows the  minimum

dollar expenditure  required to reach  a  specific  level  of utility,  ~U,

given prices P.   It can be  obtained  through  solution of  the
  For a comparison  of  CV  and  other  measures  of benefits,  see Freeman
  (7).
                                  4-164

-------
mathematical  dual to  the consumer's  utility maximization problem.


That is,  it  is a solution to a decision problem in  which  the consumer


is assumed  to minimize  expenditures  subject to a constant level of


utility.





     With this  definition  of an  expenditure function,  CV can be


defined as the difference be'tween an expenditure  function evaluated


before and after a price  change, such that utility remains constant.
          CV  =  E(P1,U)  -  E(P2,U)                             (4.38)
       -]                                                     o
where P  is a vector of prices  in an initial situation  and  P  is a


vector of prices  after a price change.  If CV < 0, then the consumer


must be compensated and if CV > 0,  the consumer should be willing to


pay the amount CV if  he  is  to be at the same level of utility as


before  the change.





     The  benefits  estimates reported  below are derived from  Equation


(4.38).  This requires knowledge of the expenditure function before


and after the  postulated change in  air  quality.   The  expenditure


function  is defined by solving analytically for the compensated  demand


curves associated  with the  Linear Expenditure  System.   Since the


structural parameters  of the  ordinary demand equations presented


earlier can be identified  on a one-to-one  basis with the parameters of


the compensated demand equations, there is no need for additional


estimation.  Note  also,  that  the  indirect  utility function of the
                                4-165

-------
Linear Expenditure System can be used to determine the constant level



of utility appearing in the  expenditure functions.








Economic Benefits of Air Quality Improvements








     Table 4-34 presents the benefit estimates derived  from  the series



of demand  specifications presented  earlier  in  this  section.  Results



are reported separately for TSP and S0_, and regional subtotals are




given.  The benefits  are  reported as discounted present  values in



1980, in millions of 1980 dollars.  The estimates shown are for a 10



percent discount rate.








     An important assumption implicit  in  the calculation of these



benefits  is that both pollutants are expressed  in terms of maximum




annual  24-hour  second-high concentrations.   While these units are



appropriate for the air quality standards defined for  TSP, no such



secondary standard  is currently part of the Federal regulations for



SO-.  The only current SO- secondary standard is based on a 3-hour



averaging time.   In  Section 3,  assumptions  were  presented  that would



be required to determine the 24-hour second-high concentration that



would  be  expected to  occur when the 3-hour concentration  of 1,300



ug/m   occurred  once  per  year  (i.e.,   the secondary  standard  is



attained).  This concentration level was termed the 24-hour  equivalent




standard.   If the appropriate transformations are  made  and all primary



standards are  assumed  to be met, none of the 24 SMSAs are found to be



out of compliance  with the  24-hour  SO- equivalent secondary standard.
                                 4-166

-------
TABLE 4-34.  HOUSEHOLD SOILING AND MATERIALS DAMAGE BENEFIT ESTIMATES
             (discounted present values for 1980 in millions of
             1980 dollars)
SMS As
Region I
Boston
Buffalo
New York
Philadelphia
Pittsburgh
Region Subtotal
Region II
Chicago
Cincinnati
Cleveland
Detroit
Kansas City
Milwaukee
Minneapolis
St. Louis
Region Subtotal
Region III
Atlanta
Baltimore
Dallas
Houston
Washington, DC
Region Subtotal
Region IV
Denver
Honolulu
Los Angeles
San Diego
San Francisco
Seattle
Region Subtotal
Totals
TSP

35.41
47.98
237.05
189.71
83.35
593.50

254.11
21.34
61.59
172.88
39.08
51.92
73.95
85.92
760.79

4.67
7.47
56.00
105.79
152.23
326.16

112.32
*
367.73
86.61
*
53.48
620.14
2,300.59
so2

*
37.99
302.75
184.45
74.67
599.86

65.45
39.88
52.20
*
*
36.84
56.26
70.06
320.69

*
*
*
*
*
•k

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
920.55
* Secondary standard not exceeded;  therefore  no benefits  for  attain-
  ment of standard.
                                  4-167

-------
As noted in Section  3,  this result is not too surprising  since the 3-



hour standard is expected to be the "controlling"  standard only in




areas with extremely high, strong sources of SO-.   Furthermore, given



that the damages analyzed here (soiling and materials  damage) are



likely to be more sensitive to longer averaging  times,  it appeared



reasonable  to estimate  benefits for  an alternative  24-hour  secondary



standard  such as the  260 ug/m^ value  listed in  Table  4-33.   The



benefits shown in Table 4-34  are for  this alternative SO-  standard.








     Total benefits for the 24  SMSAs,  with  a 10 percent rate of



discount,  are  $920 million  and $2.30  billion  for  S02  and  TSP,



respectively.   With  a social rate of discount of  4  percent,  benefits



increase to $3 billion for SO-  and $7.97 billion  for TSP.  A further



reduction in  the social rate  of  discount to 2 percent leads  to benefit




estimates of $5.17 billion for  S02 and  $14.1 billion for TSP.








     On a regional basis, TSP  benefits are realized  throughout the



nation,  while SO- benefits accrue to households  only in the  Northeast



and North Central parts of the country.








     The aggregate benefit estimates  in Table  4-34 can  also  be broken



down on a per-household basis.  For  example, in  the two years of



standard attainment, the average per-household  benefits are about




$16.25 and $16.50 for TSP and SO-, respectively.  Furthermore,  for a



unit change  in air pollution  (ug/m ),  the per-household benefits



average about $0.20 and $0.17 for TSP and S0«  These numbers can be
                                 4-168

-------
interpreted  as an indication  that  the  average  family in the  24  SMSAs



in this study should be  willing to pay $0.37 for a simultaneous one-



unit reduction in ambient concentrations of TSP and  S02.








     These  benefit numbers  represent  our "most reasonable"  estimates



of the air quality benefits that would be realized in  the household



sector, for  the  24  SMSAs,  with attainment of the  24-hour  maximum



second-high  secondary  standards.   In  the remaining parts of this




subsection,  these estimates  are compared to those  derived via  other



models and  approaches.








Comparison  With Property Value Estimates—



     In the organizational stages of this project,  an area of concern



was to identify alternative  ways  of checking  the  plausibility of the



benefits numbers derived in the household expenditure model.   Among



the options considered was to make  a  comparison with other  indirect-



market studies such  as the property value models.








     These  studies  were  considered appropriate  as  plausibility checks



since soiling and materials  damage benefits are among the benefits



covered by the property value analyses.  In addition to  coverage of



soiling and materials damage, the property value studies are generally



considered  to include  health  and at-home aesthetic  benefits  as  well.



Unfortunately,  it is not possible to identify the separate influences



of the various types of benefits.  Consequently,  benefits obtained
                                 4-169

-------
from a study of property value differentials  should  provide  an  upper-



bound plausibility  check on the benefits derived in this section.







     With  this in  mind,  a  review  of property  value studies  was



undertaken.  The results of  this  review are presented in Section  5.



In developing the  benefits estimates  in  Section  5,  assumptions were



adopted which were  consistent with the assumptions used  in calculating



benefits  in this  section.    A strict  comparison  of  the  benefits



estimated using the two approaches is not possible, however,  since the



property value  studies reviewed in Section  5  generally  use the  annual



mean of TSP and SCL.  Consequently, the benefits reported  in  Section  5



are based on an alternative secondary standard of  an  annual mean of 60



ug/m^ for both  TSP  and SO-.  Since the current secondary standard used



to calculate benefits  in  the  household  expenditure model  is  likely to



be more stringent  than the alternative secondary standards used in



Section 5, the  benefits  reported  from the household  expenditure model



may  exceed those  reported  from  the review  of  the property value



studies.   On the other hand,  the property value benefits are  likely to



exceed the benefits estimated from  the  household expenditure model/



since the property  value benefits include health and  at-home  aesthetic



benefits.   Table 4-35  presents a comparison of the  benefits  obtained



with the two  approaches.   As  shown  in the  table, the sum of the



benefits estimated  from the household expenditure model  fall within



the  range  of the sum of benefits estimated  from the property value



studies.   Without  additional  supporting evidence on  the stringency of



the  current secondary  standard  in  relation  to  the  alternative
                                 4-170

-------
 TABLE 4-35.   COMPARISON OF THE BENEFITS IN THE HOUSEHOLD  EXPENDITURE
              MODEL AND THE PROPERTY VALUE MODEL (discounted present
              values  for 1980 in billions of 1980 dollars)
     Pollutant/         Household expenditure      Property value
     Standard                   model              differentials
        TSP                     2.3                 2.08-4.99

        SO,,                     0.92                0.33 - 0.47
secondary standard  used  in  the  property value analysis and the likely

magnitude of aesthetic  or health benefits  in the SMSAs considered in

this analysis,  it  is difficult  to  judge  the reasonableness of the

relative benefit  levels shown in  Table 4-35.



Comparison With Wage  Rate Estimates—

     A second  plausibility  check for the  household  model  can be

obtained by analysis of  the market  for labor services.  As  with the

property  value  studies, benefits derived via a wage  model cover a

variety of benefit  types.  In  addition to soiling and materials damage

benefits, the wage models  include benefits  for health and aesthetic

effects.   Again,  since  the  separate influences  of the health and

aesthetic effects cannot  be isolated,  benefits  obtained from a study

of wage rate variations  should provide an upper-bound check on the

benefits derived  in this  section.
                                 4-171

-------
     Section 6 outlines the basic  structure of  the  (hedonic) wage

analysis,  and derives benefits estimates for two of the SMSAs  included

in the household  sector  analysis.  A comparison of  the results between

the wage and household models is presented in Table 4-36.  Note that

the benefits estimates are reported on a per-household  basis.  This is

the appropriate  comparison  since  the  wage  analysis excludes self-

employed  and  part-year workers.   Thus, a simple comparison across

total population  for an  SiMSA  is not possible.



     Like  the  property value  analysis, the benefits estimated  from the

wage rate study are based on an alternative  secondary standard of 60

ug/m^  annual mean of TSP.    In addition, the  wage study benefits

include health  and  aesthetic  benefits.  Therefore,  a  strict  comparison

of these estimates is not possible without additional information on

these factors.
  TABLE 4-36.   COMPARISON OF THE PER-HOUSEHOLD BENEFITS  OF  ATTAINING
               SECONDARY STANDARDS FOR TSP (1980 $)*


                      Household expenditure         Hedonic  wage
                             model                     model
Cleveland
Denver
6.23
7.39
=======================
189.40
212.40
=========================
* 1980 discounted present  value  of the  per-household benefits
  occurring in 1987.
                                 4-172

-------
Comparisons With  Damage Function Studies—



     In an earlier  subsection,  three studies were mentioned  that



provided an assessment of national  benefits  for reductions in TSP and



SO.-, [(1), (4),  (18)].  In each of these  studies,  benefits estimates



were developed  by using damage relationships from  earlier, independent



studies.   In  fact, many of the damage  relationships used are  the  same



across  the three studies.  The differences that occur  in  reported



benefits come about  because of differences in the assumptions used to



calculate  benefits.  These  differences also  make it difficult to



compare benefits  from  the damage function studies  with  those developed



in this section.








     One of the few  results  that  appears  to be amenable to comparison



with our results  is  the  soiling damage estimates  reported by Freeman



(4).   Using  a  model developed  by Watson  and  Jaksch  (15),   Freeman



concludes that  the best estimate associated with  achievement of the



secondary  standard  for TSP (annual mean)  is  $2.0 billion annually.



This number  is expressed  in 1978 dollars and covers 122 SMSAs.   The



annualized  estimate  for our discounted present  value of TSP  benefits



(24-hour second high),  in 1980 dollars,  is approximately $0.23 billion



for 24 large SMSAs.







     While  it is  a straightforward calculation  to convert our dollar



figures to 1978  terms,  more detailed procedures are necessary for



geographic extrapolation.  However, no extrapolations are undertaken



in this section.   Extrapolation  issues are addressed  in Section 10
                                 4-173

-------
where a summary  is  provided of  the level of national benefits for the

household  model.



     Despite  the intrinsic differences among  the various damage

function studies  that have been discussed and the  present  effort,  it

may be  possible  to  make  rough  comparisons  by  attempting to replicate

the air quality scenario used by  one of  the  other  studies.   For

example, one of  the differences pointed out between the current study

and that conducted  by SRI (18)  was  that SRI's  benefits  estimates  were

calculated from current (1980) levels to the secondary standard rather

than from the primary standard to the secondary standard.   If  this

difference is removed,  it would  be possible to make a rough comparison

of the benefit estimates.



     Note  that  even with  this  change,  there  are  still  several

important differences between the two  studies which make  comparisons

difficult.  These include:
     •    Our "current"  year for benefits calculations is 1978.
          SRI's  is  1980.

     •    The maximum annual 24-hour second  high  is used in this
          study  as  the pollution measurement index.  SRI uses an
          annual mean.

     •    The geographic  scope in this study covers  24  SMSAs.
          SRI reports national  benefits estimates.

     •    This study focuses on the household sector.   SRI does
          not make  this  distinction.

     •    In this study, the secondary standard is assumed to be
          achieved  in the two years 1986-87.   SRI appears to
          assume instantaneous  attainment in 1980.
                                  4-174

-------
     •    The benefit numbers  reported  in this study  are
          discounted present values.  SRI appears to report an
          annualized  number.
     Only the last  point is relatively  easy to address.   In  Table

4-37,  discounted present values  are presented for  the  scenario

described above.  The  SRI estimates  were  reformulated as discounted

present values by  assuming an infinite horizon  for benefits  and a 10

percent  social  rate of  discount.   As would be expected  from  the

various differences  that remain in the  two studies,  the  SRI estimates

are larger than  those reported for the household sector.   As  with the

property value comparisons, it is difficult  to make  further judgments

about the reasonableness of the relative magnitudes.



     One point that is brought out by Table 4-37 is that there  are

welfare benefits to  be gained by attainment of the primary  standard.

In particular,  a  comparison of Tables 4-37 and 4-34 reveals that

additional  benefits  of  $3.08 billion  for TSP and  $1.14 billion for SO-
     TABLE  4-37.  COMPARISON BETWEEN SRI  BENEFIT NUMBERS AND THE
                 PRESENT STUDY (discounted present values for
                 1980 in billions of 1980 dollars)
                                          TSP            SO,
       SRI estimates                       6.50          18.00

       Current study estimates             5.38           2.06
                                 4-175

-------
are  realized  with  primary  standard attainment.*   These welfare

benefits should  not be neglected  in an analysis  of the benefits

associated with attainment  of  the primary standard.



Sensitivity of Results to Alternative Assumptions—

     The benefit estimates presented  in Table 4-34  are  reported as

point estimates.  Given the stochastic nature of the equations that

have been estimated, it is  perhaps more realistic  to  think in terms of

a range  of benefits estimates.



     With this  in  mind, an ad_ hoc  check  based  on  the  statistical

properties of  the estimated coefficients in the  demand equations was

undertaken.   The  check devised involves  perturbing the estimated

coefficients  of the  air quality  variables by a given amount.   For

example, the  estimated coefficient for TSP  in  the  home operations

subsystem of the LES specification was found to  be 0.01865.  This is

the point estimate  used in constructing the aggregate price index.

However,  this coefficient is a random variable  with a standard

deviation of  0.00647.  Thus,  the  coefficient can take on a range of

values.   A question  of interest might be, how do the benefit estimates

change if the  coefficients of all  the pollution variables are assumed

to take  on values plus and  minus one  standard deviation from the mean

value?   While covariances among variables make such  a  test

nonrigorous, the results can still be informative.
* These are rough estimates  since  they do not  take  into account that
  the primary  standard is to  be  achieved in 1985.
                                 4-176

-------
     Tables  4-38 and 4-39 present  the low, "most reasonable", and high



estimates .for benefits  when these changes  are  made.   Table 4-38



reports the  results  for  S02>  while  Table  4-39  describes the range of



TSP benefits.  As earlier, these numbers are discounted  present  values




in 1980,  in  millions of  1980  dollars.   The social  rate  of  discount is



assumed to be 10 percent.  Again, note  that these benefit estimates



are only for the 24  SMSAs included in  the  basic household analysis.








SUMMARY OF HOUSEHOLD SECTOR








     In this section, economic benefits  of achieving  secondary air




quality standards for TSP  and S02  in 24  SMSAs have been  estimated.



The  "most  reasonable"  estimate of  the benefits  associated with



attainment  of the  S02  standard  is about $920 million,   while the



benefits realized with  attainment of  the TSP secondary standard are



about $2.3 billion.  These benefit estimates  are  discounted present




values in 1980,  in 1980 dollars.   A 10 percent social rate  of discount



is assumed.








     The approach used to obtain these estimates is different from



approaches  used in  previous  air  quality benefits  studies.   In the



present analysis,  considerable attention has been  given  to  developing



estimates which:  1)  are  consistent with the theoretical  definition of



benefits, 2) account for household  adjustments to air pollution, 3)



are derived  from a well-tested model, 4) are based  on real  world data,



and  5)  are  plausible  in  comparison  with  estimates using  other
                                4-177

-------
       TABLE 4-38.   RANGE OF HOUSEHOLD SECTOR BENEFITS FOR S02
                    (discounted present values for 1980 in
                    millions of 1980 dollars)
Region
Northeast
North Central
South
West
Total benefits
Low
$356.67
191.34
*
*
$548.01
Most
reasonable
$599.86
320.69
*
X
$920.55
High
$ 839
448
*
*
$1,288

.73
.33


.06
* Secondary Standard not violated for SMSAs included in analysis.
       TABLE 4-39.  RANGE OF HOUSEHOLD SECTOR BENEFITS FOR TSP
                    (discounted present values for 1980 in
                    millions of 1980 dollars)
Region
Northeast
North Central
South
West
Total benefits
Low
$ 332.91
430.42
184.77
350.97
$1,299.07
Most
reasonable
$ 593.50
760.79
326.16
620.14
$2,300.59
High
$ 855.67
1,095.26
468.86
893.62
$3,313.41
                                  4-178

-------
techniques.   The inclusion of each of these features in a single study



represents an important contribution to air quality benefits  analysis.
                                  4-179

-------
                             REFERENCES
 1.   Waddell,  Thomas E.   The  Economic  Damages  of  Air Pollution.   U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency 600/5-74-012, May 1974.

 2.   Lave,  Lester and Eugene  Seskin.  Air Pollution and Human Health.
     Resources for the Future.  Baltimore,  1977.

 3.   Blank,  Fred, e_t al.  Valuation of Aesthetic Preferences:   A Case
     Study of the  Economic  Value of  Visibility.   Electric  Power
     Research  Institute, Palo Alto,  California,  1978.

 4.   Freeman, A. Myrick.   The Benefits of  Air and Water Pollution
     Control:  A Review and Synthesis  of Recent Estimates.   Prepared
     for  Council on  Environmental Quality,  July  1979.

 5.   U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.   Air Quality Criteria for
     Particulate  Matter and Sulfur  Oxides,   Volume  III,  Welfare
     Effects.  Environmental  Criteria and Assessment Office,  Research
     Triangle  Park,  North Carolina.

 6.   Smith, V. Kerry.  The Economic Consequences  of Air Pollution.
     Ballinger Publishing Company,  Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1976.

 7.   Freeman,  A. Myrick.   The Benefits of  Environmental Improvement:
     Theory and  Practice.  Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore,
     Maryland, 1979.

 8.   Brookshire, David, _et al.  Valuing  Public Goods:  A Comparison of
     Hedonic Approaches.  American Economic Review,  forthcoming 1981.

 9.   Horst, Robert  L., Jr.   Estimation of  the Value of Visibility
     Through Application of  the Expenditure Function.   Unpublished
     Ph.D.  dissertation, 1978.

10.   Willig,  Robert D.   Consumers' Surplus Without  Apology.   American
     Economic  Review, 66(4):589-597, September  1976.

11.   Perl,  Lewis J.   Alternative Estimates of the Benefits of Sulphur
     Dioxide  Emissions  Control.  Prepared for the Benefits Estimation
     Methodology Panel,  National  Commission on Air Quality,  November
     1979.

12.   Fink, F.  W.,  F. A. Buttner and W. K.  Boyd.  Technical-Economic
     Evaluation of  Air Pollution Corrosion Costs on Metals  in the
     United States.  Final Report, prepared  for  the Air Pollution
     Control Office, EPA APTD-0654, by Battelle Memorial Institute,
     Columbus, Ohio, 1971.
                                 4-180

-------
13.   Barrett, Larry B. and Thomas E. Waddell.  Cost of Air Pollution
     Damage:  A  Status Report.   National  Environmental  Research
     Center,  Research Triangle  Park, North Carolina,  February 1973.

14.   Spence, James W., Fred H. Haynie and J. B. Upham.   Effects of
     Gaseous  Pollutants on  Paints:  A Chamber Study.   Journal of Paint
     Technology, 47:57-63,  1975.

15.   Watson, William and John Jaksch.   Air Pollution:   Household
     Soiling and  Consumer Welfare Losses.   Forthcoming,  Journal of
     Environmental Economics  and Management.

16.   Booz Allen and Hamilton, Inc.  Study to Determine Residential
     Soiling  Costs of  Particulate Air Pollution.   National  Air
     Pollution Control  Administration, Raleigh,  North  Carolina,
     October  1970.

17.   Liu,  Ben-Chieh,  Mary  Kies and Jim Miller.  Damage Functions for
     Air Pollutants.   Prepared  for U.S. Environmental  Protection
     Agency by Midwest  Research  Institute, Kansas  City,  Missouri,
     February 10, 1976.

18.   Ryan,  John W.  An Estimate of the Nonhealth Benefits  of Meeting
     the Secondary National Ambient Air Quality  Standards.  Report
     prepared for the National Commission on Air Quality, January
     1981.

19.   Varian,  Hal.   Microeconomic  Analysis.  W. W. Norton and Company,
     New York, 1978.

20.   Henderson, James M. and  Richard E.  Quandt.   Microeconomic Theory:
     A Mathematical Approach.   McGraw-Hill, New York,  1958.

21.   Maler,  Karl-Goran.   Environmental  Economics:  A Theoretical
     Inquiry. Johns Hopkins University  Press, Baltimore, Maryland,
     1974.

22.   Randall, Alan, Barry Ives and  E. Eastman.  Bidding  Games  for
     Valuation of Aesthetic Environmental Improvements,   journal of
     Environmental  Economics and Management,  1:132-149, 1974.

23.   Fischel, W.  Determinants  of  Voting  on Environmental Quality:  A
     Study of a  New Hampshire Pulp Mill Referendum.   Journal of
     Environmental  Economics and  Management,   6:107-118, 1979.

24.   Lancaster, Kelvin.  A New Approach  to Consumer Theory.  Journal
     of Political Economy,  74:132-157, April  1966.

25.   Becker, Gary.  A Theory  in  the Allocation of Time.   Economic
     Journal, 75:493-517, 1965.
                                 4-181

-------
26.   Muth,  Richard.   Household production  and  Consumer  Demand
     Functions.  Econometrica,  34:699-708, July 1966.

27.   Pollak, Robert A. and Michael  Wachter.  The Relevance  of the
     Household Production  Function and  its Implications for  the
     Allocation of Time.  Journal  of  Political Economy, 83(2):255-277,
     1975.

28.   Muellbauer, J.  Household  Production Theory, Quality and the
     "Hedonic  Technique1.  American  Economic Review,  64( 6) :977-994,
     December  1974.

29.   Hori,  Hajime.   Revealed  Preference for Public Goods.   American
     Economic  Review, 65:978-991,  December 1975.

30.   Griliches, Z.  Price Indexes  and Quality  Change:   Studies  in New
     Methods of Measurement.  Harvard University  Press, Cambridge,
     Massachusetts,  1971.

31.   Strotz,  R.   The  Empirical Implications of  a  Utility Tree.
     Econometrica, 25:269-280,  April  1957.

32.   Gorman, W.  Separable Utility  and Aggregation.  Econometrica,
     27:469-481, July 1959.

33.   Green, H. A. J.  Aggregation in Economic Analysis.   Princeton
     University Press, Princeton,  New Jersey, 1964.

34.   Deaton,  Argus  and J.  Muellbauer.   Economics and  Consumer
     Behavior.

35.   Blackorby,  Charles,  Daniel Primont and  R.  Robert Russell.
     Duality,  Separability,  and  Functional Structure:  Theory and
     Economic  Applications.  North Holland,  New York, 1978.

36.   Brown,  M.  and D.  Heien.   The  S-Branch Utility  Tree:   A
     Generalization of the Linear Expenditure System.  Econometrica,
     40:737-747, 1972.

37.   Blackorby, Charles, et al.  Homothetic Separability and Consumer
     Budgeting.  Econometrica,  38:468-472, 1970.

38.   Samuelson, Paul.  The Problem of Integrability in  Utility  Theory.
     Econometrica, 17:335-385,  1950.

39.   Brown, A. and A. Deaton.   Surveys in Applied Economics:  Models
     of  Consumer  Behavior.  The Economic Journal,  82:1145-1236,  1972.

40.   Barten,  Anton.   The Systems of  Consumer  Demand  Functions
     Approach:  A Review.   Econometrica, 45:23-52, 1977.
                                 4-182

-------
41.   Pollak, Robert A. and Terence J. Wales.  Estimation of Complete
     Demand Systems from Household  Budget Data.   American Economic
     Review,  63:348-359, 1978.

42.   Christensen,  Laurits,  Dale W. Jorgenson and Lawrence  J.  Lau.
     Transcendental Logarithmic Utility Functions.   American Economic
     Review,  65:367-383, 1975.

43.   Pollak, Robert  A.  and Terence J. Wales.   Comparison  of  the
     Quadratic Expenditure System and Translog Demand Systems with
     Alternative Specifications of  Demographic  Effects.  Econometrica,
     43:595-612, 1980.

44.   Theil,  Henri.   Economics  and  Information  Theory.   Rand iMcNally,
     Chicago, 1967.

45.   Lau,  Lawrence  J., Wuu-Long Lin and  Pan A.  Yotopoulos.   The Linear
     Logarithmic Expenditure System:   An Application to Consumption  -
     Leisure  Choice.  Econometrica,  46:843-868, 1978.

46.   Pollak,  Robert A.   Conditional  Demand Functions  and  Consumption
     Theory.  Quarterly Journal of  Economics, 83:60-78, 1969.

47.   U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.   Consumer Expenditure  Survey:
     Integrated Diary and Interview Survey Data, 1972-73.  Bulletin
     1992,  U.S.  Government  Printing Office,  Washington, DC, 1978.

48.   U.S.  Bureau of  Labor Statistics.    Average  Retail  Prices of
     Selected Commodities  and Services,  Fall  1971.   U.S.  Government
     Printing Office, Washington, DC, 1973.

49.   U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Handbook of Labor Statistics,
     1978.   Bulletin  2000,   U.S.  Government  Printing Office,
     Washington, DC, 1979.

50.   U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Estimated Retail Food Prices by
     Cities, 1973 Annual Averages.   U.S. Government Printing  Office,
     Washington, DC, 1974.

51.   Diewert, W.  Exact and Superlative  Index Numbers.  Journal of
     Econometrics,  4:115-146, 1976.

52.   U.S.  Bureau of the Census.  1970 Census of Population.

53.   Christensen,  Laurits  and Marilyn Manser.   Estimating  U.S.
     Consumer Preferences  for  Meat with a  Flexible Utility Function.
     Journal of Econometrics, 5:37-53, 1977.

54.   Lau,   Lawrence.    Existence  Conditions  for  Aggregate  Demand
     Functions:  The Case of  a Single  Index.   Technical Report  No.
     248,  Institute for  Mathematical Studies  in  the Social Sciences,
     Stanford University, October 1977.
                                 4-183

-------
55.   Jorgenson, Dale W., Lawrence  Lau  and  Timothy Stoker.  Welfare
     Comparison Under Exact Aggregation.  Paper presented  at  American
     Economic Association Meetings,  December 1979.

56.   Klein,  Lawrence and H. Rubin.   A Constant-Utility Index  of  the
     Cost  of Living.  Review  of Economic Studies,  15:84-87, 1947.

57.   Stone,  Richard.  Linear Expenditure Systems and Demand Analysis:
     An Application to  the Pattern of British Demand.  The Economic
     journal, 64:511-527, 1954.

58.   Zellner, Arnold.  An Efficient Method of Estimating Seemingly
     Unrelated  Regressions and Tests for Aggregation Bias.   Journal of
     the American  Statistical  Association, 54:348-368, 1962.

59.   Kmenta, Jan  and  Ray K. Gilbert.   Small Sample  Properties  of
     Alternative  Estimators  of Seemingly  Unrelated Regressions.
     Journal of the American Statistical Association, 63:1180-1200/
     1968.

60.   Berndt, Ernst and N. E.  Savin.   Conflict Among Criteria  for
     Testing Hypotheses  in the Multivariate  Linear Regression  Model.
     Econometrica,  45(5):1263-1278,  July 1977.

61.   Anderson,  Ronald  W.   Perfect Price Aggregation  and Empirical
     Demand  Analysis.  Econometrica, 47:1209-1230, 1979.

62.   Gallant, A. Ronald.  Testing  a Subset of  the  Parameters of a
     Nonlinear  Regression  Model.  Journal of the American  Statistical
     Association, 70:927-932,  1975.

63.   Taylor, Lester.  The Demand for Energy:   A Survey of Price  and
     Income Elasticities.  In:  International Studies of the  Demand
     for Energy.   W. D. Nordhaus  (ed.), North  Holland,  Amsterdam,
     1977.

64.   Abbott,  Michael and Orley  Ashenfelter.   Labour  Supply,  Commodity
     Demand  and the Allocation  of Time.  Review of  Economic Studies,
     43(3) :389-4ll, October 1976.

65.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Air Quality Data,  Annual
     Statistics  1977. Office of  Air Quality Planning and  Standards,
     EPA-450/2-78-040, September 1978.

66.   U.S. Department of  Commerce News.   Projections of Personal  Income
     to the  Year  2000.   December 9,  1980.

67.   Bureau  of  the Census.  Current Population  Reports.  Series P-25,
     Projections  of the  Population of the United States, 1977 to 2050.
     No. 704, July  1977.
                                 4-184

-------
         SECTION 5




RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY MARKET

-------
                            SECTION 5



                    RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY MARKET








INTRODUCTION



     Section 4 of this report uses an economic model  of household



expenditure decisions to estimate  some of the benefits  that  would



result from attainment of  the secondary national ambient  air quality



standards  for TSP and S02.   The  benefits estimated by  that  model



primarily  reflect reduced soiling  and materials  damage  within the



household  sector.   Not  included in those  estimates  are  benefits




arising  in other sectors (e.g.,  agricultural benefits),  or  other



household sector benefits such as improved  visibility.








     Many previous  studies  have  developed estimates  of household



sector benefits  by  analyzing differences in residential  property



values.   The underlying hypothesis  in those  studies is  that



residential property  values will reflect not only housing  quality but



also  site-specific attributes such as  location,  neighborhood



characteristics,   availability of  services, and environmental quality



including air quality.








     The  purpose of  this  section  is to  draw upon the  results  of



representative property value studies to provide a  cross-check on the
                                5-1

-------
magnitude  of  the  benefits estimated  by the household expenditure



model.  As discussed previously in Section  2, one would expect  the



estimates  based on property values to be larger than the estimates



from the household expenditure model.   This is because the former will



tend to include a broader range of effects such  as visibility benefits



and possibly  some  health  benefits.   Thus, by comparing  the  estimates



from  these  two methodological approaches applied  to the same



geographic areas, one can assess whether the household expenditure



model estimates are consistent  (i.e.,  smaller in  magnitude)  with  the



estimates based on property values.








     Using the same  air  quality  data employed  in Section 4,  the



property value  technique  is used in this section  to develop benefits



estimates  for  the  same  24 SMSAs  (metropolitan areas) examined in



Section 4.  Benefits are estimated  for  the same air quality scenarios



— attainments  of alternative  secondary ambient air quality standards



for TSP and SC^.  The resulting estimates from the two methods  are



compared in Table 5-1.   As can be seen in the  table, a  reduction in



the ambient  level of  TSP within  each of  the  24 SMSAs  has been



estimated to  result in  a  discounted present  value of benefits in 1980



dollars  in the range  of $2.08 to $4.99 billion.*  A reduction in  the



ambient level  of  S02 within each of  these SMSAs are estimated to



result  in  benefits  in  the range of $0.33 to $0.47 billion  in 1980



dollars.*  As  Table  5-1  shows,  the sum of  the  estimates from  the
* Using a 10 percent rate of discount,
                                 5-2

-------
  TABLE 5-1.   COMPARISON OF THE BENEFITS  FROM ATTAINING ALTERNATIVE
              SECONDARY STANDARDS IN 24 SMSAs
              (billion $)
     Pollutant/         Property value       Household expenditure
      standard          differentials                model
        TSP              2.08-4.99                2.3

        S00              0.33 - 0.47                0.92
household  expenditure model  fall within  the range of  the sum of

benefits estimated from the property value studies.



     In addition, the benefits estimated in this section should be

considered  to be general approximations  of the benefits resulting  from

the attainment of alternative secondary standards in these 24 SMSAs

for the  following reasons:  1) The results  of  studies on specific

cities  in  the early 1960's and  1970's  are  used  to  estimate the

benefits of pollution reductions occurring in 1986 and 1987 for the 24

SMSAs.   If the valuation of air  quality improvements has changed

significantly since that time,  the  use of these study results  can  only

be considered as  approximations of the benefits of attaining  alterna-

tive secondary standards.   2) These estimates are based on studies

that generally examine  the  relationship between  residential  property

values  and  the  annual average,  as opposed  to  the  second highest,

pollution readings.  3) The maximum of the  second highest pollution

reading  within an SMSA is taken  as representative of the level of
                                 5-3

-------
exposure of all  households within the SMSA.   4) The  marginal



willingness  to pay for air quality improvements  of households residing



in single-family  units  is assumed  to  be  representative of all house-



holds.







General Background







     The analysis of residential property value  differentials has been



widely used  for estimating the benefits of reductions  in air pollution



levels.  This method assumes that the benefits of  living in a clean



air environment are capitalized  into property values.   In other words,



what people  are willing to pay for air quality improvements can be



measured  by the  observed  differences  in  the  value of residential



properties  that are identical in every, respect except air  pollution



exposure.







     Since this method focuses on the decisions made in the housing



market, the  household does not need to know the  technical relationship



between air pollution and physical damage.  The household, however,



must  be able to  perceive  the effect  of different  levels of  air



quality,  and make decisions in  the housing  market based  on  that



perception.  Consequently, the types of benefits that are  measured



through the  property  value method  are any  perceived health, physical



property, aesthetic, or psychic  benefits that are the  result  of



residing  in an  area with relatively clean air. Because some of the



effects of air pollution are probably not perceived  by households, one
                                 5-4

-------
of the disadvantages of property  value  studies is that they cannot

provide estimates of all the benefits that result from air quality

improvements.   For example,  health effects that are not perceived by

the household will not be captured  by residential property values.

Another disadvantage  is  that residential property value studies may

only provide  estimates  of  benefits that occur at home.  For example,

benefits of air quality  improvements that occur at recreation areas

and the workplace may not be measured by residential property value

differentials.*



     One of  the  major advantages of property value  differential

analysis is  the ability to capture  the value  that households place on

the aesthetic and psychic amenities  of the place where they reside.

Neither health studies  nor dose-response  functions  measure  the

aesthetic benefits  of improvements in air quality.   In  addition,

property value studies can reflect  the choice of  substitute activities

and goods  that are  used  as a  means of  offsetting the effects of

pollution.  If the  members of a  household substitute indoor activities

for outdoor activities on certain days because of poor air quality,

this reduced flow of services from  the property  would be reflected in

a lower property value.  It is possible,  however, that  the purchase of

goods  to offset the effect of pollution  may result  in an enhancement
  It is possible  that  property values, in addition to reflecting the
  value individuals place on amenities at  the  home,  may also reflect
  the  value  placed on  amenities  at the workplace  since once  an
  individual makes a  residential location decision, the  choice  of
  other locational amenities, such  as those at the worksite, are
  limited.  See Cropper (1).
                                 5-5

-------
of  the  property  value  in  a polluted  area.   If  central  air

conditioning, for example,  is bought  by a household in order to offset

the effects of  pollution,  the value  of that house is higher relative

to an identical  home  without air  conditioning  that  is  exposed  to  the

same level of pollution.   This  can be correctly reflected in property

value differentials  if air conditioning is identified as  one of  the

attributes of housing.



     Since  the  purpose of  this study  is to measure  the welfare

benefits of attaining proposed alternative secondary standards, we

have assumed that the primary standards  have  been met.  Although  the

primary standard was  established to protect human health, there is  the

possibility that  some health benefits may  remain to be captured when

moving from the primary to  secondary standard.  On the other hand,

some part of the physical property and  aesthetic  benefits of a cleaner

environment will be captured in achieving   the  primary  standard.

Consequently,  the  benefits estimated in  this  section  by the analysis

of residential property value differentials will be limited  to  the

perceived at-home health, physical property, and  aesthetic benefits of

the  reductions in air  pollution from  the  primary  to alternative

secondary standards.*
* The majority of property  value studies have estimated air pollution
  control benefits based on reductions in pollution over  a  range  that
  would most likely  include the majority of perceived  health benefits.
  The  appropriateness of  using  the  results  of  these  studies  to
  estimate  the benefits of  moving from  the primary to secondary
  standards  is  addressed in the Benefit Estimates subsection.
                                 5-6

-------
     As mentioned in Section 4, the household expenditure model, as
currently developed, provides  estimates of only the short-run benefits
accruing  to the household that result from  a change  in air quality.
Since the model does  not  at  the  present time reflect  the  long-run
adjustments to changes in  air quality, the changes  in property value
that result from changes in air quality are not measured.  It must be
mentioned,  however, that it is not appropriate to add the  benefits
estimated by the consumer budgeting model to the benefits that will be
estimated in  this  section  because  there certainly will be  some
overlapping of  the benefits  estimated  by  these two models.   For
example, an improvement in air quality that results in a reduction in
expenditures on home repairs probably will be reflected in an increase
in the value of  the  property.

Methodology

     The use of property value differentials as a  means of determining
the  willingness  to  pay  for  air  quality  improvements  has  its
underpinnings in  the  hedonic price technique.  This technique  was
originally developed  by L. M. Court (2).   Griliches and Adelman  (3),
Griliches  (4),  Ohta and Griliches  (5),  Kain and  Quigley  (6),  and
others have used the technique to estimate the value of changes in the
quality of consumer goods.  Generally stated, the hedonic technique
examines the functional relationship between  the  price of  a  good  and
                                 5-7

-------
its characteristics.*  It has been used extensively as a means of

estimating  the marginal willingness to pay  for environmental quality

[Harrison-Rubinfeld  (7);  Nelson (8)].   In these  studies,  housing

values are  regressed on  a  set  of housing  characteristics  which

includes  a  measure of air quality.



     Before explaining the  hedonic  technique, it  is  necessary to

address  the  question of whether predicted changes  in  property values

are  accurate  measures  of  the total  benefits of  air quality

improvements.   Using a model of  locational choice,  Polinsky and

Shavell  (9) have shown  that predicted property  value changes are

accurate measures  of  these benefits  only  under certain  rather

stringent assumptions.   Their explanation proceeds as follows:



     Assume that there is  a  city inhabited  by  individuals  with

identical utility functions and  equal incomes.*   People work in the

center of the city and reside in the area surrounding the center  city.

Air quality (AQ)  at a specific location increases with distance (d)

from the center city.  Travel cost (T) to the  center city  is also an

increasing function of d.  Utility in this city is a function of the
 * See Chapter 1 of Griliches (4) for a summary of the hedonic price
   technique.

** The model  can be generalized  to reflect the possibility  that there
   is more than one utility function and  unequal incomes within the
   city.   In  this  case,  there  would be i consumer groups  (i = l,n)
   where each member of the i    group would have identical utility
   functions and incomes.  This would only serve to complicate the
   analysis without changing the results.  If  incomes  are  endogenous
   to the  model, however,  the following results  will be altered.
                                5-8

-------
consumption of household services (H), a composite good  (X), and the

level of air quality [AQ(d)]:



          U  =  U H, X, AQ(d)                                    (5.1)



The consumer desires  to  maximize his utility subject  to the  budget

constraint:



           Y  =   p(d)H +  X + T(d)                               (5.2)



where      Y  =   money income,

        p(d)   =   per unit price of housing  services at a location
                 with distance (d) from  the center city,

           H  =   household services,

           X  =   the composite good with price equal to 1, and

        T(d)   =   commuting costs  to the center city.



     By solving the  first-order conditions  of  the utility maximization

problem, Equation (5.1) can be  stated  in terms of an indirect utility

function —  utility as a function of the  demand functions for H, X,

and AQ:



           U  =   I[p(d), Y-T(d),  AQ(d)]                          (5.3)



     Under the assumption  of  unrestrained  and costless mobility

throughout the city,  and identical utility functions and income,  a
                                 5-9

-------
common equilibrium level of utility, U ,  will be obtained.  At U ,  no



individual can increase  his  utility  level by moving.
          U*  =  I[p(d), Y-T(d), AQ(d)]                          (5.4)
Implicit in this  relation  is  the equilibrium housing function:
        p(d)   =  P[U*,  Y-T(d), AQ(d)].                           (5.5)
     It is important to note  that the  equilibrium price of housing is



a function of U  as well as Y-T(d) and AQ(d).








     In Polinsky and  Shavell's  paper,   Equation  (5.5)  is  used  to



explain the conditions under which a  new property value schedule can



be predicted  from a change  in  air quality.   If  it is assumed  that the



city is small and there is  perfect and costless mobility among cities,



then U  will  be the same across all cities and  exogenous  to  the  small



city.  If  air  quality improves within  the small city, U  will not



change and the change  in  property value is only  dependent on the



characteristics of d.   A regression equation specifying the relation-



ship between p(d)  and d  can be  used in this case to predict the change



in property values  resulting from a given change in air quality.  If



the city  is either large, or there is  imperfect mobility among cities,



then U will be endogenous.  If  air quality improves  within the city, U



will  be  affected.  In  this  case, the  new property value schedule
                                  5-10

-------
cannot be predicted  without  first  using a general equilibrium model to

determine the new level  of U resulting from  the  change in air quality.



     In general,  therefore,  property value equations that predict the

change in property value  for  a given change in air quality can be used

to estimate  the  willingness  to  pay  for air  quality  improvements only

if the following  assumptions  are met:



     •    The geographical area  under consideration must be small.

     •    There must be perfect mobility throughout, and  into
          and out of,  the geographical area.

     •    There must be no changes in input and output prices.



     The hedonic  technique, however, does not attempt to predict a new

property value schedule  resulting from a change in air quality, but

rather  estimates the marginal willingness  to pay for air quality

improvements by observing the housing market  in  equilibrium.   In this

method,  the  implicit price  of  air quality is  identified  by examining

the differentiated prices within the housing market that result  from

variations  in  existing  air  quality.  Since the housing market is in

equilibrium, the implicit  price  of air quality can  be shown  to be

equal to the marginal  willingness  to pay for air quality.  The hedonic

technique is therefore  useful in predicting the benefits of  marginal

changes  in  air pollution.   Given certain conditions,  the implicit

prices estimated  by  the hedonic  technique and other  relevant variables

can be used  to estimate  the  inverse demand  function for air quality.
                                 5-11

-------
Through the estimation of this demand  curve, the benefits of non-

marginal changes  in air quality can also  be  predicted.



     The general form  of  a hedonic equation relates the price of a

good to the characteristics of that good.   As applied to the housing

market, this  can  be expressed as:
                                                               (5.6)
where     R^   =  price of the i   residential  location.

          S^   =  a vector of structural characteristics of the
                itn location.

          N-   =  a vector of neighborhood characteristics of the
                itn location.

          Q-   =  a vector of  environmental characteristics of
                the i   location  with one element in the vector
                being air  quality  (q-,).
Note that housing  price in the hedonic equation is a function only of

the characteristics  of  the house,  not of the  household.



     The assumptions that are necessary in order  for the hedonic

equation to estimate the  marginal willingness to pay for air quality

improvements are:



     •    The housing market must be in equilibrium.

     •    Individuals  must be  able  to  perceive   the
          characteristics and attributes of housing.
                                 5-12

-------
     •    A complete  range  of  houses  with  alternative
          characteristics  must  be  available.
     The partial derivatives of property value  with respect to the

housing characteristics are interpreted as  the marginal  implicit

prices or  the additional amount  that must be paid for a house with one

more "unit" of a particular  characteristic,  ceteris paribus.  Since

one of the assumptions of the property value model is that the housing

market  is in equilibrium, the marginal implicit price  is  therefore

equal to the marginal  willingness to pay for that characteristic.  In

terms of the partial derivative  of  property value with respect to air

quality (6Rj/3q-,), an  estimate of the equilibrium willingness to pay

for marginal air quality improvements is obtained.



     In order to  see why  the  partial derivatives of the  housing

equation variables are equal to the equilibrium marginal willingness

to pay for housing  characteristics, it is helpful to develop a model

of consumer choice following Rosen (10).*



     Let's assume that there  is  a  consumer whose  utility is dependent

on the consumption of a composite good  (X) and a vector of  housing
* Rosen's paper dealt with both the consumption and production of a
  good  that could  be defined  in  terms  of  its  attributes  and
  characteristics.  Since  the hedonic price technique  only reveals the
  equilibrium outcome of demand and  supply conditions and  not the
  underlying demand  and  supply functions,  and since the purpose of
  this paper is to estimate the willingness  to pay  for air  quality
  improvements,   we  will  limit  our  discussion  to  the  consumer
  allocative decisions made for housing.
                                 5-13

-------
characteristics  (H)  where air  quality (h^) is an  element  in  the



vector:
           U  =  U(X, hx,  ...  , hn)                             (5.7)
The consumer  has income (y)  which can be expressed as:








           y  =  X + p(H)                                       (5.8)







where   p(H)  =  price of housing.



           X  =  the composite good with price equal  to 1.







     Setting up the Lagrangian, the consumer maximizes U subject to



his budget constraint.  The first order conditions can be expressed



as:







       au/dX  = A    and    dU/3hi  =  Adp(H)/3hi               (5.9)







where      A  = the Lagrangian  multiplier.







     By combining equations, we find that in  equilibrium the marginal



rate of  substitution between each housing  characteristic  and  the



composite  good is  equal to the partial derivative of  the  price of



housing  with respect to that particular characteristic (i.e.,  the



implicit price of the  characteristic  estimated by  the  housing



equation) :
                                 5-14

-------
          (au/ahi)/(au/ax)   =  (ap(H)/dhi)   .                   (5.10)

If X is thought of as money (the price of a  dollar is equal  to  $1.00),
equilibrium is achieved when the marginal rate of  substitution between
h. and  money is equal to the marginal  implicit price  of h^.  Since the
marginal rate of  substitution between h.^ and money can also be  viewed
as the  marginal payment for h-  with money,  the equilibrium conditions
can be expressed as equating the marginal  willingness to pay for h.
(with money) with its marginal  implicit price.

     The equating of the marginal implicit price and the marginal
willingness to pay can also be explained by viewing equilibrium in
terms of a particular h.^.  Assume that  there is  a level of consumer
utility,  u,  that can be defined by the function:
          U(y  - 9; h-j^ ... , hn)   =  u                         (5.11)
where     y -  9  =  X.

For a given u, Equation (5.11)  can be thought of as an indifference
curve relating the tradeoff between h^ and  X.  A bid function:
                    , hn; u,y)                                  (5.12)
can be derived from Equation (5.11)  which relates  the alternative
expenditures  a consumer is willing  to  make for h^ given a certain
                                 5-15

-------
level of utility and income.  By totally differentiating  (5.11), we



find that:







      3U/3X (dy  - dQ) + dU/dhl di^ + ... + 3U/3hn  dhn   =  du     (5.13)








Given the assumption of a fixed level  of utility and income, du = 0



and dy = 0.   If dhu  = 0  for k /= i, Equation (5.13) reduces to:
               i  =   (3U/3hi)/(3U/3X)   .                         (5.14)
Viewing a particular h.,h-,  as air quality,  Equation (5.14) shows that



the marginal  rate of substitution between air quality and  X (money) is



equal to the  marginal  implicit bid for air quality (39/3h-^) at a given



level of utility and income.








     Figure 5-1 shows the bid function of consumer j for air quality



while holding  everything else constant, 9^(h,, h2, • •• ,  hn ;  u  , y ).



There are a number  of  different bid functions reflecting the different



levels of tastes, preferences, and income of consumers.  This  function



shows  the willingness to pay (bid) for air quality in terms of  the



amount of money (X) foregone,  ceteris  paribus.   The  minimum implicit



prices revealed in the market that must be  paid  for different levels



of air quality  while holding  )\  through  h   constant  is shown  by  p(h, ,



}\2'  •••  '  nn^*  Equilibrium is reached when 03 (h,,  h2,  ... , hn;  u  ,



y  )  is  tangent to  p(h^,  hj,  ... ,  nn);  i.e.,  where  the marginal
                                  5-16

-------
                                             ;h2*  ... hn*,  u*  , y*)
                                          ... h*, u*,  y*
                                     hu.  (air quality)
Figure  5-1.   Implicit price  schedule and bid  functions,
                             5-17

-------
willingness to pay for air quality  is  equal to its marginal implicit



price.







     Since the hedonic equation can be expressed  by  p(h,,  ...  , h  ),



the marginal implicit price schedule  for air quality  (6p(H)/8h^) can



be easily obtained by taking the derivative  of  the hedonic housing



equation with respect  to air quality (see Figure  5-2).   Assuming that



the housing market is  in equilibrium and following  the above explana-



tion,  this  schedule  will  also trace  out  the  loci  of  marginal



willingness to pay equilibria for different levels of air quality by



consumers  with  different bid  functions.   Note that  unless  all



consumers  have  identical bid  functions (i.e.,   identical  utility



functions  and incomes),   the  hedonic  technique yields only  the



equilibrium  marginal  willingness to pay of consumer j  with bid



function 9^.   This is only one point on consumer j's demand  price



function  for h^  while holding  utility constant  (i.e.,  the inverse



compensated  demand function).  Consequently,  dp(H)/6h-]_  is not the



inverse compensated  demand function for air quality and,  in most



cases,  can only be used to compute  the benefits of marginal improve-



ments  in  air quality.  In order to accurately estimate the demand



curve for  air quality and predict the benefits of  non-marginal changes



in air quality when consumers do not have identical utility  functions



and incomes,  additional information  and steps are needed.
                                 5-18

-------
                                        h,  (air quality)
Figure 5-2.
Marginal implicit  price  schedule and
demand price  functions.
                         5-19

-------
Literature Review



     The first study undertaken to measure the relationship between

property values and the level of  air quality was done  by Ridker  and

Henning (11).  Using 1960 cross-sectional  census  tract  data  from  the

St. Louis metropolitan area, the effect of air pollution levels on

property  values  was  estimated  using  regression  analysis.    The

dependent variable was  the median value  (estimated  by owner)  of owner-

occupied single-family housing units, and the independent variables

included those  reflecting  location  characteristics (e.g.,

accessibility  to highway,  travel  time  to  central  business district),

property characteristics  (e.g., median number of rooms, houses  per

mile),  neighborhood characteristics  (e.g.,  school quality,  persons  per

housing unit), median family income, and an air pollution variable  (an

index  indicating  the  presence of SCu/  SCu,  H-S,  I^SO., and in some

cases dustfall).  Different linear specifications were tried  and a

significant negative  relationship was found between  the dependent

variable and the air pollution variable.  From these  results, they

concluded that  property values could  be expected to  rise at  least

$83.00  and more probably $245,  if  the measurement of SCU were to drop

by 0.25 ug/100 cm2/day.*
* Freeman (12)  concluded that Ridker and Henning's results were over-
  interpreted and could not be used to predict changes  in property
  values when air quality changed  because  the demand curve  for air
  quality had not been  identified.   This  led to quite a debate in the
  literature  over  the  proper  interpretation of the derivative of the
  air quality variables.   [See  Anderson and Crocker  (13);  Freeman
  (14);  Polinsky and  Rubinfeld  (15);  Small (16); and Harrison and
  Rubinfeld (17).]
                                 5-ZO

-------
     Zerbe (18)  estimated a property value equation for Toronto and

Hamilton,  Ontario.  Sulfur dioxide  and dustfall were the two pollution

measures  used.    Both linear  and  log-linear  specifications  were

employed;  in the log-linear  specification, the elasticity of property

values with respect  to sulfur dioxide  ranged from 0.061  to 0.121 for

Toronto and 0.081  for  Hamilton.*



     Crocker (19), in a  study of the relationship between  home sale

price  and sulfur dioxide  and particulates  in  Chicago,  found  a

significant negative  relationship  between sale price and particulate

matter when both  pollution variables were entered into the equation.

When  each pollution variable  was  entered  separately, they  both

exhibited  a significant negative relationship  with  sale  price.



     Anderson  and  Crocker (24) estimated  the relationship between air

pollution and median property values (estimated by owner)  for three

cities:   St.  Louis, Washington,  D.C.,  and  Kansas  City.  Using separate

equations  for  owner-occupied and renter-occupied  housing,  they found a

significant negative  relationship  between air pollution and property

values while controlling  for  median  family income,  percentage  of old

units, percent  of run-down  units, percent of non-white  population,

distance to the central  city, and median number of  rooms.  Using a

log-linear specification,  they found that the  mean property value for

the St.  Louis area would be reduced by $300 to $700 for an increase at
* Information on the studies  by  Zerbe  (18), Crocker (19), and Steele
  (20)  is  taken from Freeman (21), Waddell (22),  and Appel (23).
                                 5-21

-------
the mean  of  0.1 ug/100  cm2/<3ay in S03 and a  10  ug/m3 increase in



particulates.
     Steele (20) did not  find  a significant relationship between



property values, as measured  by mean value per  room,  and SO- and



particulates.







     Wieand (25) regressed  per-acre housing expenditures  in  St.  Louis



(a proxy for land values) on property characteristics, neighborhood



characteristics, income,  and  pollution as measured by annual mean



sulfation and annual mean particulates.   Neither pollution variable



was significant.








     Deyak and  Smith (26),  using a log-linear specification,  found a



significant relationship between median  property values  of



representative  SMSAs  and  suspended  particulates.  Other variables



included in their best  equation  were median family income and  percent



of inferior housing  units.   In a later study on the owner- and  renter-



occupied housing market for 85 cities  which  included measures of  local



public services  and  taxes,  Smith-Deyak (27)  did not find a significant



negative relationship between  air pollution and property  value.  A



possible reason for their failure  to  find a  significant negative



relationship between air pollution  and property  values may  be due to



the fact that  property value  differentials were examined across,



rather than within, cities.
                                 5-22

-------
     Using  the data from Anderson and Crocker's St. Louis study (24),
Polinsky and Rubinfeld (28) empirically estimated the equilibrium
housing  market  function developed  by Polinsky and Shavell (9) using  a
Cobb-Douglas form of utility function.  Log-linear equations were
developed  for  both owned  and  rented  properties.   The suspended
particulate variable was negative and  significantly different from
zero at the 0.05 level for both equations, while the sulfur oxide
variable was negative and significantly different from  zero at  the
0.10  level  for the homeowner equation.


     The concentration of nitrogen oxides,  NOV  (used as  a proxy  for
                                            A
air pollution),  was found  to be negatively related to median  property
values  in  Boston by Harrison and Rubinfeld  (7).  Besides  air
pollution,  the housing  characteristics that were included in  the
equation  were:   two  structural  variables,  eight neighborhood
variables,  and two accessibility variables.   With all the  independent
variables  at  their mean  levels,  a change in NO  of  1 pphm  was
                                                 X
associated with a change in median housing values of $1,613.  They
also estimated  a willingness-to-pay  equation  and  found  that  the
marginal willingness  to pay for air quality improvements  varied  a
great deal depending  on the existing  level  of air pollution  and
income.


     Nelson (8) also  found  a  significant relationship between  air
pollution and median census tract owner-occupied property values in
Washington, B.C.   Several different specifications were employed with
                                5-23

-------
the semi-log and log-linear forms giving the best results.  It was



concluded  that  an  increase  in  the mean level  of total  suspended



particulates of 10 ug/m^ would  reduce the mean value of property by



$576 to $693,  and an  increase in the  mean oxidant level of 0.01 ppm



would reduce the mean value of property by an additional $141 to  $152.



The estimated  marginal  willingness  to pay was then used to  calculate



the demand curve for air quality.








     In a study  of  single-family owned residences  in the Los Angeles



area,  Brookshire e_t al.  (29)  found a significant  negative relationship



between  the sale price of homes and air  pollution measures.  Actual



market transactions  for  individual homes were  used as  the unit of



observation.  Both the linear and nonlinear specifications employed



showed  a  significant  relationship  between  home sale  price  and



pollution.  The average  sale price differential  attributable to a



change in  the level of pollution  from "poor" to "fair" ranged  from



$5,793 per home  to  $6,134 per home.







     In a study  of  the New  York  metropolitan area, Appel  (23) found a



significant negative relationship between suspended particulates and



mean property values.  The hedonic equation that performed best was



one in which the pollution variable was  entered  in exponential  form.



This form conforms  to a_ priori expectations  that  the marginal damages



of  pollution  increase  as  pollution increases.   Other  variables



included  in the best equation were  the mean number of rooms,  the crime
                                 5-24

-------
rate, the percent of non-white persons, and minutes of time to the
central  business  district.

     A summary of the studies that have  found a significant negative
relationship  between  residential property values  and air pollution is
given in Table 5-2.

LIMITATIONS OF THE HEDONIC TECHNIQUE

     Before  proceeding   with the calculation  of  benefits,   it is
important to  reiterate the limitations of using the  hedonic technique
and the effect these limitations have on the ability to predict the
benefits of improvements in  air quality.   The hedonic  technique is
capable  of estimating the implicit price  of the  characteristics of a
good that the consumer is able  to accurately perceive.   Since most
characteristics of a  good are tangible and  easily perceived,  this is
not  unreasonable.    Air  quality,  per  se,   is  not  a  tangible
characteristic of  housing and  it is possible  that households are
unable to accurately perceive  the effect  of air quality on  their
residential property.   Even if households are cognizant of some of the
effects  of air quality,  it is  doubtful that  they will be  aware  of all
of its effects.   Consequently, all of the effects of air quality may
not be capitalized  into  residential property  values.  Application of
the  hedonic   technique  in order  to estimate  the  effects of  air
pollution may therefore  result in  an underestimate  of the  "true
                                 5-25

-------









en
a
M
Q
D
EH
W

D
t-3
>

E-«
OS
w
O.
o
OS
0j.

Cu
0
2
W

H


U
os

CN
1
in
W
oa
i<^
EH














u
u
ii
n
11
u
it
n
n
ii
u
11
ii
u
u
u
ii
u
it
n
ii
it
ti
11
11
n
n
it
u
n
n
11
n
u
ii
ii
n
n
n
11
u
ii
M
H
it
ti
n
1!
u
it
n
ii
n
ii
ii
ii
11
ti
ii
n

n
u
M
II
U
11
II
It
11
II
fl
il
n
II
it
ii
li
ii
!!
ii
ti
ti
n
n
n
n
n
ti
»
u
n
n
u
n
ii
11
ii
it
ii
n
ii
n
ii
ii
n
n
u
u
n
n
ti


11
n
it
it
it
jj
ii
1!
11
II
It
II
II
it
ii


to
jj
VW
stimated bene
base year
a







§-

— * fl

jj
**,
SS
2s
U "4
-- U
M 5
fl
U



g

O
EL.




. JJ

u i
tn u
a tn
tnl
c *j
fl O
1?
fif



il
3
«

w
-S
jJ JJ
°t
•S




•5
jj
in
fl"§
o52
o in*
— i ^*
*\ CN
*•"
in jj
• o
o in
JfcS
(fl U>


§1
••4 fl
JJ 0)
fl L)
11^! U
U)












Z




u
fl
1








S
S
3
U
'o
X
1






fl

M
I
JJ
tn


•4

u £
Oj .-,
Hi
i
L>
^ —
Sf§!§
2J _
-^ = c
144 qj
O (0 r^
0) OJ O>
(fl L)
38-8


H|!
Pf
ill


^4

'
1
8 S
~4
JJ — t -H
fl vD 09
3 O O
& O O
u ~ ' '
si3!
- '2 Si
sis|


*n u
a 9)
u -S
fl -i
If

O fl O

C ~4 C
fl -^ rtj c

t3 c cn ^
gj o oj | £
K jj j^ "fl
»n fl •-* *3 u
C *J U M ^
3 — 3
fl Li jQ 33 Li
D y-J C OJ u- i
fl Cfl fl (fl •
it •*- dj O
— i & qj ** -p jj
5 2 15 3 2 |
1 fl S I ? g






1
« ^
S3
5-
III




g.
U CD

.^4 gj jj
-N fl
"•gi
a
eduction ot I
I pfk> ot SO
0 i net ease in
yi 1964-1967
" TJ 0 JJ

fl fl u> 3J
» cfj O O
ss-s.
cy u «>
j™ >M cy
3 JJ fl 3
Li *-i
SS.S5






_ o
I «"e-
~ • 0
5flJ 1
JJ ••
"55538
g g 3 CN 2
•^ JJ JJ O **J
f-H fl 3
•i 01 cn
a.


u
fl
a


4

13
Li C
£ fl


S5
§ "3
o 8
i! 7j
aSS
*2 ' •"*
£ — t u
5 = 2
< (fl Q,


3 8



5 fl
£ tn
Is
II



u
.*
85
•v,
o
O (U
°'So1
S'°fl"u >,
•a tn jj
tr^"S «
—" s m a,
"!•«-< O
tl) t? U
tn a. tn a*
fl 2j
a) o jj c


fl C JJ £
C >i 5* C uTl
fl fl ••« r^
a "3 Tl u>
"\ S QJ
~CN -g a o
g ff O 0




s s
o ~<
1??'
JJ
IT 4)
C fl
w 0 — *

•^ 144 JJ
L 3 fl
jpa.


"8 «
« g
U -4
fl -*
Ii

fl 0

^
3 C
tn fl

JS 0
g<'?
2 S
> .- in
fl U 0)
5,5
Si 3
i S u
5^2.






fl
€
S
i




J
o ^
a. ^
i =
£ 7°
\ OJ W "*
m cn 3 ••
aei^:
g,.- y -J 0
>*•-* -< »
eduction o£ 1
a 10 /J(j/'i> /Ja
ulates would
>£ ownei-occup
in Wdshlnqton
^d U O
•n -• o
fl £ jj aj o
fl j- 3 r-
« ij ^- i/>
g >, o. fl
P| f 1
- o of 3""*
JJ O 3 U >*



O IT 'D
C JJ 0 0 —
O U • • •

3
S1
• r- oa o
-^ VM O O ^
p???
8
w C_J U J
| d ^ tn*


u
fl
2!


i


D
£ T


fl XC
S S 3
.« ^ ^ M
JJ QJ 0>
1) Cfl — JJ
! 5 s.5-
.^2-^3
Li fl TJ -^
fl Li OJ JJ
fl 5J ui CL
5 w S ^~

Jj
c
S ^_ u


atfl --4 -C U
c »n c fl
iq a) fl LI
* US c ^
C JJ C
O 13 > C C
j^ £ £ OJ 0
§* - C
rg 5 -• u 2
3 ^5 cj cr £

ji
—
5 Li
u 5
15 §
3
"S 010
fl aj o
r^jfl v>
c c —
-* .-- o
.005 pfim/day
in rlustlall
cjjerty by $15


* 1 §
O \. O
33 o 5 o
2 jj — r=






•O
O -H

la
^ fl
11


u
fl
il
c


$

-r-

c o ^3
fl 1*4

(fl (fl u
C 0 -H

o
4- — QJ
* s """
*iSi
2 s u- jj
Z x -i o>
5 g 3 3






*
•§
Li
1
a.




^
Ii
1 C
3n |
u 3 e a
s jj' Is
n sulfation a
11 areas of S
predicted cha,
ty values ot


S-S o y
jj (fl CL
^ "3 ? ^
"^ QJ
< J § ?2



•o
C r^ (N
JJ * •
flOO
3*
7 «
'Is 5
R-2J
r *j J-*
|l£
o


u
fl
1


1


u
il


u
y
^
s

tn
fl —
ai —


t!
-j fl
§w
JJ
.. 8 -
Cfl iri fl
fl c S
-.2ijj
J'S'S 3
«j S fl u

*a
^,^1

c 'c
in
5-26

-------

























T3
d)
g


•H
-U
C
O


CN
1
un


W
CQ























il
II
II
it
U
11
il
1
it
l
11
1
11
ll
it
ll
u
II
II

1
It
It
11
11
II
II
II
II
\
1
\\
II
II
II

1
II
1
1
II
II
il
11
II

[1
II
11
II
II
il
ii
i
u
ii
ii
ii
i
il
u
u
ii
n
it
ii
ii
ii
it
n
it
ti
ii
i
u
ii
i
i
i
ii
|
I
n
n
11
it
n
ii
it
i
i
ii
i
ti
i
ji
11
ii
i
I
i
ii
11
i
l
t
if
u
l
ll
l
it
i
11
II
il
l





Ul
jj
1 s
jSS,
•n u
« «
jj ,3



Ul
LJ



§_
3 S
"^ TO
JJ
tM (Q
01 Ul
01 41

il
U -4
JJ IQ
Ul >

a




o





"V c
v ^
'- S
3 S
3 5
i S
01 i
jj
C *4
13 0
jJ
11
O JJ
04 QJ


1>
i
(Q
3" jj
•-t C
c
depereie





>,
|
VI




"^
0]
0) 0
u -^
SS
.-* Ll
JJ
"a S
> S
^ o


a) tq
8-2
S.8
^|
s«
1J
C ^
(Q *
is




s
7

••
..H
§'



S,



Z


18

i T
X ^




or
rticu-


£ "3
(TJ 0>
w "T3
'c 'x
3} O
§ i
rs





5

Boston;



-a

O *0>
•** c

— ,"C







0
r-
^
_H




-H
o
o
£
•8
01
fl3
0)






























2"

rj c
-4 O
f13 -<*
U Ul
Li
1) Q.
ra .-*
— » TD















J_,
£
44


1 = 1 *

3aj ~ u
- 3 1 %•
jJ y-i JJ Qd Q
Ll 0 U
rtl jj ~* Qj
O. 01 < 0
c^ «.g
•-* g ^ O JJ
01 ON "4-1 =
(TJ .C g> 0
41 *3 01
Li 0 ^J 0)
o yj jj c 3 o
ID r*- -4 > ^
(0 01 in x
c c g, c 5 In
£ jj y] U} O
_g rn ft i qj qi
**&isbs
JJ O 5 4) C '-I





"•J O

T i
53 3
V
jj co r*
2o So
3*"1 . jj .
o c o
•— T a T

U -f-4
2 S


Lt
«3

i-H
1




«3S
0 5J %
c J 'x
t) JJ O
JJ •-•
S u u
u
— * 13 in
u S c
jj (0 iQ
JJ y
S^«
Jj Jj u (J)
C Li (U >
a 3 > 0"
Z U. (U — •


?
2
a
g

•3






5
— „
z ~
rn


tn
c ^ £
||o
-Tii'S
u S °"
0 CJ U
S •<: »

0) 3 C X

At the mean, a dec
nitrorjen dioxide w
increase in tlie me
of $2,010; 1977-19
















•z


1

L> ^-t
T) 1
4) -*4




U


0) 13
> x
{Q C "I
O -5 JJ
" JJ C «
•-4 JJ Ll
SS3.


.2
S M
U 0)
u 0 w

JJ 3
01 O ii -H
to o n
J= C '>
3 ai — » -n
g 3 «3 c
is a M —



11
w
^
S _!
8 " 3T
U JJ CN
C V —


1
1 2
0) Of>
^ JJ £ Ul
ut^s
J? 0 a "
•3- «.§
jj 5 jj
j- yl u U
^1 O Q rtj
••H n. hut u
aj x
— " "a"0



The avera9e benefj
number of houseliol
tive pollution lev
reduction in suspe
$42.13; 1970




o\
o
7

CO
0)

"S
,—4
1

Jj
Li
2


fl
jj
C

X




g.


en
•8
c
rt!
88
jj
U T3
Ll 3
JJ 0
5 (B


J, L
S. ° 1 ?
U 10 3 >.'«
jj jj rt _i g
rtj g (Q .^ Q

j* to >,y-i 'n
Ti jj jV 23
a a S3 -s.
3 C | ? 5
2 JJ 3. ui 3






(-*
S,^
O-CN
I
1
1
1
1
1
t
i
1
1
I
t
1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
I
I
t
t
1
i
i
i
i
i
i
!
j
i

i *
1 u
1 U
1 i
1 JJ
n proper
1 13
I T3
I r^

I
I Ul
I --4
I
| >
i a.
i













stimated.
V

M
S
>D
a
°
to
JJ

o
^J
JJ
u
10



1

^
c

5"
s
o



!


=
a
tfl
01
1
Li
1


(0
S
3


*M
0
Ul
3

>

C

i

f
0













































1
n
o
o
JJ
«
2


1
"
1

<4-t

U
vw

J^

Ul
^
o
U













































1
O
o
•0
a


0
u
§
u

•3
3~

^

2

M
•j
i
•0
5-27

-------
benefits" accruing to residential properties.*  Although  there has

been  some criticism  that  the  hedonic  technique is  invalid for

predicting the benefits of air quality  improvement because households

are unable to accurately perceive any of the  effects of air pollution,

the  studies  in Table  5-2 appear  to  support  the  hypothesis that

households perceive at least  some of  the effects of air pollution and

these effects are capitalized into property values.



     Benefits estimated  through hedonic property value  equations may

only provide estimates  of the perceived  benefits  that occur at the

residential property.   Some of the  benefits from air  quality

improvements  that occur  away from home (e.g.,  at the workplace,

recreational areas) may  not  be capitalized into residential  property

values.  Since a portion of  the household's time is spent away from

home,  it is possible  that  only a  portion of  the  total  benefits

accruing  to a household may  be predicted from  the hedonic property

value equations.  This must  be kept in  mind when comparing benefits

estimated by the hedonic technique to benefits estimated by other

methods.
* It is also possible, on the other hand, that benefits may be over-
  estimated  if  households,  because of their  lack  of  knowledge of  the
  true effects of air pollution, overcompensate for the effects of  air
  pollution  through  their  valuations  of  properties exposed to
  different  levels of air pollution.
                                 5-28

-------
     As mentioned*in the last subsection, the assumptions that are

necessary in  order for  the hedonic equation to estimate the marginal

willingness to  pay for air quality  improvements are:
     •    Individuals   must  be  able  to  perceive  the
          characteristics and attributes of housing.

     •    The housing market must  be in equilibrium.

     •    A complete  range  of houses  with  alternative
          characteristics must  be  available.
     It is very  unlikely that  these conditions  will hold  in the

housing market.   In  this study, we are mainly concerned with how the

violation of  these  assumptions  will affect the estimated air

pollution-property value relationship.  The violation of the first of

these three assumptions has  already  been  addressed  in  the discussion

on  the  difficulty  of applying  the hedonic  technique  to a  good

possessing  a  characteristic such as air quality.



     In order for the  second  assumption to be  met in the  housing

market, households must be just willing to hold the  existing stock of

housing at  the  prevailing prices.  Equilibrium  will be achieved only

if:  1) all households have complete information on the  prices and

characteristics of housing,  2)  transactions and  moving costs are equal

to zero, and  3) housing prices adjust instantaneously to  changes in

demand  and supply.   According to Freeman  (32),  divergencies  from

equilibrium,  in  most  cases,  will only  result in  random  errors in

marginal willingness-to-pay estimates.   Freeman mentions,  however,
                                 5-29

-------
that less  than  instantaneous adjustment in the housing  market to



changes in  demand or supply may result in biased  estimates  of  the air



quality variable.  For example, if equilibrium  is disrupted due to an



air quality change,  and transactions and moving costs are non-zero,



households will not move  unless  the  benefit is  at least as great as



the costs  involved in moving.   If  air  quality is consistently changing



in one direction and households  consistently lag  in  their  adjustment



to that change, the observed marginal implicit price will diverge from



the true marginal willingness to pay.   In  this case,  the marginal



implicit price of air quality identified  in the  hedonic property value



equation is a biased estimate of the equilibrium  marginal willingness



to pay.








     Freeman also mentions that future expectations on housing prices



may result in biased  estimates of the implicit  price of  air quality.



If households perceive that an improvement  in air quality will take



place  in  the  future  and housing  prices are affected by  that



perception,  the  market  has adjusted  to  the  air  quality change before



the change  actually takes place.   If  a hedonic price  equation is



specified  for the housing  market  in an area that has  already adjusted



to a future air quality change,  the marginal willingness  to  pay for



air quality would be underestimated.








     It is quite possible that the third assumption may be violated



due to the  nature of the housing  market.  Given  the time necessary for



the supply of housing  to  adjust  to  changes in  demand, it is likely
                                 5-30

-------
that some households  will  not be able to. find housing  with all of the



characteristics  that the household  finds  desirable.   In these



households, utility cannot be maximized.  Whether this is a problem



that will seriously  affect  the estimates of the marginal  implicit



price of air quality has not been investigated at the present time.



It is doubtful, however, that the  existence of an incomplete range of



homes in the study area will make the  estimated  relationship between



air pollution and property values  totally  unreliable.







     Segmentation  in  the housing market can also  affect the estimates



of the marginal implicit prices of housing attributes.  Housing market



segmentation  exists  when the purchasers of  housing  participate in



distinctly separate housing submarkets  even  though the purchasers are



technically  participating in  the  same housing  market.  The submarkets



may exist because  of  racial  discrimination,  cultural differences,  or



geographic immobility.  Where housing market segmentation exists, the



structure of  the  prices of  housing  in each  submarket  will  be



different.  The specification of a hedonic  price function for one



housing  market when submarkets  exist  will result in  incorrect



estimates of the  marginal  implicit  prices of  housing  attributes.  In



order for the  implicit  prices of  housing  characteristics to  be



correctly estimated, separate equations  for each submarket must be



used.  Harrison and Rubinfeld (7) have found that separating their



sample into  submarkets  did affect their benefit estimates for Boston,



while Nelson  (33)  did not  find  that  stratified samples for  the



Washington, D.C.  area affected the  hedonic price functions.  Further
                                 5-31

-------
research investigating  this problem  is needed before  anything



more  conclusive  can  be  said  regarding  the effect of market



segmentation on the hedonic price functions.








     Certainly, one should not conclude that  the benefits estimated



using the hedonic price  technique  are meaningless because  of  the



caveats  that must  be attached to  the technique.    A  negative



relationship between  air pollution  and property values  has been



consistently shown  to  exist.   In addition,  the  marginal  implicit



prices of air pollution  estimated in different studies are consistent



and quite plausible.   The  technique is definitely useful  in  providing



approximate estimates of the magnitude of some of  the benefits of  air



quality  improvement.








BENEFIT  ESTIMATES







     The  studies reviewed  in  the Literature Review subsection provided



estimates  of  the  willingness  to  pay  for  marginal  air quality



improvements for specific cities.  In this section, we  will  assume



that these studies are representative of the 24 SMSAs examined in this



study and will  use  the  results to estimate the benefits  of  achieving



alternative secondary  standards for  these 24  SMSAs.   It  should be



noted that there are a  number of reasons why a strict comparison of



the results of  the  studies reviewed  in the  Literature Review



subsection is  not possible.   These reasons  can  be  explained  by



referring to Table 5-2.  Although the majority of studies use  the
                                5-32

-------
median property value of a census tract as the dependent variable in



their equations, Crocker (19) and Brookshire e_t a_l.  (29) use the sale



price of individual homes.  Most studies have  concentrated on only the



owner-occupied housing market,  while  some  studies have also estimated



equations for the rental market using median gross rent and  median



contract rent  as  dependent variables.







     The pollutants  measured also  differ among  studies.   Sulfur



oxides,  particulate matter, dustfall, and  nitrogen oxides are used in



various  studies.   Because of  the  high correlation that tends to exist



among pollutants, it  is  difficult  to tell whether the  effect on



property  values of  a  particular  pollutant, or  just pollution in



general,  is being measured.  When two  highly correlated pollutants are



entered  as  independent variables in the  same equation, it is difficult



to isolate  the separate  effects of each of  the pollutants on property



values.   If only one  of the highly correlated pollutants  is entered



into the property values equation, on the  other hand, its coefficient



is probably picking  up the  effects of both the included and excluded



pollutant.  In Zerbe's  study (18) on Hamilton property values,  for



example, it is difficult to tell  whether  the  coefficient of sulfation



is also  measuring the effect  of particulate matter  on property  values.







     In  addition to the various pollutants measured, the  studies in



Table 5-2 also differ in that  the  pollutants are measured in different



units.   Annual means, monthly means, maximum  values, geometric means,



and arithmetic means are the  units  used  to measure the  pollution
                                 5-33

-------
variables.   The  techniques used to measure pollution also vary among



the studies.  Although most of the studies have  used  estimates of



sulfation  that  were measured by the  lead  candle technique,  this



technique  is  not strictly  comparable to the  techniques  that are



currently  in use.  In fact,  the lead candle  technique tends to bias



the sulfation measurements in an unknown direction.*







     The results of the studies  reviewed in Table 5-2 are based on



data collected in different years (e.g.,  1960 and  1970  Census data).



This is not likely to be a problem in comparing the studies because



the demand  for air quality  probably has  not changed significantly over



the years  in which these studies were done.  However, the benefits



estimated by the studies using  data from different years are  obviously



not comparable because of the differences in property values due to



increases in the  price level.  For this reason,  the  comparison of the



results of  the property  value  studies  will be based on  the  estimated



coefficients and elasticities of the  air pollution variables.







     As can be seen in Table  5-2,  all  but  one of the studies  have used



a nonlinear functional form  to  estimate the  relationship between air



pollution  and  property  values.    The choice  of  a  nonlinear



specification in the studies employing the hedonic technique can be



viewed as  being twofold.   The hedonic equation  need not be  linear if



costless repackaging of the characteristics of the good is  impossible.










* As per phone conversation with John  Clements of USEPA.
                                 5-34

-------
In the  housing market, it is unlikely that costless repackaging of  the

characteristics of housing will be common.  For example, two homes

with four  sides  are not equal  to one home with eight sides.   In

addition, the hedonic equation may be nonlinear  in the air quality

variable  depending on the assumptions  regarding the marginal  implicit

price of air quality.  If the hedonic equation is linear in  the  air

quality variable, its marginal  implicit price is constant over  the

entire range of air  quality.   Since there is no variation in  the

implicit price of air  quality,  it is not possible to identify  the

demand for air quality.  In those hedonic studies where both linear

and nonlinear specifications have been tried  in order  to measure  the

implicit price of air quality within a  specific geographical area

(e.g.,   SMSA),  the  nonlinear  specifications  have  given  more

satisfactory results.



     The majority of studies  listed  in  Table 5-2 have used a log-

linear  functional form to specify a nonlinear relationship between  air

pollution and property  values.  A significant negative relationship

between  air  pollution and property  values  has  been  found  in  the

majority of  these studies.   Unlike  the marginal implicit price of  air

pollution in a linear specification, the marginal implicit price in

these specifications varies depending on the ratio of the property

value to  the pollution level.*   Of more interest,  however,  is  the rate

of change of  the marginal implicit  price schedule.  It is positive  for
* The first derivative of  the  log-linear specification, (Property
  Value)  =  a(Pollution)13,  is b  (Property Value/Pollution).
                                5-35

-------
a log-linear specification,  implying  that the marginal implicit price



(a negative) is an  increasing function  of the level of  pollution.



Since pollution is something to be avoided (i.e., a disamenity),  this



means that the  marginal  willingness to pay to avoid pollution becomes



less negative  as  pollution increases; in other words, the  marginal



willingness to  pay to avoid pollution is lower as the level of pollu-



tion rises.  Intuitively,  one  would  expect that the higher the level



of pollution,  the greater the willingness to pay  for a  marginal



improvement in air  quality.   Both  Harrison and  Rubinfeld (7)  and



Appel (23)  employ  specifications that  yield  negatively-sloped marginal



implicit price curves  that conform to the a priori expectation that



the marginal willingness to pay to avoid air pollution is greater for



higher levels of  pollution.








     Since the  hedonic technique examines  the equilibrium relationship



between property values and air pollution,  it is not clear whether the



positive slope  of the marginal implicit price curve results from the



fact that people living  in  relatively clean air environments may tend



to have larger  incomes,  and consequently a higher equilibrium marginal



willingness to pay for additional  air quality  improvements,  than



poorer people  who may  tend to live in relatively dirty  air environ-



ments.   Not enough  empirical research has been done in  this area,



however,  to  justify the  hypothesis that  the  marginal  implicit price



curve is negatively  sloped.
                                 5-36

-------
     As mentioned in the Methodology subsection,  the hedonic price

technique  yields only the equilibrium  willingness to pay for marginal

improvements in air quality.  Moving from  the primary to secondary

standard, however, will  involve non-marginal changes.  In order to

accurately estimate the benefits of these changes in air quality, the

demand price  function of consumers for air quality  must be known.

This function  can be calculated  using  the implicit prices estimated by

the hedonic  technique,  and information on air quality levels, consumer

income and characteristics.   Since such information  is  lacking at this

time  for the  majority  of  the property value  studies,  we  will

approximate the benefits of  these non-marginal reductions based solely

on the information yielded by the hedonic price technique.



     The  benefits of  achieving  the secondary  standard  will  be

approximated  using the  results of  the studies  listed in Table 5-2.

The marginal implicit  price  curve  for air quality  for  the log-linear

specification is  shown  in  Figure  5.3.*  MPV'(P)  is  a plot of  the

derivative of  the  housing equation with respect to air pollution and

also  traces  out  the  equilibrium  willingness  to  pay to avoid  air

pollution.  D(P)  is the  true demand curve for air  pollution.  Since

air pollution is a "bad", a large negative  price  implies  that  the

household  is  willing  to pay large amounts  to avoid  air  pollution.

Note that the  marginal implicit price curve resulting from the log-
* Since this is the most common specification  used  in  the studies
  listed  in Table 5-2,  it will  be  used for explanatory  purposes.
                                 5-37

-------
              p
              *
                                           PoLLu.ti.on
                                        MPV'(P)
                                     D(P)
-$
  Figure  5-3.
Alternative  benefit estimates for  a

given change in air quality.
                          5-38

-------
linear specification  implies  that  the  marginal  implicit  price  of  air

pollution  increases (becomes less negative)  as pollution increases.



     The benefits of an improvement in air quality can be  estimated by

the area under the demand curve over the range of improvement.   For

the improvement in air quality from PQ to p^  that  is  shown  in  Figure

5-3, the benefits are estimated by  the area APgPj^C.   The demand curve

for air quality has not been estimated in this analysis, however,  and

it is necessary to rely on information contained in the hedonic price

equations  to  approximate the  benefits of  an improvement  in  air

quality.   The benefits of an improvement in  air  quality from  PQ to P^

can be approximated  by the area under the marginal implicit price

curve,  AP/jP-^B.   It  must  be  kept in  mind  that this  approximation

implies that all households'  marginal willingness-to-pay functions  are

identical  and  increasing in pollution abatement.*  Clearly, this is an

overestimate of the true benefits of improvement.



     Freeman (34) has suggested two alternative  ways  of approximating

the benefits of non-marginal  changes  in air quality when the demand

curve for  air quality  is not known.  By assuming that the household's

marginal  willingness to  pay  for air quality  is  constant  over  the
* The marginal  implicit  price  function will necessarily be increasing
  in pollution abatement only for log-linear  specifications.  The
  linear specification of the property value equation will result in a
  constant marginal  implicit  price.   Exponential,  semi-log
  exponential, quadratic, and the Box-Cox transformation may yield
  marginal implicit price curves that are decreasing in pollution
  abatement.
                                 5-39

-------
entire range of air quality,  household benefits can be  approximated by

the area  APQP-,E.   The  benefits represented by  this area  can be

estimated  by:
          Benefits  =  aProperty Value  upollution)              (5>15)
                         dPollution
     For the  log-linear specification, this is equivalent  to:
          Benefits  =  b ******* Val"e  (APollution)             (5.16)
                          Pollution
where     b  =  the  estimated  coefficient  of  the  pollution
               variable in the  hedonic  equation.
If the true demand curve for air pollution is D(P),  this approxima-

tion technique will result in  an overestimate if the marginal implicit

price function is increasing in pollution abatement.  However, this

technique  clearly will  result  in a closer  approximation of true

benefits estimated by  the area APQP,B.



     The other alternative is  consistent with  the a_ priori expectation

that the marginal willingness  to  pay  for air pollution abatement

declines as air quality improves.   One point on the household's demand

curve for air quality is known from the hedonic price equation.  By

assuming that  the household's marginal willingness to pay for air

pollution  abatement declines linearly from that point  to  a zero
                                 5-40

-------
marginal willingness to pay when air pollution has been completely



abated, benefits can be approximated for a given improvement in air



quality.  For the reduction  in air pollution from PQ to P^  shown in



Figure 5-3,  household benefits can be  approximated  by  the  area APQP-^D.



The benefits represented  by this area can be easily calculated as the



difference  in triangle  OPgA  and  OP-]_D.   This  area  can  be approximated



by:
          Benefits  =  i [(PQA •  OP )  - (P D •  OP.)]
                       (5.17)
     For the  log-linear specification,  this  is equivalent to:
          Benefits  =  -=• Property Value
1 -
(Pollution^2



(Pollution0)2
(5.18)
where   Pollution,.  =  initial pollution  level



        Pollution-,  =  pollution level after an air quality change.







     Depending  on  the  shape of  the actual  demand  curve  for  air



quality, the  approximation  of  benefits under  the assumption  of  a



linearly declining marginal willingness to pay curve can result in



either an underestimate  or overestimate of true benefits.








     Obviously, either of these alternatives will result in closer



estimates of the true benefits of a given air quality improvement than



the benefits estimated by  the  area  under the  marginal  implicit  price
                                 5-41

-------
curve of the log-linear hedonic property value specification.  The

linearly declining marginal willingness-to-pay alternative, however,

is consistent  with the  a_  priori assumption that the household's

marginal willingness  to  pay  for  air  pollution abatement declines as

air quality  improves.   Because it can  be assumed that the majority of

health benefits are captured in  moving to the primary standard, it

seems reasonable to expect that  the marginal willingness  to pay for

further  air quality improvements  will  be decreasing.  For this reason,

we will calculate the  benefits of  proposed secondary standards  using

the linear to the origin technique.



     Assuming the secondary standard will be set in terms of sulfur

dioxide (SO?) an<^ total suspended particulate matter  (TSP),  we will

concentrate on the studies that have examined  the  effect of one or

both of these  pollutants  on property  values.  Allowing  for the

differences among the studies reviewed in Table 5-2,  the  results of

these studies have been remarkably consistent.  The elasticities of

the sulfur oxide variables  range  from a low of -0.061 to a  high of

-0.12,  with a  more  likely  range  being  -0.07 to -0.10.*   The
* The elasticity is a measure  of  the percentage  change in one variable
  that can be expected  from  a given percentage  change in another
  variable.  In this case, it is the percentage change in property
  value  that can be expected  from a  given percentage change  in  pollu-
  tion.   An elasticity of 0.1 means that a  10  percent  change  in air
  pollution will result in a 1 percent change in property values.
                                5-42

-------
particulates1 elasticities range from -0.039 to -0.5, with the more

likely range  being  -0.05 to -0.12.*



     As can  be  seen in  Table 5-2,  these ranges  of elasticities

correspond  to the  studies employing  log-linear specifications.

Household benefits will therefore be approximated using Equation

(5.18).



     Benefits of achieving alternative secondary standards will be

calculated  for the  24 SMSAs listed  in  Table 5-3.  Household  benefits

in a particular  SMSA will be calculated for the single-family  owner-

occupied  household  with median property value  that  is  exposed  to the

average level of pollution within the  SMSA.   For  the purposes of  this

analysis, the benefits accruing to this household will be taken as

representative of  the  benefits  accruing to households residing in

rental and multiple-dwelling units.  This may lead to an  overestimate

or underestimate of benefits if the  willingness to pay  for air quality

improvements tends to  be different for  the households residing in

these types  of  structures.   Similarly, benefits  may be under- or

overestimated if the majority of  the  housing units in an SMSA are

exposed  to pollution levels  that  are different from the average level
* The particulate elasticity of 0.039 reported by Appel (23)  is  based
  on an exponential  specification,   unlike  the elasticities reported
  in those  studies  employing  log-linear specifications,  this
  elasticity varies  depending on the level of particulates.  For
  example, if the mean level of particulates from Nelson's  study on
  Washington,  D.C.  is used with  Appel's   estimated  pollution
  coefficient,  the elasticity increases to -0.067.
                                5-43

-------
         TABLE 5-3.   SMSA'S  INCLUDED IN PROPERTY VALUE STUDY
    Atlanta

    Baltimore

    Boston

    Buffalo

    Chicago

    Cincinnati

    Cleveland

    Dallas
  Denver

  Detroit

  Honolulu

  Houston

  Kansas City

  Los Angeles

  Milwaukee

  Minneapolis-St.  Paul
New York

Philadelphia

Pittsburgh

St. Louis

San Diego

San Francisco

Seattle-Everett

District of Columbia
for the SMSA.*  With these  qualifications  in  mind, the benefits of

achieving the secondary standard  for  the  24  SMSAs listed in Table 5-3

are:**
     Benefits  =
 24
 I   (No. of  housing  units  in  SMSA-)  • (Benefits per
i=l  housing  unit  of  meeting the secondary standard
                       in
 * In the case of the Chicago SMSA, for example,  the benefits of the
   reduction in TSP levels will be underestimated using the average
   TSP level within the  SMSA since  80 percent of  the SMSA population
   live in areas  where the  TSP levels  exceed the SMSA average.

** Although the national benefits will exceed the benefits  estimated
   for the 24 SMSAs, we  will  limit  our benefit estimates  to these 24
   since the purpose  of this section is to provide  a cross-check on
   the benefits estimated by  the household expenditure model.
                                 5-44

-------
     The scenario for reaching  the secondary standard is identical to



the one used  in previous sections;  i.e., air quality in the  SMSAs  will



improve by half of the  amount necessary to reach the secondary



standard by the end  of  1986  and  the remaining  improvement  by  the end



of 1987.  It is also assumed that these improvements in air quality



will be instantaneous, occurring on the last day of  1986 and 1987.  In



addition,  any SMSA that was  in excess  of the primary  standard  in  1978



is assumed to be meeting  the primary standard in 1985 and benefits



will be estimated for the change in  pollution from the primary to



secondary  standard.  Benefits for any SMSA that had a level of pollu-



tion in 1978  that was less than the primary standard but more than the



secondary  standard will  be based on the  change  in  pollution from the



1978 level to the secondary  standard.   Any SMSA that  was meeting the



secondary  standard  in  1978  is assumed  to be meeting it in 1985.



Consequently, no benefits are calculated  for  these SMSAs.  This may



underestimate  benefits if  air quality in these  SMSAs has deteriorated



since 1978.







     Because the  alternative secondary standards  used in  this study



are couched  in   terms  of the  mean and  24-hour  maximum, we   will



calculate benefit estimates for  compliance  with these  standards:
                                 5-45

-------
                                         Alternative  Secondary
                                         Air Quality  Standard*
                                               (Mg/m3)
         S02:
             Annual arithmetic  mean                 60
             24-hour maximum**                     260
         TSP:
             Annual geometric  mean                  60
             24-hour maximum**                    150
    Obviously,  the benefits estimated from the reduction in the means

and maximum  values  are not  additive  and  should be  viewed  as

alternative  measures  of the  benefits  in meeting  the  secondary

standard.  A detailed explanation of how the benefits are estimated is

given  in  Appendix  5-A.   Appendix  5-B  provides  estimates  of  the

benefits  in reducing air pollution, broken down by SMSA.



     Tables  5-4 through 5-7 give  the  benefits,  in  discounted present

value, of the reduction  in air pollution  to  the secondary standard

using different measures of air pollution.   As Tables  5-4 and 5-5

show, the discounted present value of the benefits  in  reducing the

mean  level  of TSP and SO2 to 60 Mg/m   is in the  range of $2.41 to
 * The standards  listed above  are  not,  in all cases,  part of the
   current Federal regulations.  The source of  the  standards shown
   here is Stern _e_t a_l.  (35), p.  159.

** This value  is not to be exceeded more than once a year.
                                 5-46

-------
  TABLE 5-4.  ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION IN TOTAL SUSPENDED
              PARTICULATE MATTER TO ALTERNATIVE SECONDARY STANDARDS*
              (in discounted present value billions of 1980 $)**
                                                   Average benefit
       Reduction in:          Total benefits        per household
                              (in billion $)            (in $)
     Annual average to
     60 Mg/nv3                 $2.08 - $4.99          $ 71 - $170
     Average of second
     highest values to
     150 Mg/m3                $3.53 - $8.47          $120 - $289
 * Benefit calculations based on 24 SMSAs.

** Assuming a 10 percent rate of discount.
 TABLE 5-5.  ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION IN SULFUR DIOXIDE TO
             ALTERNATIVE SECONDARY STANDARDS*
             (in discounted present value in billions of 1980 $)**
                                                   Average benefit
       Reduction in:          Total benefits        per household
                              (in billion $)           (in $)
     Annual average to
     60 /ug/m3                 $0.33 - $0.47          $ 14 - $ 19
     Average of second
     highest values to
     260 Mg/m-3                $1.14 - $1.62          $ 48 - $ 69
 * Benefit calculations based on 19 SMSAs.

** Assuming a 10 percent rate of discount.




                                  5-47

-------
  TABLE 5-6.  ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION IN TOTAL SUSPENDED
              PARTICULATE MATTER TO ALTERNATIVE SECONDARY STANDARDS*
              (discounted present value in 1980 $)**
                                                   Average benefit
       Reduction in:          Total benefits        per household
                              (in billion $)           (in $)
     Maximum annual
     average within
     SMSA to 60 M9/mJ       $ 7.64 - $18.32         $260 - $  626
     The second highest
     value within SMSA
     to 150 Mg/mJ           $13.40 - $32.16         $457 - $1,098
 * Benefit calculations based on 24 SMSA's.

** Assuming a 10 percent rate of discount.
 TABLE 5-7.  ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION IN SULFUR DIOXIDE TO
             ALTERNATIVE SECONDARY STANDARDS*
             (discounted present value in 1980 $)**
                                                   Average benefit
       Reduction in:          Total benefits        per household
                              (in billion $)           (in $)
     Maximum annual
     average within
     SMSA to 60 Atg/m3       $ 3.20 - $ 4.57         $136 - $  194
     The second highest
     value within SMSA
     to 260 Mg/nr           $ 5.98 - $ 8.54         $255 - $   364
 * Benefit calculations based on 19 SMSA's.

** Assuming a 10 percent rate of discount.




                                   5-48

-------
$5.46  billion for the 24  SMSAs  of  the  study.*  Per-household benefits

are in the range of $71 to $170 for the reduction in TSP and $14 to

$19 for the reduction of  SCU.**   The estimated  benefits  increase to a

range  of  $4.67 to $10.09 billion  when the reduction  in pollution is in

terms of  the average of  the second-highest values.  Per-household

benefits  ranging from $120 to $289  for  TSP  and  $48  to $69 for S02 are

also calculated.



     Upper-bound benefit estimates are calculated using the maximum

pollution reading within an SMSA as  representative of  the reduction in

pollution  for  the entire SMSA.   Benefits  are calculated  for  the

maximum  annual average  and the second highest pollution  readings

within each SMSA for both TSP  and  S02.  Tables 5-6 and 5-7 give the

results of these calculations.  Benefits  in the range of $10.84 to

$22.8  billion are  calculated  for  the  reduction in  maximum  annual

averages of TSP and SCu  within an SMSA to  the  secondary standard.

This translates  into  per-household  benefits of approximately $200 to

$626 for TSP and $136 to  $194 for SG>2.   Using the second highest TSP

and S02 readings within  an SMSA as representative of  the pollution
 * Data  on  S02 are available for only  19 of the 24 SMSAs in the  study.
   SO2 readings  were  not  available  for the  Atlanta,  Baltimore,
   Honolulu, Los Angeles, and Seattle  SMSAs.  The benefits,  therefore,
   may be underestimates of  the  total benefits that would be estimated
   by the  property value  analysis  if  any of  all  of these  SMSAs
   exceeded the secondary standard  in  1978.

** Per-household benefits  of the  reductions in TSP  and S02  will be
   kept  separate because these calculations are based on different
   numbers  of  households.
                                 5-49

-------
level within  the SMSA, benefits  increase to a range of  $19.38 to



$40.70 billion,  or per-household benefits of  $457  to  $1,098 for TSP



and $255 to $364 for SG>2.








     Because these estimates are based  on studies that generally



examine  the relationship between property values and pollution in



terms of the annual average of pollution, benefits in the range of



$2.41 to $5.46 billion are considered  to be the best estimates.








CONCLUSION








     In  this analysis,  the discounted present value of the benefits in



reducing TSP and SO^ levels to comply with  the proposed secondary



standards has been  estimated using  the  results of past property value




differential studies.  The benefits from the reduction  in TSP have



been estimated  for 24 SMSAs which comprise about 32  percent  of the



United States' population.  Benefits calculated for the reduction in



S02  are  based on  19  SMSAs  which  comprise about 28 percent  of the



population.  Using the  linear to the origin approximation technique,  a



reduction  in the  annual  arithmetic  mean of  SO2 and  the  annual



geometric mean  of TSP to 60 ng/m  has been estimated to result in



benefits of  $2.41  to $5.46 billion  for the  24  SMSAs in  the  study.



Viewed in terras  of  the reduction in the average of the second  highest




reading  in an SMSA to 260   M9/m3 and 150  M9/™3 for SO2 and TSP,



respectively, the  benefits increase  to  a range  of  $4.67  to  $10.09



billion.  These  estimates  are gross approximations of the benefits in
                                 5-50

-------
meeting the secondary standard for basically four reasons:  (1)  the



results of studies on specific cities in the early 1960's and  1970's



are used  to estimate  the benefits of pollution  reductions occurring in



1986 and  1987 for 24  SMSAs;   (2) the benefits of the  air quality



improvements are approximated without knowledge of the true  demand



curve for air quality;  (3) the marginal willingness to pay for  air



quality  improvements  of households  residing in single-family units is



assumed  to be  representative of  the marginal willingness to pay  of  all



households; and  (4) the average of the air pollution readings in an



SMSA is  taken as representative of  the  level of exposure of  all




households in  the SMSA.  If  the majority of households  in an SMSA  are



located  in areas  that  are exposed to levels of air pollution that  are



beneath  the SMSA  average, benefits will be  overestimated.  Conversely,



if households are typically located in  the "polluted" areas of  the



SMSA, benefits will  be underestimated.   These estimates are useful,



however,  because they provide some  idea of  the magnitude of  the



"property  value"  benefits that will be obtained when moving  from  the



primary  to the secondary standard.
                                 5-51

-------
                              REFERENCES
 1.   Cropper, Maureen L., e_t al_.  Methods Development for Assessing
     Air  Pollution Control Benefits.  Vol.  4:   Studies on Partial
     Equilibrium Approaches to Valuation of  Environmental Amenities.
     Prepared  for  the  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency.
     University of California,  Riverside, California, September  1,
     1978.

 2.   Court, Louis M.  Entrepreneurial  and Consumer Demand Theories for
     Commodity  Spectra.   Econometrica,  9(1):135-162,  April 1941;
     9(2)-.241-297, July-October 1941.

 3.   Griliches, Zvi and S. Adelman.  On  an Index of Quality  Change.
     Journal of  the American  Statistical Association,  56(296):535-548,
     September 1961.

 4.   Griliches, Zvi, ed.  Price  Indexes  and Quality Change.  Harvard
     University Press,  Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1971.

 5.   Ohta,  Makoto and  Zvi Griliches.  Makes  and Depreciation in the
     U.S. Passenger Car Market.  Mimeographed, Harvard University,
     1972.

 6.   Karn,  J. F. and J. M. Quigley.   Measuring the Value of Housing
     Quality.   Journal  of  the American Statistical Association,
     65:532-548, May 1970.

 7.   Harrison,  David and Daniel  L.  Rubinfeld.  Hedonic Housing Prices
     and  the Demand for Clean Air.  Journal of Environmental  Economics
     and  Management,  5(1):81-102, March  1978.

 8.   Nelson,  Jon P.   Residential Choice, Hedonic Prices,  and the
     Demand for  Urban Air Quality.   Journal of Urban Economics,
     5(3):357-369, July 1978.

 9.   Polinsky, A. Mitchell and Steven Shavell.  Amenities and Property
     Values in a Model of An Urban Area.   Journal of Public Economics,
     5(1-2):119-129, January-February 1976.

10.   Rosen, Sherwin.   Hedonic Prices and Implicit Markets:  Product
     Differentiation  in Perfect Competition.  Journal of Political
     Economy, 82(l):34-55, January/February 1974.

11.   Ridker,  Ronald G.  and John A.  Henning.  The  Determinants  of
     Residential  Property  Values with  Special  Reference  to Air
     Pollution.  Review of Economics and Statistics, 49(2):246-257 ,
     May  1967.
                                 5-52

-------
12.   Freeman, A.  Myrick III.   Air Pollution and Property Values:  A
     Methodological Comment.   Review of Economics  and  Statistics,
     53 (4)-.415-416, November 1971.

13.   Anderson, Robert J.,  Jr.  and Thomas D.  Crocker.   Air Pollution
     and Property Values:   A Reply.   Review  of Economics  and
     Statistics, 54(4):470-473,  November 1972.

14.   Freeman, A.  Myrick III.   Air Pollution  and Property Values:  A
     Further  Comment.   Review  of  Economics and  Statistics, 56(4):554-
     556, November 1974.

15.   Polinsky, A. Mitchell and  Daniel L. Rubinfeld.   The Air Pollution
     and  Property Value Debate.  Review of Economics and  Statistics,
     57(1):106-110, February 1975.

16.   Small,  Kenneth A.  Air Pollution and Property Values:  Further
     Comment.  Review  of  Economics and  Statistics, 57(1) :111-113,
     February  1975.

17.   Harrison, David and Daniel L. Rubinfeld.   Hedonic  Housing Prices
     and  the Demand for  Clean Air.  Journal of  Environmental Economics
     and  Management, 5(1):81-102,  March 1978.

18.   Zerbe,  Robert, Jr.  The  Economics  of  Air Pollution:  A  Cost
     Benefit  Approach.   Toronto,  Ontario Dept. of Public Health,  1969.

19.   Crocker, Thomas D.  Urban Air Pollution  Damage  Functions:  Theory
     and  Measurement.  Prepared for U.S. Environmental  Protection
     Agency,  Office  of Air Programs.   University of  California,
     Riverside, California,  June 15,  1971.

20.   Steele,  William.  The Effect of Air Pollution on the Value of
     Single-Family Owner-Occupied Residential Property  in  Charleston,
     South Carolina.  Masters Thesis, Clemson University, 1972.

21.   Freeman,  A.  Myrick  III.   The Benefits  of Environmental
     Improvement:  Theory  and Practice.  Johns Hopkins  University
     Press, Baltimore,  Maryland, 1979.

22.   Waddell,  Thomas E.  The Economic Damages of Air Pollution.   U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Office  of  Research  and
     Development, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,  May  1974.

23.   Appel,  David.    Estimating the  Benefits  of  Air Quality
     Improvement:  An Hedonic Price Index  Approach Applied to the New
     York Metropolitan  Area.  Unpublished Ph.D.  dissertation,  Rutgers
     University, 1980.

24.   Anderson, Robert J.,  Jr.  and Thomas D.  Crocker.   Air Pollution
     and  Residential  Property Values.   Urban Studies,  8(3):171-180,
     October  1971.
                                 5-53

-------
25.   Wieand, Kenneth F.  Air Pollution and Property Values:  A Study
     of "the  St. Louis Area.   Journal of Regional Science,  13(l):91-95,
     April 1973.

26.   Deyak,  Timothy  A.  and V.  Kerry Smith.   Residential Property
     Values  and Air Pollution:   Some New Evidence.   Quarterly Review
     of Economics and Business, 14:93-100,  Winter 1974.

27.   Smith,  V.  Kerry  and Timothy A. Deyak.  Measuring the  Impact of
     Air  Pollution on Property Values.  Journal of  Regional Science,
     15(3):277-288, December 1975.

28.   Polinsky, A. Mitchell  and Daniel L. Rubinfeld.  Property Values
     and  the Benefits of Environmental Improvements:   Theory and
     Measurement.  In:  Public  Economics and the Quality of Life,
     Lowdon  Wingo  and Alan Evans, eds.  Johns Hopkins University Press
     for  Resources for the  Future  and the Centre  for Environmental
     Studies,  Baltimore, Maryland,  1977.

29.   Brookshire,  David S. et_ al_.  Methods Development for  Assessing
     Tradeoffs  in  Environmental  Management.  Vol. 2:   Experiments in
     Valuing Non-Market Goods:   A  Case Study of Alternative Benefit
     Measures of Air Pollution Control in the South Coast Air Basin of
     Southern  California.  Prepared for  the U.S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency. University  of  Wyoming, Laramie,  Wyoming,
     September  1,  1978.

30.   Peckham,  Brian.  Air Pollution and Residential Property Values in
     Philadelphia.  (Mimeo)  1970.

31.   Spore,  Robert.  Property Value Differentials as  a Measure of  the
     Economic Costs of Air Pollution.  Pennsylvania State University,
     Center for  Air  Environment  Studies,  University  Park,
     Pennsylvania,  1972.

32.   Freeman, A.  Myrick III.  Hedonic Prices, Property Values and
     Measuring Environmental Benefits:   A Survey  of  the  Issues.
     Scandanavian Journal of Economics, 1979.  pp.  154-173.

33.   Nelson,  Jon P.    Economic  Analysis  of  Transportation Noise
     Abatement.  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  1978.

34.   Freeman,  A.  Myrick  III.   Estimating  Air Pollution Control
     Benefits from  Land Value Studies.  Journal  of Environmental
     Economics  and Management, l(l):74-83, May 1974.

35.   Stern,  Arthur C.,  H. C. Wohlers,  R. W. Baubel, and W. P. Lowry.
     Fundamentals of Air Pollution.  Academic Press, New  York, New
     York, 1973.
                                 5-54

-------
                            APPENDIX 5-A

                      CALCULATION OF BENEFITS



     Benefits were calculated in  the following manner:



     1.  Any SMSA that had  TSP and/or S02 levels  exceeding the primary

standard in 1978 was  assumed to be meeting  the primary standard in

1985.  In these cases, the  reduction  in  pollution was measured in

terms of the movement from the  primary to secondary standard.   Any

SMSA that had  a pollution  level  beneath the primary standard in 1978

was assumed to remain at  this level until 1985 and the reduction in

pollution was measured in terms of the movement from the 1978 level to

the secondary  standard.



     2.  The  decrease in pollution necessary to reach the  secondary

standard in 1987 was  assumed to occur in two  stages.   Half  of the

decrease was assumed  to occur on the last day of 1986 and the other

half of the decrease was  assumed to occur on the  last day of 1987.

For example,  the  average of  the annual  geometric means of TSP for the

monitoring stations in the Pittsburgh SMSA  was 82.33 /ug/m3*.   This

level exceeds  the primary  standard of 75 /ug/m .  Assuming compliance

with  this  standard in  1985,  the reduction in TSP  in Pittsburgh
* Throughout this appendix, the Pittsburgh  SMSA will be used as an
  example of the calculations.  Pittsburgh and the Pittsburgh  SMSA
  will be used  interchangeably for the remainder of the example.   The
  procedure used to measure the benefits from the reduction in the
  annual  geometric mean of TSP to 60 Mg/m  can also be  used to measure
  the  benefits of the reduction  in the annual  average  of  S02.
                                5-55

-------
necessary to meet the secondary standard is 15 /ug/m  or 7.5 /ug/m   at
                             »
the end of both  1986 and 1987.



     3.  The  next step was to estimate property values in 1986 and

1987.  Data on the  median property value of owner-occupied single-

family dwellings by SMSA were found in the Annual Housing Survey  of

the Bureau of  Census.   Using the Consumer Price Index for the  "housing

bundle"  specific  to each SMSA from 1970 to 1978, the average  increase

in the price  of  the housing bundle was calculated.*   The  Consumer

Price Index  for  the housing bundle  in the Pittsburgh SMSA was:



            1970    118.9                 1975    163.4

            1971    125.5                 1976    174.3

            1972    129.7                 1977    187.4

            1973    134.2                 1978    204.6

            1974    147.3



An average  yearly increase in  the price of the housing bundle of 7.05

percent was  calculated  for the Pittsburgh SMSA.   The  median  property

value of single-family owner-occupied dwellings in Pittsburgh was

$22,400 in 1974.  Using the actual  yearly  percentage  increases  in the

housing bundle  index from 1974 to 1978  and the average increase  of
* The housing bundle  includes rent,  home purchase, mortgage  rates,
  property taxes,  maintenance and  repairs,  fuel  and other utilities,
  household  furnishings, supplies,  and  operations.   Although  this
  index  is  not  an exact  measurement  of the increase  in property
  values,  it is  probably  more representative of the increase  than the
  Consumer Price Index for all goods.
                                 5-56

-------
7.05 percent per year from 1978 to 1987, the median property  values

estimated for Pittsburgh were:
               1986

               1987
Median property  value

      $49,900

      $53,400
     4.   Using  the  median property value estimated for 1986 and 1987,

and the changes in and levels of particulate matter in  those  years,

along with the  estimated range of coefficients for particulate  matter

(i.e.,  0.05  to  0.12),  ranges of  the  dollar benefits for a single-

family  owner-occupied  household were  estimated  according  to  the

following formula:
         Benefits  =  - Property value
     1 -
(Pollution-^

(PollutionQ)2
     — under the  assumption  that the  household's marginal
     willingness to pay for air quality improvements declines
     linearly from the equilibrium point  revealed from  the
     hedonic  price  equation to the origin  —
where      b  =  the estimated coefficient of the pollution variable
                 in a log-linear hedonic equation.

   Pollutiong  =  initial pollution level.

   Pollution-,  =  pollution level after  an  air quality change.
                                 5-57

-------
The range of household  benefits  in  the  Pittsburgh SMSA are  therefore
                                                   •
estimated to be:


              Year                       Benefits
              1986                   $237.03 - $568.86
              1987                   $280.19 - $672.44


     Since the benefits were calculated from the change in property
values,  the  estimates are in terms of  the discounted present value  (in
1986 and 1987) of the individual  household benefits in  reducing TSP to
the secondary standard.

     5.   The benefits accruing to the household residing  in  a single-
family owner-occupied residence were taken as  representative of the
benefits  accruing  to all households  within an  SMSA.   Data on the
projected number of households for 1986 and 1987 were not  available by
SMSA; therefore,  the projected number of households in the United
States and state populations for 1986 and 1987 were used to project
the number  of households in each SMSA for these years.   These data
were  available  from the Bureau of the Census Current  Populations
Reports, Series  P-25.  The estimated number of  households in
Pittsburgh were  projected to be:


              December 31,  1986         911,415
              December 31,  1987         921,636
                                 5-58

-------
     6.   The benefits  accruing  to the  SMSA  were  estimated  by

multiplying  the number of households within- the SMSA  in 1986 and 1987

by the dollar benefits accruing to the individual household in 1986

and 1987.  The benefits of  the reduction in the  SMSA average of the

annual geometric  mean of TSP to 60 Mg/m  estimated for the Pittsburgh

SMSA were:



                                         Benefits
              Year                      (in $1,000)

              1986                  $216,030 - $518,470

              1987                  $258,230 - $619,750



     7.   The final  step  was to express  the benefits  in 1980 dollars.

This was accomplished by deflating the 1986 and 1987 benefit estimates

by the housing bundle  index derived for each SMSA.  Using the 7.05

percent average increase in the price of the housing bundle for the

Pittsburgh  SMSA and a  10  percent  discount rate led  to discounted

present  value benefit estimates,  in  1980 dollars,  of:
          Discounted present
          value benefits in
          thousands of 1980 $         $169,782 - $407,478
     8.   Benefits are calculated in the  manner described in Steps 1

through 8 for each SMSA.  Benefits are estimated using a 10 percent

discount  rate.  The aggregate benefit  estimates  given in the text are

obtained  by  aggregating across the  various SMSAs.
                                 5-59

-------
                            APPENDIX 5-B

                           SMSA BENEFITS



     The tables  in  this  appendix  list the  benefits of  attaining

alternative  secondary ambient air quality standards within each of the

24 SMSAs examined  in this  study,  Tables B-l  through B-4 report the

SMSA benefits of attaining alternative secondary standards for TSP,

while  Tables  B-5  through B-8  report  the  benefits  of  attaining

alternative  secondary standards for SCu.
TABLE B-l.   ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION  IN THE  AVERAGE OF THE
            SECOND HIGHEST VALUES OF TSP WITHIN  AN SMSA TO 150 jug/m *
            (discounted present value in thousands of  1980 $)
                                              Range
         SMSA
                                       Low             High
Buffalo
Cleveland
Denver
Detroit
Houston
Kansas City
Los Angeles
Milwaukee
Pittsburgh
St. Louis
San Diego
Total
$ 21,477
150,995
367,127
218,822
579,566
28,173
1,630,070
85,005
253,674
106,326
87,307
$3,528,542
$ 51,546
362,389
881,107
525,175
1,390,950
67,616
3,912,191
204,014
608,819
255,182
209,537
$8,468,526
*Based on 24  SMSAs.
                                 5-60

-------
TABLE B-2.  ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE  REDUCTION  IN  THE ANNUAL AVERAGE
            GEOMETRIC MEAN OF TSP WITHIN AN  SMSA TO 60 Mg/irT*
            (discounted present value  in thousands  of  1980 $)
                                                Range
         SMSA
                                        Low             High
Cleveland
Denver
Detroit
Houston
Kansas City
Los Angeles
Minneapolis
Pittsburgh
St. Louis
San Diego
$ 37,770
195,366
130,382
137,229
94,885
905,386
4,380
169,782
193,517
209,191
$ 90,648
468,878
312,918
329,351
227,726
2,172,927
10,514
407,478
464,441
502,060
      Total                          $2,077,888      $4,986,941
*Based on 24 SMSAs.
                                  5-61

-------
TABLE B-3 .
            ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION IN THE MAXIMUM OF THE
            SECOND HIGHEST TSP WITHIN AN SMSA TO 150 Mg/m*
            (discounted present value in thousands of 1980 $)
         SMSA
                                               Range
                                         Low
                                                          High
Atlanta
Baltimore
Boston
Buffalo
Chicago
Cincinnati
Cleveland
Dallas
Denver
Detroit
Houston
Kansas City
Los Angeles
Milwaukee
Minneapolis
New York
Philadelphia
Pittsburgh
St. Louis
San Diego
Seattle
District of Columbia
$ 58,495
48,870
256,875
244,695
1,749,360
126,153
401,921
386,258
411,425
788,352
579,566
228,319
1,905,079
359,749
553,704
1,736,515
824,255
357,159
407,113
501,791
336,970
1,138,968
$ 140,388
117,289
616,500
587,268
4,198,475
302,767
964,612
927,020
987,422
1,892,045
1,390,958
547,967
4,572,190
863,398
1,328,891
4,167,637
1,978,214
857,183
977,072
1,204,300
808,728
2,733,523
      Total
                                     $13,401,592
$32,163,847
*Based on 24 SMSAs.
                                   5-62

-------
TABLE B-4.
ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION  IN THE  MAXIMUM OF THE
ANNUAL GEOMETRIC MEANS OF TSP WITHIN  AN  SMSA  TO  60 /ug/m3*
(discounted present value in thousands of 1980 $)
                                                Range
         SMSA
                                          Low
                                              High
Atlanta
Baltimore
Boston
Buffalo
Chicago
Cincinnati
Cleveland
Dallas
Denver
Detroit
Houston
Kansas City
Los Angeles
Milwaukee
Minneapolis
New York
Philadelphia
Pittsburgh
St. Louis
San Diego
San Francisco
Seattle
District of Columbia
$ 230,699
176,811
347,537
116,325
831,578
126,153
191,065
250,668
195,366
374,739
275,413
103,525
905,386
170,983
263,179
1,217,400
404,656
169,782
193,517
238,479
145,699
160,164
541,279
$ 553,678
424,348
834,090
279,180
1,995,788
302,767
458,557
601,603
468,878
899,375
660,992
260,461
2,172,927
410,361
631,630
2,921,762
971,174
407,478
464,441
572,350
349,677
384,395
1,299,071
      Total
                          $7,635,403
$18,324,983
*Based on 24 SMSAs.
                                   5-63

-------
TABLE B-5.  ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION  IN  THE  AVERAGE OF THE
            SECOND HIGHEST VALUES OF S02 WITHIN  AN  SMSA TO 260
            (discounted present value in thousands  of 1980 $)
                                               Range
         SMSA
                                        Low             High
Buffalo
Cleveland
Milwaukee
Minneapolis
Pittsburgh
$ 84,997
79,185
311,687
529,176
130,910
? 121,425
113,122
445,268
755,965
187,015
      Total                          $1,135,955      $1,622,795
*Based on 19 SMSAs.
TABLE B-6.  ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION  IN  THE  ANNUAL AVERAGE
            ARITHMETIC MEAN OF S02 WITHIN AN  SMSA TO  60 /ug/m3*
            (discounted present value in thousands  of 1980  $)


                                               Range
         SMSA
                                         Low          High
Buffalo
Cleveland
Pittsburgh
$ 75,100
31,836
218,592
$107,286
45,480
312,275
      Total                             $325,528      $465,041
*Based on 19 SMSAs.
                                   5-64

-------
TABLE B-7.  ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION  IN THE  MAXIMUM OF THE
            SECOND HIGHEST S02 READINGS WITHIN AN SMSA  TO  260
            (discounted present value in thousands of 1980  $)
                                               Range
         SMSA
                                         Low              High
Buffalo
Chicago
Cincinnati
Cleveland
Milwaukee
Minneapolis
New York
Philadelphia
Pittsburgh
St. Louis
$ 233,879
708,672
193,161
384,152
343,803
529,176
2,041,944
813,595
341,364
389,094
$ 334,113
1,012,389
275,945
548,788
491,148
755,965
2,917,063
1,162,279
487,663
555,849
      Total                           $5,978,840       $8,541,202
*Based on 19 SMSAs.
TABLE B-8.  ESTIMATED BENEFITS OF THE REDUCTION  IN THE  MAXIMUM OF  THE
            ANNUAL ARITHMETIC MEANS OF SO^ WITHIN AN  SMSA  TO  60
            (discounted present value in thousands of 1980 $)
                                               Range
         SMSA
                                        Low             High
Buffalo
Cleveland
Milwaukee
Minneapolis
New York
Philadelphia
Pittsburgh
$ 187,274
104,346
181,682
127,309
1,883,070
415,176
296,879
$ 267,535
149,065
259,546
181,870
2,690,101
593,109
424,113
      Total                          $3,195,736     $4,565,339
*Based on 19 SMSAs.
                                   5-65

-------
      SECTION 6



LABOR SERVICES MARKET

-------
                             SECTION 6




                       LABOR SERVICES MARKET






SUMMARY








     Section 5  of  this  report reviewed  the  studies  that  have analyzed



site differentials in residential property  values as a  basis for



estimating  the willingness to pay for air quality.  The results of



that  review were used  to provide  a  cross-check on  the  benefits



estimated by the  household expenditure  model  (Section 4).   The  basic



approach in  most of the residential property value studies reviewed in



Section 5 involved the use of the  hedonic  price technique.  In this



section,  the hedonic  technique  is  applied to the market for labor in



order to develop an additional cross-check  on the benefits estimated



in the household  sector.  Like the  benefits  estimated through the



analysis of  residential property value differentials,  it is expected



that the benefits estimated from wage rate  differentials will be



higher than  the benefits  estimated  by the household  expenditure  model.



This is because wage  rate differentials will tend  to reflect some of



the aesthetic  and health effects  of locational differences  in air



pollution, as well  as the effects of soiling  and  materials damage that



are estimated by the household expenditure model.
                                 6-1

-------
     In this section,  socioeconomic data from  the Panel   Study  o£



Income  Dynamics  (1) and air quality data from Air Quality  Data  —



Annual  Statistics (2) are used  to estimate hedonic  wage equations.



The  hedonic  wage  equation identifies  the  influence  of  job



characteristics, worker characteristics and amenities  on wage rates in



a local area.  Through the estimation  of  these equations,  it has been



found  that a significant  positive  relationship exists between total



suspended particulate (TSP)  levels and  wage rates.   These  results



suggest that individuals  are paid higher wages  in compensation for



working in an area that experiences  relatively high levels of TSP.



Consequently, this suggests that reductions in TSP concentrations



could  reduce the amount of  additional compensation required.   The



results described above are  used to estimate the benefits of meeting



the current secondary standard  for TSP  in  the Cleveland  and Denver



SMSAs.  These benefits, along with  the benefits estimated for these



SMSAs  by the household expenditure model, are reported in  Table  6-1.



For Cleveland, the reduction in the  level of TSP  in 1987 is estimated



to result  in a reduction in the annual  wage  of  $189.40  in  1980



dollars.  Similarly,  the reduction in  the level of TSP in  Denver will



result in a reduction in  the annual  wage of $212.40.  As  Table 6-1



shows, the estimates  for  both of these SMSAs exceed the per-household



benefits  in 1987 estimated from the household expenditure model.
                                 6-2

-------
  TABLE 6-1.   COMPARISON OF THE PER-HOUSEHOLD BENEFITS OF ATTAINING
              THE CURRENT SECONDARY STANDARD FOR TSP*



                       Hedonic wage       Household expenditure
       SMS A               model                   model
Cleveland
Denver
$189.40
$212.40
$6.23
$7.39
* Discounted present value in 1980  of  the per-household benefits
  occurring in 1987, at a 10 percent  discount rate, in 1980 dollars.
  Benefits based on alternative  secondary standards  for  TSP of 150
  ug/m  , not to  be  exceeded  more than once  a  year,  and a 60     ^
  annual mean.
METHODOLOGY




     The hedonic technique  was explained in detail in Section  5 of

this report.  The reader is  therefore referred  to that section for a

complete explanation of  the hedonic technique.*  In this  subsection, a

brief summary of the hedonic technique as applied to the market for

labor will  be  given.



     The general form of  a  hedonic equation relates the price of a

good to  the characteristics  of that good.   The market  for jobs,

however, differs  from the  consumer goods markets,  since  employers are

not indifferent to  the identity  of  workers to whom  they "sell" their
* See Lucas  (8) for an excellent  explanation of the application of the
  hedonic  technique to the labor  market.
                                 6-3

-------
jobs (8).  Consequently, the hedonic wage equation relates the wage


for a particular job to the characteristics of the job and  to  the
     •

characteristics of the worker.  This relationship can be expressed  as:





         Wj  =  W(Ei,Pct)                                       (6.1)





where    W^  =  the equilibrium wage rate for worker a performing  job

                i.


         E^  =  a vector of  characteristics  of  job i.


         pa  =  a vector of  characteristics  of  worker oc.





     The partial derivative of the wage rate with respect to  the  job


and worker characteristics  can be interpreted as the marginal  implicit


prices of these characteristics  or  the  additional amount that  must be


paid  for a job  or worker with  one more unit  of  a particular


characteristic.  Since one  of the basic assumptions  of the hedonic


technique is that the market for the  "good" is in equilibrium,  the


hedonic  equation is  a reduced form  equation where  the marginal


implicit price  of each characteristics is equal  to  the marginal


willingness to pay a worker (in terms  of the employer) or marginal


willingness  to accept  a job  (in  terms of  the employee)  with one more


unit  of that  characteristic.   With  respect  to a job with  an


environmental  characteristic such  as the  level  of  air  pollution,  the


partial derivative of the hedonic wage equation with respect to  air


quality can provide an estimate  of the implicit price  of  air  quality


and therefore the equilibrium marginal  willingness to accept a  job


with  one more "unit"  of  air pollution.   The  hedonic equation  can
                                 6-4

-------
consequently  be used to estimate the benefits of marginal improvements

in the  level  of air pollution.*
DATA
     Equation  (6.1) expresses  the  equilibrium  wage rate  (W^)  as  a

function of a vector of worker characteristics (Pa)  and  a  vector of

job characteristics (E^).  In this study,  the vector Pa  is assumed to

contain measures  of:   (1) whether  the  individual is a union member

(UNION),  (2) whether the individual is  a veteran (HVET),  (3) the size

of the individual's  family  (FMSZ),  (4) the  individual's  health status

(HLTH),  (5) the individual's prior educational achievement (EDC2,

EDC3), and (6) the length of  time  the individual has spent on his

present  job (TOJ2).  Next, E.:  contains measures of:   (1)  mean January

and July temperature in the  individual's  area of residence (COLD,

WARM), (2)  the job accident rate  in the industry where the individual

works  (JACK),  (3)  average  rainfall  in  the individual's  area  of

residence  (HUMD),  and  (4) levels  of the air pollutants sulfur dioxide

(302), total  suspended particulates  (TSP),  and nitrogen  dioxide  (NO2).



     Unfortunately,  this formulation may be subject to a specification

error of unknown  severity  resulting from  the  omission  of  relevant


* Note that in this discussion,  no  distinction  has been  made between
  indoor air pollution in the  work site as compared to atmospheric air
  pollution  in the area of the  work site.  Clearly, both  of  these
  characteristics may be appropriate variables  in the hedonic  wage
  equation.   In this analysis, however,  only atmospheric pollution is
  considered.  The implications of omitting a potentially  relevant
  variable  are discussed in a subsequent section.
                                 6-5

-------
explanatory  variables.  While the personal characteristics  are  fairly



standard  for analyses  of  this type,  biased coefficient estimates may
                           *


result from the exclusion of still  other relevant  job characteristic



variables.  That is, climate, job hazards, and air pollution may not



exhaust  the  list of job  characteristics  that may  affect the



equilibrium  wage rate.   [For good surveys of  the role  other variables



may play, see Brown  (12) and Rosen (5).]  Proximity to recreational



opportunities and the amount of local social infrastructure are but



two examples of work environment variables that could  in  principle be



measured  and included.  Also, the more labor market specific variables



used by Nakamura, Nakamura, and Cullen (7)  have been excluded from



consideration here.   Because this  analysis  was done solely for the



purpose of providing  a cross-check on the basic household expenditure



model,  no  efforts were made  to  collect  observations  on   these



potentially  relevant  variables.







     The  variables used to explain variations  in the wage rate were



chosen from those that had been collected previously  by  the  Resource



and Environmental Economics Laboratory at the University  of Wyoming



for use on other research projects.   Specifically,  the basic  data set



used to estimate the  wage equation consisted  of observations drawn



from  the Panel Study of Income Dynamics  (PSID)  (1) for  the 1971



interview year.   This  data set gives the head of household's state and



county of residence along with  information on  the  characteristics of



the  head of the  household.  Consequently,  data on environmental



variables were  collected  by  county  and then matched to the  individual
                                 6-6

-------
observations  obtained  from  the PSID.  In total,  there are  observations

for household heads on variables that can  be used to  construct a

measure of their real wages, together with measures  of the  variables

in the P^ and E^ vectors defined previously in Equation (6.1).  The

exact definitions of all of these variables as well  as their  sources

are provided  in  Tables 6-2  through  6-5.



     For the  variables COLD,  WARM and HUMD, the matching process was

quite  simple and  requires no  further  elaboration.  However,  the

matching  of  the  air  pollution  variables  to counties should be
                  TABLE 6-2.  PECUNIAR? VARIABLES
  Variable
                      Definition
   HOURS
   AWGH
   WAGH
   BDAL
   RWGH
Annual hours working  for money  by the  head  of
household.   Source:   Reference  (1).

Annual money income  from labor received by the head of
household.   Source:   Reference  (1).

Per-hour money income from labor received by the head
of household (i.e., WAGH = AWGH/HOURS).   If HOURS = 0,
then WAGH = 0.  Source:   Reference (1).

Index  of comparative living costs for a four-person
family for various areas within the United States.
The lowest living standard was used for the purpose of
this study.  Source:   Reference  (19).

Real hourly money income  from labor  received by head
of household  (i.e.,  WAGH/BDAL).   Source:  Reference
(19).
                                  6-7

-------
           TABLE 6.3.  PERSONAL  CHARACTERISTIC VARIABLES
  Variable
Definition
   HLTH       If there are limitations on the  type  or kind of work
             that  the head of  the household can do,  HLTH =  1;
             otherwise,  HLTH =  0.

   UNION      If head of  household  belongs to a labor union, UNION =
             1; otherwise,  UNION =  0.

   EDC1       If head of household  has  completed grades 0-8  or has
             trouble reading, EDC1  = 1; otherwise, EDC1  = 0.

   EDC2       If head of household has completed grades 9-12 plus
             possible non-academic  training,  then  EDC2 =  1;
             otherwise,  EDC2 =  0.

   EDC3       If  head  of household has  completed at  least some
             college,  then EDC3 =  1; otherwise EDC3 =  0.

   HVET       If  head of  household  is  a veteran of  the  armed
             services, HVET = 1; otherwise, HVET = 0.

   FMSZ       Number of people in each  household.

   TOJ1       If head of household  has  been employed at  present job
             for 3 years or less,  TOJl  =  1; otherwise,  TOJl = 0.

   TOJ2       If head of household  has  been employed at  present job
             for more than 3 years, TOJ2  = 1? otherwise, TOJ2 = 0.
Source:   Panel Study of Income Dynamics.  Reference (1).
                                 6-8

-------
              TABLE 6-4.  WORK ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
Variable
                     Definition
 WARM
 COLD
 HUMD
 SO-
 TSP
 NO-
 JACR
Mean annual July temperature  in  °F x 10.0  in county of
residence in 1970.  Source:  Reference  (20).

Mean annual January  temperature  in °F x 10.0 in  county
of residence in  1970.  Source:  Reference  (20).
Mean annual precipitation in inches x 100.0.
Reference  (20).
                                              Source:
Annual 24-hour geometric mean of sulfur dioxide as
measured by the Gas Bubbler Pararosaniline-Sulf uric
Acid Method (in /ig/m  ) for a monitoring station within
the county of residence in 1970.  Source:  Reference
(1).

Annual  24-hour geometric mean of total  suspended
particulates  as measured by the Hi-Vol  Gravimetric
Method for a  monitoring station within the county of
residence  in  1970  (in jug/m ) .  Source:   Reference  (1).
Annual 24-hour geometric mean of  nitrogen dioxide as
measured  by  the  Salzman  Method  for  a  monitoring
station within the county  of residence in 1975  (in
Mg/m ).   Source:   Reference  (1).

Number of  disabling work  injuries in  1970 for each
million employee  hours worked by 2- and 3-digit SIC
codes. Source:  Reference (21).
                               6-9

-------
                  TABLE 6-5.  AUXILIARY VARIABLES
  Variable
                     Definition
   AGE

   OCCUP


   SEX


   RACE


   REG1


   REG2


   REGS


   REG4


   PRX1
   PRX2
   PRX3
   PRX4
   PRX5
Age of the head  of  household.

If head of household  is blue collar worker, OCCUP = 0;
otherwise, OCCUP =  1.

If head of household is a female, SEX = 0; otherwise,
SEX = 1.

If  head   of  household's  race is  white,  RACE  =  1;
otherwise, RACE  = 0.

If head of household lives in a Northeastern state,
REG1 = 1;  otherwise,  REG1 = 0.

If head of household lives in a North  Central state,
REG2 = 1;  otherwise,  REG2 = 0.

If head of household  lives  in  a Southern state, REG3 =
1; otherwise,  REGS  =  0.

If head of household  lives in a Western state, REG4 =
1; otherwise,  REG4  =  0.

If head of household's dwelling unit is within 5 miles
of the center of a  city with  a population of 50,000 or
more  (hereafter  referred  to as city center), PRXl = 1;
otherwise, PRXl  = 0.

If head of household's dwelling unit  is within 5  to
14.9 miles of the  city center,  PRX2  = 1; otherwise,
PRX2 = 0.

If head of household's dwelling  unit is within 15 to
29.9 miles of the  city center,  PRX3  = 1; otherwise,
PRX3 = 0.

If head of household's dwelling  unit is within 30 to
49.9 miles of the  city center,  PRX4  = 1;  otherwise
PRX4 = 0.

If head of household's dwelling  unit is more than 50
miles from the city center,  PRX5  = 1;  otherwise, PRX5
= 0.
Source:   Panel  Study of Income Dynamics.   Reference  (1).
                                 6-10

-------
explained  in  greater detail.*   The  matching process was begun  by

listing  each of the 669 counties in the 50 states  where PSID families

lived during  1970.  Outdoor air pollution monitoring data existed  for

at least one of  the  three measures of  S02,  N02  and TSP for 247  of

these counties.   In cases  where data from only one monitoring station

in the county  were available,  those data were automatically assigned

to all PSID families residing  there.  On the other hand, where data

were available from multiple  monitoring  stations  in  the  county,  data

from the single station  that  had  operated for the greatest portion of

the 9-year  period 1967-1975 were  selected.  The monitoring stations

selected using this rule tended to  be at  central city  locations.

Finally,  since  no pollution data  were  available for 422 counties  (699

minus 247), values  were assigned to  the air quality variables  for

these counties  by replacing the missing  observations  with  either  the

means of the  observed values  for  the pollutants or estimated using an

amended version  of a technique suggested by  Dagenais (22).  A brief

discussion  of the replacement  with means  method is outlined in Maddala

(23).  The  amended variant of  the Dagenais procedure would involve

running  a regression  of each pollution  variable on:   (1) all remaining

(non-pollution) explanatory variables in Equation  (6.1), and (2)  any

relevant auxiliary variables that may  be selected.   The values of  the

missing  observations are then  predicted  from  these regressions.   An

alternative to either the replacement with means or the Dagenais
* The procedure  used  to  assign  air pollution  measures to the
  individual observations is similar to that  used by Crocker,  Schulze,
  et al.  (18).
                                 6-11

-------
procedures  would  be  to  restrict  the sample to only those observations

where actual measurements were available  on  all variables,  including

the pollutants.  Even though this restriction reduced the available

data set to  112 observations,  it  was employed in the estimation of  one

equation for illustrative purposes.*



     It should  also be mentioned that SC>2  data that are obtained using

the Gas-Bubbler Pararosaniline-Sulfuric Acid Method have  been  shown to

be biased downward.  A correction factor was therefore developed in

order to remove the bias from  the SC>2 data  measured by this method

(see Section 3  for details regarding this correction).



     For the purpose of  estimating the hedonic wage equation,  the data

set was reduced from the roughly 3300 possible observations to 1395

observations after excluding all households where:  (1) any family

member received transfer income,  (2)  the head's  annual hours  of

working for money were less  than  400  hours.   The  first of  these

exclusions  was  made  in  order  to reduce the statistical problem created

by  families  that may be facing non-convex  budget constraints,  while

the second  was  made in  order to eliminate casual  workers,  who may be

out of equilibrium because their asking wage may exceed the  offered

wage,  from  the sample.   Curiously, after  making these two exclusions,

there were  no families  remaining in  the  sample where the  head:  (1)
* Additionally,  even  if  the  NO-?  variable  was  eliminated from
  consideration,  there  would still have been only 432 families  for
  whom data on both  SO 2  and TSP could have  been matched.
                                  6-12

-------
received income  from overtime, bonuses  or  commissions, or (2) was



self-employed.








     The  restricted sample used here is quite similar to  that used by



Wales (24)  and Wales  and Woodland  (6,25) in their numerous papers on



the empirical determinants of  labor supply using PSID data.  However,



by excluding household heads who  worked less  than 400 hours, the



estimates  reported  in  the  next  section  cannot be  taken  as



representative of the general  population.  Instead,  they apply only to



those in the population having the same characteristics as those in



the sample.  In  short,  the estimates say little about the wage rate



that would  be paid to an individual  working 400 hours or  less had that



individual chosen to work,  for example, full  time.*








SPECIFICATION








     The  exact specification  of the  wage equation used in the present



study is:








         log (KWGH)  = fBUNION, HVET, FMSZ, HLTH, EDC2, EDC3,     (6.2)



                      TOJ2, WARM, JACK, COLD, HUMD,  SO2,



                      TSP, N02,  (TSP)2, (S02)2, (N02)2
  See Heckman  (4,26) for a discussion of sample selectivity bias,
                                 6-13

-------
In Equation (6.2),  the function  f  is linear in the parameters  and RWGH

denotes the real wage.  Also, note  that  the squares of the levels of

the three pollution variables  are included  as  regressors  in  order to

allow  for possible  nonlinearities in  the  way that  air pollution

affects the real wage.   This equation was estimated by ordinary least

squares for both  the  complete  sample of 1395 observations and for

selected  partitions of  this  sample constructed on the basis  of age

(AGE),  race  (RACE), sex (SEX), and occupation (OCCUP).   In  particular,

there  were three  age categories  (17-29,  30-49, 50-69),  two race

categories (white,  non-white),  two sex categories (male, female), and

two occupation categories (white  collar,  blue collar).   The total

number of possible partitioned regressions was  therefore 24.  However,

not all of these possible  regressions were actually estimated because

for certain partitions the  number of  available observations was

insufficient.*



EMPIRICAL RESULTS



     As previously indicated, three basic versions of Equation (6.2)

were estimated  where:   (1) the  restricted sample of  112 observations

was employed,  (2) the replacement with  mean procedure was used, and

(3) the amended Dagenais procedure was  used to construct values for
* Regressions for  partitions containing  less  than 50 observations  were
  not estimated.   For  these  cases,  the observations from two or  more
  partitions were pooled and one regression was run on the combined
  data set.
                                  6-14

-------
the missing pollutants.  All  regressions were  estimated by ordinary



least squares  (OLS).








     Equation (1)  of  Table  6-6 reports the results from estimation



with the restricted data set.   In this equation, all of  the personal



characteristic variables are significant at the 1 percent level except



HLTH and TOJ2.  However,  the work environment variables are  all



insignificant at conventional levels.  In fact, the t-statistics on



the pollution variables in no  case  exceed 1.1 in absolute  value.



Using  the  replacement  with means procedure,   the quality of  the



estimated coefficients improves considerably.  These  results  are  shown



in Equation (2)  of Table 6-6.   With  the increase  in the number of



observations (NOB) employed from  112 to 1395,  all of the personal



characteristic variables turn out to be significant at the  1  percent



level and have the correct sign.








     The estimates  of  the coefficients  on  the  work  environment



variables  also  tend  to be more highly  significant and  are more



plausibly signed than in the case where the restricted sample  of  112



observations is  used.   Also, they are generally consistent with  the



findings of other  investigators.   As indicated  in Equation  (2) of



Table  6-6,  the  variables WARM  and COLD enter  with a significant



negative sign.  In  the case  of  WARM,  the  negative sign indicates  that



the individuals  in the  sample  are willing to accept a lower wage in



order to live in an area with hot  summers.  That same qualitative



result  has  been obtained by  Rosen (16) where the  number of  sunny days
                                 6-15

-------
             TABLE  6-6.   HEDONIC  WAGE  EQUATIONS (standard
                         error  in parentheses)
Variable
CONSTANT
UNION
HVET
FMSZ
HLTH
EDC2
EDC3
TOJ2
WARM
JACK
COLD
HUMD
so2
Equation 1
-30.473
(37.253)
0.313*
(0.107)
0.265*
(0.089)
0.030**
(0.015)
-0.202
(0.153)
0.205**
(0.096)
0.495*
(0.111)
0.080
(0.084)
0.942
(0.897)
5.94E-05
(0.001)
-0.291
(0.214)
0.010
(0.007)
0.532
(0.594)
Equation 2
1.505*
(0.465)
0.127*
(0.028)
0.187*
(0.026)
0.022*
(0.005)
-0.107*
(0.037)
0.073**
(0.034)
0.491*
(0.039)
0.133*
(0.027)
-0.010*
(0.003)
0.001*
(4.07E-04)
-0.008*
(0.003)
-0.002
(0.001)
-0.003
(0.005)
Equation 3
1.141*
(0.322)
0.128*
(0.028)
0.187*
(0.026)
0.023*
(5.54E-03)
-0.099*
(0.037)
0.075**
(0.034)
0.492*
(0.039)
0.128*
(0.027)
-7.79E-03**
(3.12E-03)
1.41E-03*
(4.07E-04)
-7.39E-03*
(1.80E-03)
-7.84E-05
(1.38E-03)
1.85E-03
(3.34E-03)
 * Significant at the 1 percent level (two-tailed test).
** Significant at the 5 percent level (two-tailed '—"'
                                                           (continued)
                                  6-16

-------
                       TABLE 6-6 (continued)
Variable
( so2 ) 2
TSP
(TSP)2
N02
(N02)2
NOB
R2
CTSP
Equation 1
-3.05E-06
(5.67E-06)
-0.832
(0.785)
3.34E-06
(3.13E-06)
0.039
(0.337)
5.26E-07
(2.66E-06)
112
0.59
—
Equation 2
-5.48E-06
(6.81E-05)
0.009**
(0.005)
-5.09E-05**
(2.31E-05)
0.002
(0.008)
-2.52E-05
(8.57E-05)
1,395
0.30
-0.016
Equation 3
-9.71E-05
(6.12E-05)
8.23E-03
(4.40E-03)
-3.74E-05
(2.25E-05)
1.65E-03
(1.94E-03)
-4.05E-06
(1.42E-05)
1,395
0.31
—
* Significant at the 1 percent level (two-tailed test).



* Significant at the 5 percent level (two-tailed test).
                                 6-17

-------
was used as a climate variable with individual  data  from  the  Current



Population  Survey together with SMSA-specific attributes.  Hoch  (15)



and Cropper (17) also found that higher temperatures result in  a lower



wage.  On  the other hand, the negative sign on  COLD  suggests that



individuals must be  paid a premium to live  in areas where mean  January



temperatures are low and  winter weather is probably severe.  Of the



three studies  just  mentioned,  only the  one by Hoch employs a  similar



variable.   The coefficient on "winter temperature"  is positive in his



regressions on Samples I and II and negative  in his  regression on



Sample III [see Hoch (15), p. 39].








     Next,   the  coefficient  on JACR  is positive  and significant,



supporting  Viscusi's (11)  result that employers must pay a premium in



order  to  induce workers to accept  jobs  where  the probability of



accidents  is  higher.   Also,   this  result is  consistent with  the



findings of other  investigators  who measured other  dimensions of



working conditions.  For example,  Lucas  (8), Hamermesh  (9),  and Thaler



and Rosen (10) consider the effect of variables on wages, including:



(1)  a generalized measure of poor working conditions, (2) the presence



of hazardous materials  and/or equipment,  and  (3) deaths  per 1,000 man-



years of work.  All three of  these  variables have been found to be



positively  and  significantly  related  to dependent variables that are



similar to  the  one  used  in the present study.








     With respect to the HUMD variable, Equation (2)  shows that its



coefficient is  negative  but  statistically insignificant at the  5
                                  6-18

-------
percent level.    Although  this  negative sign  is  intuitively



implausible,  that same  sign was  obtained  for  the precipitation



variable in Hoch's (15) regressions on each of his  three  samples.



Rosen (16),  however, obtains the  more appealing  result that increases



in precipitation  are  positively associated with real wages.   The



precipitation variable  that Rosen uses, which  is defined  as number of



rainy days, was always  positive and usually statistically  significant



in each of  29  different equation specifications [see Rosen  (16) p.



94] .








     The pollution variables do not perform quite as  well as the other



variables in the equation.  Both the  linear  and quadratic terms for



SCU and NCU are statistically insignificant at the 5 percent level.



The result for S02 conflicts with  those of Cropper (17).    In her



regression  for  all earners  and  in  four of her eight occupation-



specific regressions, a  measure of SCU turned out to  be positively and



significantly  related to median earnings  of  males who were  employed



full  time.  However, in the Cropper  study,  SCU was the only pollution



measure used and,  therefore, this  variable could also be proxying the



effects of other  pollutants.   Rosen's  (16)  results show that  this



conjecture is a  real possibility.   His  SC>2 measure  occasionally has



the right sign, but is  more frequently negative.  Particulates,  on the



other hand, exhibit superior performance in Rosen's equation.  This



variable was positive  in each of  the 32 cases where it  was  used and



had a t-statistic exceeding 2 in  27 cases (again, see Rosen (16), p.



94).   The results  on  the  TSP variable used  in  the present  study
                                 6-19

-------
compares  favorably with  the  findings of Rosen.  As Equation  (2) of

Table 6-6  shows,  the linear TSP  term  has  a  positive  and  statistically

significant  coefficient  and  the quadratic  TSP term has  a smaller

negative but  significant  coefficient.



     The elasticity of the real wage with  respect to a change  in TSP

can be computed  from the estimates presented  in Equation  (2)  according

to:
                  3RWGH   TSP                      9
                         '            '      + 2S  TSP             <6-3'
where £TSP  denotes the elasticity of  the real  wage with respect to

TSP, a  denotes  the  estimated coefficient on the linear TSP  term, and 3

denotes the coefficient on the quadratic TSP  term.*   Evaluated at the

mean of the values  for  TSP in  Equation  (2),  the elasticity  is equal to

-0.016.   In  the neighborhood of the mean value of TSP,  this elasticity

indicates  that an  increase  in the  level of TSP  will result  in a

decrease  in the offered  wage.  Although this  is  contrary to our a_

priori  expectations regarding  the  relationship between the wage rate

and the level of air pollution,  this  negative  elasticity results from

the relatively  high value  for  the  mean  of TSP.  This high  mean can be

attributed  to  a number of counties in the data set where the annual
* The  elasticity  is a  measure  of the  percentage  change  in the
  dependent variable  that  can  be  expected  from  a  percentage  change  in
  the independent variable.
                                  6-20

-------
averages of total suspended particulates  were considerably  in  excess



of 100 Mg/m .   For  annual  average TSP readings beneath 92.83, £TSp  is



positive and indicates that at TSP  levels beneath 92.83, an increase



in the  level of TSP  will  have a positive effect on the wage  rate.



This is consistent with our hypothesis that workers must  be paid a



premium in order to work in areas with polluted air.








     The results  from the  estimation using the amended  Dagenais



procedure  to construct the missing  observations on  the  pollution



variables  are reported  in  Equation (3)  of  Table 6-6.  The coefficients



on the personal characteristic variables reported  in  Equation  (3) are



very similar to  those  reported in  Equation  (2).   However,  both the



linear and quadratic  terms for all  three  pollutants  enter the pooled



regression insignificantly  at  the 5 percent  level  using a two-tailed



test.








     Various partitions of the hedonic  wage  equation based  upon age,



race, and  sex were also estimated.   In  total,  16 partitioned  equations



were estimated.   In  these regression  equations, the air pollution



variables  are  seldom  significantly different  from  zero.    More



specifically,  there  are five  of these regressions  where one of the



pollution  variables  entered  significantly.   The results  of  these



regressions are reported  in Equations (1) through (5)  of Table 6-7.



Respectively, the equations reported  in  this table  are based on the



partitioned data sets of:
                                 6-21

-------
TABLE  6-7.
HEDONIC  WAGE EQUATIONS ESTIMATED  FOR  PARTITIONED
DATA SETS  (standard  error in  parentheses)
Variable
CONSTANT
UNION
HVET
msz
HLTH
EDC2
EEC3
TOJ2
WABM
JACK
COLD
HUMD
SO,
(S02)2
TSP
(TSP)2
N02
(NO,)2
NOB
R2
£S02
^TSP
Equation 1
-1.944
(1.220)
0.076
(0.089)
-0.090
(0.080)
-9.59E-03
(0.022)
-0.069
(0.084)
0.273*
(0.106)
0.518**
(0.107)
-0.032
(0.073)
^3.017
(8.71E-03)
-1.47E-03
(1.20E-03)
3.85E-03
(6.36E-03)
5.09E-04
(4.47E-03)
6.72E-03
(0.013)
-5.03E-05
(2.48E-04)
0.010**
(0.030)
-5.21E-04**
(1.S8E-04)
-6.61E-03
(6.40E-03)
3.20E-05
(4.38E-05)
126
0.38
—
4.844
Equation 2
0.197
(1.460)
0.143
(0.102)
0.115
(0.082)
-0.011
(0.023)
-2.20E-03
(0.119)
-0.065
(0.097)
0.066
(0.162)
0.283**
(0.086)
7.386
(0.015)
1.80E-03
(1.49E-03)
5.02E-03
(8.53E-03)
4.37E-04
(5.62E-03)
-0.013
(0.012)
1.71E-04
(2.27E-04)
0.026*
(0.012)
-1.10E-04
(5.58E-OS)
4.85E-03
(6.12E-03)
4.88E-05
(3.S8E-05)
74
0.43
—
1.420
Equation 3
1.904*
(0.793)
0.165*
(0.071)
0.135*
(0.064)
0.020
(0.019)
-0.018
(0.097)
6.95E-03
(0.083)
0.026
(0.100)
0.359**
(0.070)
-0.012
(7.38E-03)
2.91E-04
(1.01£-03)
-8.95E-03
(5.14E-03)
-9.97E-04
(3.62E-03)
-0.024"*
(8.41E-03)
4.68E-04**
(1.69E-04)
8.56E-03
(0.010)
-2.90E-05
(5.26E-05)
1.89E-03
(S.24E-03)
-2.41E-05
(3.47E-05)
178
0.35
-0.313
•~
Equation 4
-0.406
(0.907)
0.347**
(0.063)
-0.060
(0.064)
0.026*
(0.011)
-0.200*
(0.094)
-0.049
(0.063)
-0.032
(0.112)
6.21E-03
(0.065)
-7.91E-03
(8.16E-03)
2.27E-03*
(9.50E-04)
3.95E-03
(4.55E-03)
6.38E-03*
(3.08E-03)
0.019
(0.010)
-3.13E-04*
(1.46E-04)
0.011
(9.76E-03)
-2.33E-05
(4.96E-05)
-1.99E-05
(4.30E-03)
7.44E-06
(3.69E-05)
127
0.53
0.296
•"™
Equation 5
3.795**
(1.236)
0.149
(0.132)
	
-9.42E-03
(5.39E-02)
-0.169
(0.166)
0.157
(0.204)
0.393
(0.213)
-0.013
(0.105)
5.50E-03
(0.012)
-1.07E-04
(1.92E-03)
-0.012
(8.91E-03)
-7.08E-04
(5.40E-03)
2.39E-03
(0.013)
-2.72E-04
(2.49E-04)
-0.051**
(0.018)
3.01E-04**
(1.05E-04)
-0 .015
(8.49E-03)
7 .18E-05
(5.57E-05)
67
0.39
—
-2.158
  * Significant at the 5 percent level (two-tailed test).

  ** Significant at the 1 percent level (two-tailed test).
                                     6-22

-------
     (1)  The Male, White,  White Collar Worker,  Age 50-69,



     (2)  The Male, White,  Blue Collar Worker, Age 30-49,



     (3)  The Male, White,  Blue Collar Worker, Age 17-69,



     (4)  The Male, Non-White, Blue Collar Worker, Age 30-49, and



     (5)  The Female, White, White Collar Worker, Age 17-69.








     Neither  the  linear nor  the  quadratic  term   on NCU  was



significantly different from zero at the 5 percent level  in  these



partitioned  equations.  In the five cases where a pollution variable



was significant,  the elasticity  of  the  real wage with respect to a



change in  the  pollution  was  computed  using  the method shown  in



Equation  (6.3).   All  of  these elasticities were evaluated at the  mean



(computed over  all  1395 observations)  of the pollution  variables.



Finally, the results of the elasticity calculations are presented



beneath the coefficient estimates for  the equations to which  they



pertain.   As indicated  in  Table  6-7, three  of  the  calculated



elasticities are positive while two are negative.








     The  relatively  weaker performance of the pollution variables  in



the equations estimated using the amended  Dagenais procedure can



perhaps be attributed to several factors.   First, although this method



produces consistent prediction  of the  missing  observations,   this



asymptotic  property  may  say little about the  finite sample properties



of such  a  procedure,  particularly when  a  large fraction of the



observations are  missing. Second,  the consistency of this method



depends upon the  use of a generalized  least  squares  procedure  to
                                 6-23

-------
estimate the hedonic wage equation that requires  the solution of a set



of simultaneous, nonlinear equations.   Because of  computational



difficulties,  OLS was  used  instead.  In this setting,  it is  not clear



what statistical properties can be  claimed for this approach.  Two



other reasons for weak performance,  which are  also common  to  the



replacement with means procedure, can be  offered:  (1) observations



that do exist on  the air pollutants may be  measured with so much error



that they  provide a  great deal of misinformation,  and  (2)  after



adjusting  for the other factors included in each  regression,  air



pollution,  even  if measured perfectly,  may  not appear  to be  an



important determinant  of wages paid  for these equations.








BENEFIT CALCULATIONS








     Like the hedonic  property value models reviewed  in Section 5  of



this report,  the hedonic  wage  equation estimated  in this section



yields the equilibrium valuation of air quality.  As such, it can be



used to estimate the  change in the real hourly wage resulting  from  a



marginal improvement in air quality.   Moving from alternative  primary



to secondary standards, however,  will  involve  non-marginal changes.



In order to  estimate  accurately  the  changes in  the  real hourly wage,



and hence the benefits, resulting from these  changes  in air quality,



the supply price function  of workers  for  air quality must be known.



Since this  supply price function  is  not known,  the  benefits of these



non-marginal reductions are approximated in this section based solely



on the information yielded  by the hedonic price  technique.
                                 6-24

-------
     The derivative  of  the  hedonic  wage function  with respect to TSP

corresponding  to  Equation (2)  of Table 6-6 is shown  in  Figure 6-1.

This derivative,  RWGH'(TSP), traces  out the equilibrium marginal

implicit wage that different  heads of households will accept in order

to work  in environments with varying  levels of  TSP.   Each point on

RWGH'(TSP) corresponds to one  point  on  each  head of  household's supply

price function  for TSP.   A  hypothetical supply price function of head

of household  i  is  shown in  Figure 6-1  as  S(TSP)-.   The positive slope

of the supply  price function indicates  that worker  i must be paid

higher wages in order  to induce him to work in an  environment with
        0
                                S(TSP) .
                                                RWGH1(TSP)
                                                        TSP
       Figure 6-1.  Alternative benefits  estimates for a given
                   change in air quality.
                                 6-25

-------
higher levels of TSP.  As can be  seen  in Figure 6-1, RWGH'(TSP)  is



negatively  sloped for values of the annual average of TSP within the



range we are considering.  Consequently, the equilibrium marginal



implicit wage  that  workers are willing  to accept decreases  as TSP



increases  over this  range.    Intuitively,  since  pollution  is  a



disamenity,  one would expect  that  the equilibrium marginal  implicit



wage that  workers  would be willing  to accept would be greater for



higher levels of TSP.  It is  not clear,  however, whether there are



other factors not controlled for  in the hedonic wage equation that may



be correlated with TSP and hence may cause the  plot of  the equilibrium



marginal  wage  to be  negatively sloped.








     The  benefits of an improvement  in TSP can  be estimated  by the



area under the supply price function for air  quality, S(TSP)^.   For



the improvement in  TSP  from  a primary standard, P^, to a secondary



standard, P^r  shown  in Figure 6-1,  benefits are estimated by the area



PiACP2«  The  supply price function for  air quality has not  been



estimated  in this analysis, however, and it is necessary to rely on



information  contained  in  the  hedonic  wage  equation in order  to



approximate the  benefits of  the improvement in  TSP from the primary to



the secondary  standard.  The benefits of  the improvement in  TSP from



P-t to ?2  can be approximated by  the area  under the marginal  implicit



wage curve, RWGH'(TSP).  Using this approximation technique,  benefits



are equal to the area P-,ABP2.  This  technique implies that all the



heads of household's marginal implicit wage functions are equal and
                                 6-26

-------
increasing as TSP decreases.  This may result in an overestimate of



the true  benefits of improvement.








     Freeman  (27) has suggested  two alternative ways for approximating



the benefits  in  the  property value market of  non-marginal changes in



air quality  from  hedonic property value equations  when the  demand



curve for air quality is not known.  These approximation techniques



can also  be  used  to  estimate  the benefits  to  wage earners of an



improvement  in  air  quality when the supply  price  function for air



quality is not  known.   For  this study, we will use  the approximation



technique that is  consistent with the a_ priori expectation that the



supply price  function  of  the head of  the household for TSP  decreases



as TSP decreases.  One point on the head of  household's  supply price



function  for TSP  is  known from the hedonic wage  equation.   This



approximation technique assumes  that  the  supply price function of the



head of household declines linearly from that point to a zero marginal



implicit  wage  for TSP when TSP has  been  completely abated.   This



linearly declining supply  price function is  shown as the line OA in



Figure 6-1.   For the reduction  in TSP from P-^ to P2,  the  benefits to



the head of household can  be approximated  by the area P-.ADP2-   The



benefits represented  by  this area can be  easily calculated  as the



difference of triangle OAP-j_ and  ODP2.  This area is equal  to:
         Benefits  =  - [(KP1  • OP1) - (DP2 •  OP2)]             (6.4)
                                6-Z7

-------
     For the serai-log hedonic wage specification estimated in this

section,  this  is equivalent to:
          Benefits  =
                      (a + 22 TSP)RWGH        TSP
TSPi ' SF7            <6'5
where     a   =   estimated coefficient of  the  linear TSP term.

          (3   =   coefficient of the quadratic  TSP term.

             =   initial TSP level.

             =   TSP  level after the implementation of the alternative
                secondary standard.

        TSP   =   original TSP level predicted  from the hedonic wage
                equation.

       RWGH   =   the  real  wage  predicted  from the hedonic wage
                equation.
     Depending on the shape of the actual supply price  function for

air quality,  the  approximation of benefits using this alternative may

result in either an underestimate  or overestimate of true benefits.

Clearly,  this alternative will result  in  a closer approximation of the

true benefits of  a given change in TSP than  the  benefits  that would be

estimated by the area under  the  derivative of the semi-log  hedonic

wage equation.



     Illustrative  calculations of the benefits  of achieving secondary

national ambient air quality  standards (SNAAQS)  are  presented  for two

Standard Metropolitan Statistical Areas  (SMSAs), Denver and  Cleveland.

These calculations  are derived  using the derivative of RWGH  with
                                 6-Z8

-------
respect to TSP of the pooled regression estimated in Equation (2) of
                                                    •

Table 6-6  and  the approximation technique just discussed.*



     For TSP,  it is assumed that neither community would have TSP

levels higher  than the primary standards for  TSP by  1985  and that the

secondary  standards for TSP would be met by 1987.  It is  also assumed

that air quality in these SMSAs will  improve by half of the  amount

necessary  to  reach the  secondary standard by  the  end  of 1986 and

improve by  the  remaining  amount by  the end of  1987.   These

improvements in air quality are assumed to  be instantaneous,  occurring

on the last day of 1986 and 1987.  Table 6-8  reports the alternative

primary and secondary standards for TSP assumed  to take effect  in 1985

and 1987,  respectively,  and Table 6-9 reports  1978 annual average

concentrations  for the Denver and Cleveland SMS As.



     Annual benefit estimates from the abatement of TSP in the two

cities are positive  according to  the  calculations  made here.  For

Denver,  meeting the  national secondary  standard  for  TSP  results in a

reduction  in  the real wage  from  $4.1182/hour  to  $4.0120/hour.   A

similar calculation  for Cleveland  reveals  that meeting this standard

causes the real wage  to fall from  $3.8670/hour to $3.7723/hour.
* Benefit  calculations  are  not  derived  for  the  reductions in SCu and
  NC>2 to  the  secondary  standard since  the  coefficients  of  these
  variables were not significantly different from zero in Equation (2)
  of Table 6-6.
                                 6-29

-------
           TABLE 6-8.  ALTERNATIVE AIR POLLUTION STANDARDS*
                       (annual average in ^g/m )
                    Primary standard           Secondary standard
so2
TSP
N02
75
75
100
60
60
100
* The source of the standards shown here is Stern et al.  (28).
  TABLE 6-9.  1978 POLLUTION CONCENTRATIONS IN DENVER AND CLEVELAND
              SMSAs (annual average in ^g/m )
                         Denver                    Cleveland
      S02                 16.9                       61.49

      TSP                 86                         72.2

      N00                100                         65.0
                                  6-30

-------
     Projected benefits  for these two SMSAs are  obtained by

multiplying  the change in the hourly real  wage  by  the  annual hours of

full time work and then  multiplying  this result by an  estimate of the

number of affected household heads in each  SMSA.  Annual  hours of  full

time work were assumed to be 2000, and  it was estimated that there

would  be approximately  458,000  household  heads in Cleveland and

392,439 household heads in Denver in 1987  with the hours of work and

employment characteristics  required  for inclusion in the sample  used

to make the  pooled regression estimates.  Since the secondary standard

will be  maintained in the  future,  it is necessary  to project the

future  number of heads  of household that will benefit from the

attainment  of  the secondary standard for TSP.  For the purposes of

this study,  it  is  assumed  that  the number of households  in Denver and

Cleveland will  grow  at an  annual  rate  of 2.6 percent and 1.1 percent,

respectively.*  Using a 10 percent discount rate, benefits of $1.34

billion in 1980 dollars  are  estimated  for  the  Denver  SMSA.  Benefits

of  $1.17  billion  in 1980  dollars  are  estimated  for  the  persons

affected  in  Cleveland.
* Annual growth rate estimated from  information contained in Reference
  (29).
                                 6-31

-------
                              REFERENCES
 1.   Michigan.  University.  Survey Research Center.  Panel  Study  of
     Income Dynamics, 1971.

 2.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Air Quality Data, 1971,
     1975 Annual Statistics.  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.

 3.   Hall,  R.   Wages, Income,  and Hours of Work  in  the U.S.  Labor
     Force.  In:  Income Maintenance and Labor Supply, G. Cole  and H.
     Watts, eds.  Rand McNally,  New York, New York,  1973.

 4.   Heckman,  J.  The  Common  Structure of Statistical Models  of
     Truncation, Sample Selection and Limited Dependent Variables and
     a  Simple Estimator  for Such Models.  Annals of Economic and
     Social Measurement, 5:475-492, 1976.

 5.   Rosen, H.  Taxes in a Labor Supply Model with Joint Wages-Hours
     Determination.  Econometrica, 44:485-507,  1976.

 6.   Wales, T. and A.  Woodland.  Estimation of  the Allocation of Time
     for Work, Leisure, and Housework.  Econometrica,  45:115-132,
     1977.

 7.   Nakamura,  M., A.  Nakamura,  and D. Cullen.   Job  Opportunities, the
     Offered Wage, and the Labor Supply of Married Women.   American
     Economic Review,  69:787-805,  1979.

 8.   Lucas,  R.  Hedonic  Wage  Equations  and  Psychic  Wages  in the
     Returns  to Schooling.   American Economic Review, 67:  549-558,
     1977.

 9.   Hamermesh,  D.  Economic Aspects of  Job Satisfaction.  In:  Essays
     in Labor Market and Population Analysis, Ashenfelter  and  W.
     Oates, eds.  John Wiley  and Sons, New York, New York, 1977.

10.   Thaler,  R. and S. Rosen.  The Value of  Saving  a Life:   Evidence
     from  the  Labor  Market.   In:   Household  Production and
     Consumption, N.  E. Terleckyj, ed.  National Bureau of  Economic
     Research, New York, New  York, 1975.   pp. 265-298.

11.   Viscusi,   W.   Wealth Effects and  Earnings  Premiums  for Job
     Hazards.    Review of  Economics  and  Statistics, 60:408-416,  1978.

12.   Brown, C.  Equalizing Differences in the Labor  Market.   Quarterly
     Journal of Economics, 94:113-134, 1980.

13.   Nordhaus, W.  and J. Tobin.  Is Growth Obsolete?   In:   Economic
     Growth, National Bureau  of  Research, New York,  New  York, 1972.
                                 6-32

-------
14.   Meyer,  J.  and R.  Leone.   The Urban Disamenity Revisited.  In:
     Public  Economics  and  the Quality of Life,  L. Wingo and A. Evans,
     eds.  Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore,  Maryland, 1977.

15.   Hoch, I.  Climate, Wages and  the Quality  of Life.  In:  Public
     Economics and the Quality of Life, L.  Wingo and A. Evans, eds.
     Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, Maryland, 1977.

16.   Rosen,  S.   Wage-Based Indices  of  Urban Quality of Life.  In:
     Current Issues  in Urban  Economics,  P.   Mieszkowski  and  M.
     Straszheim, eds.   Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, Maryland,  1979.

17.   Cropper,  M.   Methods Development  for  Assessing Air  Pollution
     Control Benefits.  Volume IV, EPA 600/5-79-001/d, February 1979.

18.   Crocker,  T.,  et  al.   Methods  Development for  Assessing Air
     Pollution  Control  Benefits.   Volume I,  EPA-600/5-79-001A,
     February 1979.

19.   U.S. Bureau of Labor  Statistics.   Office  of Prices and Living
     Conditions.   Three Standards of Living for an Urban  Family of
     Four Persons.   Washington, DC, Spring, 1967.

20.   U.S. Bureau of the Census.  County and City Data Book 1972.  U.S.
     Government Printing Office, Washington,  DC, 1973.

21.   U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.  Handbook of Labor Statistics,
     1973.  Table 163.  U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
     DC.

22.   Dagenais,  M.   The Use of Incomplete Observations in  Multiple
     Regression Analysis.  Journal  of Econometrics,  1:317-328, 1973.

23.   Maddala,  G.   Econometrics.  McGraw-Hill, New York,  New York,
     1977.

24.   Wales,  T.  Labor Supply and Commuting Time:  An Empirical  Study.
     Journal of Econometrics, 8:215-226,  1978.

25.   Wales,  T.  and A.  Woodland.   Estimation  of Household Utility
     Functions  and Labor  Supply Response.  International  Economic
     Review, 17:397-410, 1976.

26.   Heckman,  J.   Sample  Selection  Bias  as a  Specification Error.
     Econometrica,  47:153-162, 1979.

27.   Freeman, A. Myrick.  The Benefit's of Environmental Improvement
     Resources for the  Future.  Baltimore,  Maryland, 1979.

28.   Stern,  Arthur C.,  e_t al.   Fundamentals  of Air Pollution.
     Academic Press,  New York, New York,  1973.
                                6-33

-------
29.   U.S. Bureau of the Census.  Projections of the Population of the
     United  States,  1977 to 2050.  Current Population Reports Series
     P-25, No.  704.  July 1977.
         u.r. r —
                                 6-34

-------